Skip to main content

Madhya-lila · Chapter 20

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Instructs Sanātana Gosvāmī in the Science of the Absolute Truth

Unit 37 of 62Madhya-lila 20.1Madhya-lila 20.406400 source entries

Madhya-lila 20.1

Source

বন্দেঽনন্তাদ্ভুতৈশ্বর্যং শ্রীচৈতন্যমহাপ্রভুম্ । নীচোঽপি যৎপ্রসাদাৎ স্যাদ্ভক্তিশাস্ত্রপ্রবর্তকঃ ॥ ১ ॥

vande ’nantādbhutaiśvaryaṁ śrī-caitanya-mahāprabhum nīco ’pi yat-prasādāt syād bhakti-śāstra-pravartakaḥ

English translation

Translation

Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who has unlimited, wonderful opulences. By His mercy, even a person born as the lowest of men can spread the science of devotional service.

Word meanings

vande — I offer my respectful obeisances ; ananta — unlimited ; adbhuta — wonderful ; aiśvaryam — possessing opulences ; śrī - caitanya - mahāprabhum — unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nīcaḥ api — even a person in the lowest status of life ; yat - prasādāt — by whose mercy ; syāt — may become ; bhakti - śāstra — of the science of devotional service ; pravartakaḥ — an inaugurator .

Madhya-lila 20.2

Source

জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ । জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥

jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

English translation

Translation

All glories to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Ācārya! And all glories to all the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu!

Word meanings

jaya jaya — all glories ; śrī - caitanya — to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; jaya — all glories ; nityānanda — to Nityānanda ; jaya — all glories ; advaita - candra — to Advaita Ācārya ; jaya — all glories ; gaura - bhakta - vṛnda — to all devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu .

Madhya-lila 20.3

Source

এথা গৌড়ে সনাতন আছে বন্দিশালে । শ্রীরূপ-গোসাঞির পত্রী আইল হেনকালে ॥ ৩ ॥

ethā gauḍe sanātana āche bandi-śāle śrī-rūpa-gosāñīra patrī āila hena-kāle

English translation

Translation

While Sanātana Gosvāmī was imprisoned in Bengal, a letter arrived from Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.

Word meanings

ethā — here ; gauḍe — in Bengal ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; āche — was ; bandi - śāle — in prison ; śrī - rūpa - gosāñīra — of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī ; patrī — the letter ; āila — came ; hena - kāle — at that time .

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura informs us that this letter from Rūpa Gosvāmī to Sanātana Gosvāmī is mentioned by the annotator of the Udbhaṭa-candrikā. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī wrote a note to Sanātana Gosvāmī from Bāklā. This note indicated that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was coming to Mathurā, and it stated:

yadu-pateḥ kva gatā mathurā-purī raghu-pateḥ kva gatottara-kośalā iti vicintya kuruṣva manaḥ sthiraṁ na sad idaṁ jagad ity avadhāraya

“Where has the Mathurā-purī of Yadupati gone? Where has the Northern Kośalā of Raghupati gone? By reflection, make the mind steady, thinking, ‘This universe is not eternal.’ ”

Madhya-lila 20.4

Source

পত্রী পাঞা সনাতন আনন্দিত হৈলা । যবন-রক্ষক-পাশ কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৪ ॥

patrī pāñā sanātana ānandita hailā yavana-rakṣaka-pāśa kahite lāgilā

English translation

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī received this note from Rūpa Gosvāmī, he became very pleased. He immediately went to the jail superintendent, who was a meat-eater, and spoke as follows.

Word meanings

patrī pāñā — receiving the note ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; ānandita hailā — became very pleased ; yavana — meat-eater ; rakṣaka — the superintendent of the jail ; pāśa — before ; kahite lāgilā — began to say .

Madhya-lila 20.5

Source

“তুমি এক জিন্দাপীর মহাভাগ্যবান্ । কেতাব-কোরাণ-শাস্ত্রে আছে তোমার জ্ঞান ॥ ৫ ॥

“tumi eka jindā-pīra mahā-bhāgyavān ketāba-korāṇa-śāstre āche tomāra jñāna

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī told the Muslim jailkeeper, “Dear sir, you are a saintly person and are very fortunate. You have full knowledge of the revealed scriptures such as the Koran and similar books.

Word meanings

tumi — you ; eka jindā - pīra — a living saint ; mahā - bhāgyavān — very fortunate ; ketāba — books ; korāṇa — the Koran ; śāstre — in the scripture ; āche — there is ; tomāra — your ; jñāna — knowledge .

Madhya-lila 20.6

Source

এক বন্দী ছাড়ে যদি নিজ-ধর্ম দেখিয়া । সংসার হইতে তারে মুক্ত করেন গোসাঞা ॥ ৬ ॥

eka bandī chāḍe yadi nija-dharma dekhiyā saṁsāra ha-ite tāre mukta karena gosāñā

English translation

Translation

“If one releases a conditioned soul or imprisoned person according to religious principles, he himself is also released from material bondage by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”

Word meanings

eka bandī — one imprisoned person ; chāḍe — one releases ; yadi — if ; nija - dharma — one’s own religion ; dekhiyā — consulting ; saṁsāra ha - ite — from material bondage ; tāre — him ; mukta karena — releases ; gosāñā — the Supreme Personality of Godhead .

Purport

It appears from this statement that Sanātana Gosvāmī, who was formerly a minister of the Nawab, was trying to cheat the Muslim superintendent. A jail superintendent had only an ordinary education, or practically no education, and he was certainly not supposed to be very advanced in spiritual knowledge. But just to satisfy him, Sanātana Gosvāmī praised him as a very learned scholar of the scriptures. The jailkeeper could not deny that he was a learned scholar, because when one is elevated to an exalted position, one thinks oneself fit for that position. Sanātana Gosvāmī was correctly explaining the effects of spiritual activity, and the jailkeeper connected his statement with his release from jail.

There are innumerable conditioned souls rotting in the material world, imprisoned by māyā under the spell of sense gratification. The living entity is so entranced by the spell of māyā that in conditioned life even a pig feels satisfied. There are two kinds of covering powers exhibited by māyā. One is called prakṣepātmikā, and the other is called āvaraṇātmikā. When one is determined to get out of material bondage, the prakṣepātmikā-śakti, the spell of diversion, impels one to remain in conditioned life fully satisfied by sense gratification. Due to the other power ( āvaraṇātmikā ), a conditioned soul feels satisfied even if he is rotting in the body of a pig or a worm in stool. To release a conditioned soul from material bondage is very difficult because the spell of māyā is so strong. Even when the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself descends to deliver conditioned souls, asking them to surrender unto Him, the conditioned souls do not agree to the Lord’s proposal. Therefore Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “Somehow or other, if one helps another gain release from the bondage of māyā, he is certainly recognized immediately by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.69) :

na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣu kaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ bhavitā na ca me tasmād anyaḥ priyataro bhuvi

The greatest service one can render to the Lord is to try to infuse devotional service into the heart of the conditioned soul so that the conditioned soul may be released from conditioned life. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has said that a Vaiṣṇava is recognized by his preaching work — that is, by convincing the conditioned soul about his eternal position, which is explained here as nija-dharma. It is the living entity’s eternal position to serve the Lord; therefore to help one get release from material bondage is to awaken one to the dormant understanding that he is the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa. Jīvera ‘svarūpa’ haya — kṛṣṇera ‘nitya-dāsa’. This will be further explained by the Lord Himself to Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Madhya-lila 20.7

Source

পূর্বে আমি তোমার করিয়াছি উপকার । তুমি আমা ছাড়ি’ কর প্রত্যুপকার ॥ ৭ ॥

pūrve āmi tomāra kariyāchi upakāra tumi āmā chāḍi’ kara pratyupakāra

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī continued, “Previously I have done much for you. Now I am in difficulty. Please return my goodwill by releasing me.

Word meanings

pūrve — formerly ; āmi — I ; tomāra — your ; kariyāchi — have done ; upakāra — welfare ; tumi — you ; āmā — me ; chāḍi’ — releasing ; kara — do ; prati - upakāra — return welfare .

Madhya-lila 20.8

Source

পাঁচ সহস্র মুদ্রা তুমি কর অঙ্গীকার । পুণ্য, অর্থ, — দুই লাভ হইবে তোমার ॥” ৮ ॥

pāṅca sahasra mudrā tumi kara aṅgīkāra puṇya, artha, — dui lābha ha-ibe tomāra”

English translation

Translation

“Here are five thousand gold coins. Please accept them. By releasing me, you will receive the results of pious activities and gain material profit as well. Thus you will profit in two ways simultaneously.”

Word meanings

pāṅca sahasra — five thousand ; mudrā — golden coins ; tumi — you ; kara aṅgīkāra — please accept ; puṇya — pious activity ; artha — material gain ; dui lābha — two kinds of achievement ; ha - ibe — will be ; tomāra — yours .

Madhya-lila 20.9

Source

তবে সেই যবন কহে, — “শুন, মহাশয় । তোমারে ছাড়িব, কিন্তু করি রাজভয় ॥” ৯ ॥

tabe sei yavana kahe, — “śuna, mahāśaya tomāre chāḍiba, kintu kari rāja-bhaya”

English translation

Translation

In this way Sanātana Gosvāmī convinced the jailkeeper, who replied, “Please hear me, my dear sir. I am willing to release you, but I am afraid of the government.”

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; sei — that ; yavana — meat-eater ; kahe — says ; śuna — just hear ; mahāśaya — my dear sir ; tomāre — you ; chāḍiba — I would release ; kintu — but ; kari rāja - bhaya — I am afraid of the government .

Madhya-lila 20.10-11

Source

সনাতন কহে, — “তুমি না কর রাজ-ভয় । দক্ষিণ গিয়াছে যদি লেউটি’ আওয়য় ॥ ১০ ॥ তাঁহারে কহিও — সেই বাহ্যকৃত্যে গেল । গঙ্গার নিকট গঙ্গা দেখি’ ঝাঁপ দিল ॥ ১১ ॥

sanātana kahe, — “tumi nā kara rāja-bhaya dakṣiṇa giyāche yadi leuṭi’ āoyaya tāṅhāre kahio — sei bāhya-kṛtye gela gaṅgāra nikaṭa gaṅgā dekhi’ jhāṅpa dila

English translation

Translation

Sanātana replied, “There is no danger. The Nawab has gone to the south. If he returns, tell him that Sanātana went to pass stool near the bank of the Ganges and that as soon as he saw the Ganges, he jumped in.

Word meanings

sanātana kahe — Sanātana replied ; tumi — you ; nā — not ; kara — do ; rāja - bhaya — fear of the government ; dakṣiṇa — to the south ; giyāche — has gone ; yadi — if ; leuṭi’ — returning ; āoyaya — comes ; tāṅhāre — to him ; kahio — you say ; sei — he ; bāhya - kṛtye — to evacuate ; gela — went ; gaṅgāra nikaṭa — near the bank of the Ganges ; gaṅgā dekhi’ — seeing the Ganges ; jhāṅpa dila — jumped .

Madhya-lila 20.12

Source

অনেক দেখিল, তার লাগ্ না পাইল । দাড়ুকা-সহিত ডুবি কাহাঁ বহি’ গেল ॥ ১২ ॥

aneka dekhila, tāra lāg nā pāila dāḍukā-sahita ḍubi kāhāṅ vahi’ gela

English translation

Translation

“Tell him, ‘I looked for him a long time, but I could not find any trace of him. He jumped in with his shackles, and therefore he was drowned and washed away by the waves.’

Word meanings

aneka — for a long time ; dekhila — I looked ; tāra — of him ; lāg — contact ; nā pāila — could not obtain ; dāḍukā - sahita — with the shackles ; ḍubi — drowning ; kāhāṅ — somewhere ; vahi’ gela — washed away .

Madhya-lila 20.13

Source

কিছু ভয় নাহি, আমি এ-দেশে না রব । দরবেশ হঞা আমি মক্কাকে যাইব ॥” ১৩ ॥

kichu bhaya nāhi, āmi e-deśe nā raba daraveśa hañā āmi makkāke yāiba”

English translation

Translation

“There is no reason for you to be afraid, for I shall not remain in this country. I shall become a mendicant and go to the holy city of Mecca.”

Word meanings

kichu — any ; bhaya — fear ; nāhi — there is not ; āmi — I ; e - deśe — in this country ; nā raba — shall not remain ; daraveśa hañā — becoming a mendicant ; āmi — I ; makkāke yāiba — shall go to Mecca .

Madhya-lila 20.14

Source

তথাপি যবন-মন প্রসন্ন না দেখিলা । সাত-হাজার মুদ্রা তার আগে রাশি কৈলা ॥ ১৪ ॥

tathāpi yavana-mana prasanna nā dekhilā sāta-hājāra mudrā tāra āge rāśi kailā

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī could see that the mind of the meat-eater was still not satisfied. He then stacked seven thousand gold coins before him.

Word meanings

tathāpi — still ; yavana - mana — the mind of the meat-eater ; prasanna — satisfied ; nā — not ; dekhilā — he saw ; sāta - hājāra — seven thousand ; mudrā — golden coins ; tāra — of him ; āge — in front ; rāśi kailā — made a stack .

Madhya-lila 20.15

Source

লোভ হইল যবনের মুদ্রা দেখিয়া । রাত্রে গঙ্গাপার কৈল দাড়ুকা কাটিয়া ॥ ১৫ ॥

lobha ha-ila yavanera mudrā dekhiyā rātre gaṅgā-pāra kaila dāḍukā kāṭiyā

English translation

Translation

When the meat-eater saw the coins, he was attracted to them. He then agreed, and that night he cut Sanātana’s shackles and let him cross the Ganges.

Word meanings

lobha ha - ila — there was attraction for the money ; yavanera — of the meat-eater ; mudrā dekhiyā — seeing the golden coins ; rātre — at night ; gaṅgā - pāra kaila — he got him across the Ganges ; dāḍukā — shackles ; kāṭiyā — breaking .

Madhya-lila 20.16

Source

গড়দ্বার-পথ ছাড়িলা, নারে তাহাঁ যাইতে । রাত্রি-দিন চলি’ আইলা পাতড়া-পর্বতে ॥ ১৬ ॥

gaḍa-dvāra-patha chāḍilā, nāre tāhāṅ yāite rātri-dina cali’ āilā pātaḍā-parvate

English translation

Translation

In this way, Sanātana Gosvāmī was released. However, he was not able to walk along the path of the fortress. Walking day and night, he finally arrived at the hilly tract of land known as Pātaḍā.

Word meanings

gaḍa - dvāra - patha — the path of the fortress ; chāḍilā — gave up ; nāre — not able ; tāhāṅ — there ; yāite — to go ; rātri - dina — night and day ; cali’ — walking ; āilā — arrived ; pātaḍā - parvate — in the hilly tract of land known as Pātaḍā .

Madhya-lila 20.17

Source

তথা এক ভৌমিক হয়, তার ঠাঞি গেলা । ‘পর্বত পার কর আমা’ — বিনতি করিলা ॥ ১৭ ॥

tathā eka bhaumika haya, tāra ṭhāñi gelā ‘parvata pāra kara āmā’ — vinati karilā

English translation

Translation

After reaching Pātaḍā, he met a landholder and submissively requested him to get him across that hilly tract of land.

Word meanings

tathā — there ; eka bhaumika — one landowner ; haya — there is ; tāra ṭhāñi — unto him ; gelā — he went ; parvata — the hilly tract ; pāra kara — cross over ; āmā — me ; vinati — submission ; karilā — he made .

Madhya-lila 20.18

Source

সেই ভূঞার সঙ্গে হয় হাতগণিতা । ভূঞার কাণে কহে সেই জানি’ এই কথা ॥ ১৮ ॥

sei bhūñāra saṅge haya hāta-gaṇitā bhūñāra kāṇe kahe sei jāni’ ei kathā

English translation

Translation

A man who was expert in palmistry was at that time staying with the landlord. Knowing about Sanātana, he whispered the following in the landlord’s ear.

Word meanings

sei bhūñāra — the landlord ; saṅge — with ; haya — there is ; hāta - gaṇitā — an expert in palmistry ; bhūñāra — of the landlord ; kāṇe — in the ear ; kahe — says ; sei — that man ; jāni’ — knowing ; ei kathā — this statement .

Madhya-lila 20.19

Source

‘ইহার ঠাঞি সুবর্ণের অষ্ট মোহর হয়’ । শুনি’ আনন্দিত ভূঞা সনাতনে কয় ॥ ১৯ ॥

‘iṅhāra ṭhāñi suvarṇera aṣṭa mohara haya’ śuni’ ānandita bhūñā sanātane kaya

English translation

Translation

The palmist said, “This man Sanātana possesses eight gold coins.” Hearing this, the landlord was very pleased and spoke the following to Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Word meanings

iṅhāra ṭhāñi — in the possession of this man ; suvarṇera — of gold ; aṣṭa — eight ; mohara — coins ; haya — there are ; śuni’ — hearing ; ānandita — pleased ; bhūñā — the landlord ; sanātane — to Sanātana ; kaya — says .

Madhya-lila 20.20

Source

“রাত্র্যে পর্বত পার করিব নিজ-লোক দিয়া । ভোজন করহ তুমি রন্ধন করিয়া ॥” ২০ ॥

“rātrye parvata pāra kariba nija-loka diyā bhojana karaha tumi randhana kariyā”

English translation

Translation

The landlord said, “I shall get you across that hilly tract at night with my own men. Now just cook for yourself and take your lunch.”

Word meanings

rātrye — at night ; parvata — the hilly tract ; pāra kariba — I shall cross ; nija - loka diyā — with my own men ; bhojana karaha — just take your meal ; tumi — you ; randhana kariyā — cooking .

Madhya-lila 20.21

Source

এত বলি’ অন্ন দিল করিয়া সম্মান । সনাতন আসি’ তবে কৈল নদীস্নান ॥ ২১ ॥

eta bali’ anna dila kariyā sammāna sanātana āsi’ tabe kaila nadī-snāna

English translation

Translation

Saying this, the landlord offered Sanātana grain to cook. Sanātana then went to the riverside and took his bath.

Word meanings

eta bali’ — saying this ; anna dila — supplied food grain ; kariyā sammāna — showing great respect ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; āsi’ — coming ; tabe — then ; kaila — did ; nadī - snāna — bathing in the river .

Madhya-lila 20.22

Source

দুই উপবাসে কৈলা রন্ধন-ভোজনে । রাজমন্ত্রী সনাতন বিচারিলা মনে ॥ ২২ ॥

dui upavāse kailā randhana-bhojane rāja-mantrī sanātana vicārilā mane

English translation

Translation

Because Sanātana had been fasting for two days, he cooked the food and ate it. However, having formerly been a minister of the Nawab, he began to contemplate the situation.

Word meanings

dui upavāse — fasting for two days ; kailā — performed ; randhana - bhojane — cooking and eating ; rāja - mantrī — the former minister of the Nawab ; sanātana — Sanātana ; vicārilā — considered ; mane — in the mind .

Madhya-lila 20.23

Source

‘এই ভূঞা কেনে মোরে সম্মান করিল ?’ এত চিন্তি’ সনাতন ঈশানে পুছিল ॥ ২৩ ॥

‘ei bhūñā kene more sammāna karila?’ eta cinti’ sanātana īśāne puchila

English translation

Translation

As a former minister for the Nawab, Sanātana could certainly understand diplomacy. He therefore thought, “Why is this landlord offering me such respect?” Thinking in this way, he questioned his servant, whose name was Īśāna.

Word meanings

ei bhūñā — this landlord ; kene — why ; more — unto me ; sammāna karila — offered so much respect ; eta cinti’ — thinking this ; sanātana — Sanātana ; īśāne — from Īśāna, his servant ; puchila — inquired .

Madhya-lila 20.24

Source

‘তোমার ঠাঞি জানি কিছু দ্রব্য আছয়’ । ঈশান কহে, — ‘মোর ঠাঞি সাত মোহর হয়’ ॥ ২৪ ॥

‘tomāra ṭhāñi jāni kichu dravya āchaya’ īśāna kahe, — ‘mora ṭhāñi sāta mohara haya’

English translation

Translation

Sanātana asked his servant, “Īśāna, I think you have some valuable things with you.”

Word meanings

tomāra ṭhāñi — in your possession ; jāni — I understand ; kichu — some ; dravya — valuable thing ; āchaya — there is ; īśāna kahe — Īśāna replied ; mora ṭhāñi — in my possession ; sāta mohara — seven gold coins ; haya — there are .

Purport

Īśāna replied, “Yes, I have seven gold coins.”

Madhya-lila 20.25

Source

শুনি’ সনাতন তারে করিয়া ভর্ৎসন । ‘সঙ্গে কেনে আনিয়াছ এই কাল-যম ?’ ২৫ ॥

śuni’ sanātana tāre karilā bhartsana ‘saṅge kene āniyācha ei kāla-yama?’

English translation

Translation

Hearing this, Sanātana Gosvāmī chastised his servant, saying, “Why have you brought this death knell with you?”

Word meanings

śuni’ — hearing ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; tāre — him ; karilā bhartsana — chastised ; saṅge — with you ; kene — why ; āniyācha — have you brought ; ei — this ; kāla - yama — death knell .

Madhya-lila 20.26

Source

তবে সেই সাত মোহর হস্তেতে করিয়া । ভূঞার কাছে যাঞা কহে মোহর ধরিয়া ॥ ২৬ ॥

tabe sei sāta mohara hastete kariyā bhūñāra kāche yāñā kahe mohara dhariyā

English translation

Translation

Thereupon, Sanātana Gosvāmī took the seven gold coins in his hands and went to the landlord. Holding the gold coins before him, he spoke as follows.

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; sei sāta mohara — these seven gold coins ; hastete kariyā — taking in the hands ; bhūñāra kāche — to the landlord ; yāñā — going ; kahe — says ; mohara dhariyā — holding the gold coins .

Madhya-lila 20.27

Source

“এই সাত সুবর্ণ মোহর আছিল আমার । ইহা লঞা ধর্ম দেখি’ পর্বত কর পার ॥ ২৭ ॥

“ei sāta suvarṇa mohara āchila āmāra ihā lañā dharma dekhi’ parvata kara pāra

English translation

Translation

“I have these seven gold coins with me. Please accept them, and from a religious point of view please get me across that hilly tract of land.

Word meanings

ei sāta — these seven ; suvarṇa mohara — golden coins ; āchila — were ; āmāra — mine ; ihā lañā — accepting them ; dharma dekhi’ — observing religious principles ; parvata — the hilly tract of land ; kara pāra — kindly get me across .

Madhya-lila 20.28

Source

রাজবন্দী আমি, গড়দ্বার যাইতে না পারি । পুণ্য হবে, পর্বত আমা দেহ’ পার করি ॥” ২৮ ॥

rāja-bandī āmi, gaḍa-dvāra yāite nā pāri puṇya habe, parvata āmā deha’ pāra kari”

English translation

Translation

“I am a prisoner of the government, and I cannot go along the way of the ramparts. It will be very pious of you to take this money and kindly get me across this hilly tract of land.”

Word meanings

rāja - bandī — a prisoner of the government ; āmi — I ; gaḍa - dvāra yāite — to go openly on the road by the ramparts ; nā pāri — I am not able ; puṇya — pious activity ; habe — there will be ; parvata — the hilly tract of land ; āmā — to me ; deha’ — give help ; pāra kari — by crossing over .

Madhya-lila 20.29

Source

ভূঞা হাসি’ কহে, — “আমি জানিয়াছি পহিলে । অষ্ট মোহর হয় তোমার সেবক-আঁচলে ॥ ২৯ ॥

bhūñā hāsi’ kahe, — “āmi jāniyāchi pahile aṣṭa mohara haya tomāra sevaka-āṅcale

English translation

Translation

Smiling, the landlord said, “Before you offered them, I already knew that there were eight gold coins in your servant’s possession.

Word meanings

bhūñā — the landlord ; hāsi’ — smiling ; kahe — said ; āmi — I ; jāniyāchi — knew ; pahile — before this ; aṣṭa mohara — eight golden coins ; haya — there are ; tomāra — your ; sevaka - āṅcale — in the pocket of the servant .

Madhya-lila 20.30

Source

তোমা মারি’ মোহর লইতাম আজিকার রাত্র্যে । ভাল হৈল, কহিলা তুমি, ছুটিলাঙ পাপ হৈতে ॥ ৩০ ॥

tomā māri’ mohara la-itāma ājikāra rātrye bhāla haila, kahilā tumi, chuṭilāṅa pāpa haite

English translation

Translation

“On this very night I would have killed you and taken your coins. It is very good that you have voluntarily offered them to me. I am now relieved from such a sinful activity.

Word meanings

tomā māri’ — killing you ; mohara — golden coins ; la - itāma — I would have taken ; ājikāra rātrye — on this night ; bhāla haila — it was very good ; kahilā tumi — you have spoken ; chuṭilāṅa — I am relieved ; pāpa haite — from such a sin .

Madhya-lila 20.31

Source

সন্তুষ্ট হইলাঙ আমি, মোহর না লইব । পুণ্য লাগি’ পর্বত তোমা’ পার করি’ দিব ॥” ৩১ ॥

santuṣṭa ha-ilāṅa āmi, mohara nā la-iba puṇya lāgi’ parvata tomā’ pāra kari’ diba”

English translation

Translation

“I am very satisfied with your behavior. I shall not accept these gold coins, but I shall get you across that hilly tract of land simply to perform a pious activity.”

Word meanings

santuṣṭa — satisfied ; ha - ilāṅa — have become ; āmi — I ; mohara — the golden coins ; nā la - iba — I shall not take ; puṇya lāgi’ — simply for pious activity ; parvata — the hilly tract of land ; tomā’ — you ; pāra kari’ diba — I shall get across .

Madhya-lila 20.32

Source

গোসাঞি কহে, — “কেহ দ্রব্য লইবে আমা মারি’ । আমার প্রাণ রক্ষা কর দ্রব্য অঙ্গীকরি’ ॥” ৩২ ॥

gosāñi kahe, — “keha dravya la-ibe āmā māri’ āmāra prāṇa rakṣā kara dravya aṅgīkari’ ”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “If you do not accept these coins, someone else will kill me for them. It is better that you save me from the danger by accepting the coins.”

Word meanings

gosāñi kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī said ; keha — someone else ; dravya — the valuable coins ; la - ibe — will take ; āmā māri’ — killing me ; āmāra — my ; prāṇa — life ; rakṣā kara — save ; dravya aṅgīkari’ — by accepting these coins .

Madhya-lila 20.33

Source

তবে ভূঞা গোসাঞির সঙ্গে চারি পাইক দিল । রাত্র্যে রাত্র্যে বনপথে পর্বত পার কৈল ॥ ৩৩ ॥

tabe bhūñā gosāñira saṅge cāri pāika dila rātrye rātrye vana-pathe parvata pāra kaila

English translation

Translation

After this settlement was made, the landlord gave Sanātana Gosvāmī four watchmen to accompany him. They went through the forest path for the whole night and thus brought him over the hilly tract of land.

Word meanings

tabe — thereupon ; bhūñā — the landlord ; gosāñira saṅge — with Sanātana Gosvāmī ; cāri pāika — four watchmen ; dila — gave ; rātrye rātrye — during the whole night ; vana - pathe — on the jungle path ; parvata — the hilly tract of land ; pāra kaila — took him across .

Madhya-lila 20.34

Source

তবে পার হঞা গোসাঞি পুছিলা ঈশানে । “জানি, — শেষ দ্রব্য কিছু আছে তোমা স্থানে ॥” ৩৪ ॥

tabe pāra hañā gosāñi puchilā īśāne “jāni, — śeṣa dravya kichu āche tomā sthāne”

English translation

Translation

After crossing the hills, Sanātana Gosvāmī told his servant, “Īśāna, I think you still have some balance left from the gold coins.”

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; pāra hañā — after crossing ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; puchilā — asked ; īśāne — Īśāna ; jāni — I know ; śeṣa dravya — something valuable left ; kichu — some ; āche — there is ; tomā sthāne — with you .

Madhya-lila 20.35

Source

ঈশান কহে, — “এক মোহর আছে অবশেষ ।” গোসাঞি কহে, — “মোহর লঞা যাহ’ তুমি দেশ ॥” ৩৫ ॥

īśāna kahe, — “eka mohara āche avaśeṣa” gosāñi kahe, — “mohara lañā yāha’ tumi deśa”

English translation

Translation

Īśāna replied, “I still have one gold coin in my possession.”

Word meanings

īśāna kahe — Īśāna replied ; eka — one ; mohara — gold coin ; āche — is ; avaśeṣa — left ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; kahe — replied ; mohara lañā — taking this gold coin ; yāha — return ; tumi — you ; deśa — to your country .

Purport

Sanātana Gosvāmī then said, “Take the coin and return to your home.”

Madhya-lila 20.36

Source

তারে বিদায় দিয়া গোসাঞি চলিলা একলা । হাতে করোঁয়া, ছিঁড়া কান্থা, নির্ভয় হইলা ॥ ৩৬ ॥

tāre vidāya diyā gosāñi calilā ekalā hāte karoṅyā, chiṅḍā kānthā, nirbhaya ha-ilā

English translation

Translation

After departing from Īśāna, Sanātana Gosvāmī began traveling alone with a waterpot in his hand. Simply covered with a torn quilt, he thus lost all his anxiety.

Word meanings

tāre vidāya diyā — bidding him farewell ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; calilā ekalā — began to travel alone ; hāte — in the hand ; karoṅyā — a beggar’s pot ; chiṅḍā kānthā — a torn quilt ; nirbhaya ha - ilā — he became free from all anxiety .

Madhya-lila 20.37

Source

চলি’ চলি’ গোসাঞি তবে আইলা হাজিপুরে । সন্ধ্যাকালে বসিলা এক উদ্যান-ভিতরে ॥ ৩৭ ॥

cali’ cali’ gosāñi tabe āilā hājipure sandhyā-kāle vasilā eka udyāna-bhitare

English translation

Translation

Walking and walking, Sanātana Gosvāmī finally arrived at a place called Hājipura. That evening he sat down within a garden.

Word meanings

cali’ cali’ — walking and walking ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; tabe — then ; āilā — arrived ; hājipure — at Hājipura ; sandhyā - kāle — in the evening ; vasilā — sat down ; eka — one ; udyāna - bhitare — within a garden .

Madhya-lila 20.38

Source

সেই হাজিপুরে রহে — শ্রীকান্ত তার নাম । গোসাঞির ভগিনীপতি, করে রাজকাম ॥ ৩৮ ॥

sei hājipure rahe — śrīkānta tāra nāma gosāñira bhaginī-pati, kare rāja-kāma

English translation

Translation

In Hājipura there was a gentlemen named Śrīkānta, who happened to be the husband of Sanātana Gosvāmī’s sister. He was engaged there in government service.

Word meanings

sei — that ; hājipure — in Hājipura ; rahe — there is ; śrīkānta — Śrīkānta ; tāra — his ; nāma — name ; gosāñira — of Sanātana Gosvāmī ; bhaginī - pati — sister’s husband ; kare — executes ; rāja - kāma — government service .

Madhya-lila 20.39

Source

তিন লক্ষ মুদ্রা রাজা দিয়াছে তার স্থানে । ঘোড়া মূল্য লঞা পাঠায় পাৎসার স্থানে ॥ ৩৯ ॥

tina lakṣa mudrā rājā diyāche tāra sthāne ghoḍā mūlya lañā pāṭhāya pātsāra sthāne

English translation

Translation

Śrīkānta had 300,000 gold coins with him, which had been given to him by the emperor for the purchase of horses. Thus Śrīkānta was buying horses and dispatching them to the emperor.

Word meanings

tina lakṣa — 300,000 ; mudrā — golden coins ; rājā — the king or nawab ; diyāche — has given ; tāra sthāne — in his custody ; ghoḍā — of horses ; mūlya lañā — taking the price ; pāṭhāya — sends ; pātsāra sthāne — to the care of the emperor .

Madhya-lila 20.40

Source

টুঙ্গি উপর বসি’ সেই গোসাঞিরে দেখিল । রাত্র্যে একজন-সঙ্গে গোসাঞি-পাশ আইল ॥ ৪০ ॥

ṭuṅgi upara vasi’ sei gosāñire dekhila rātrye eka-jana-saṅge gosāñi-pāśa āila

English translation

Translation

When Śrīkānta was sitting in an elevated place, he could see Sanātana Gosvāmī. That night he took a servant and went to see Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Word meanings

ṭuṅgi upara vasi’ — sitting in an elevated place ; sei — that Śrīkānta ; gosāñire — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; dekhila — saw ; rātrye — at night ; eka - jana - saṅge — with a servant ; gosāñi - pāśa — near Sanātana Gosvāmī ; āila — he came .

Madhya-lila 20.41

Source

দুইজন মিলি’ তথা ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী কৈল । বন্ধন-মোক্ষণ-কথা গোসাঞি সকলি কহিল ॥ ৪১ ॥

dui-jana mili’ tathā iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kaila bandhana-mokṣaṇa-kathā gosāñi sakali kahila

English translation

Translation

When they met, they had many conversations. Sanātana Gosvāmī told him in detail about his arrest and release.

Word meanings

dui - jana mili’ — meeting together ; tathā — there ; iṣṭa - goṣṭhī — various types of conversation ; kaila — did ; bandhana - mokṣaṇa — of the arrest and release ; kathā — the story ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; sakali — everything ; kahila — narrated .

Madhya-lila 20.42

Source

তেঁহো কহে, — “দিন-দুই রহ এইস্থানে । ভদ্র হও, ছাড়’ এই মলিন বসনে ॥” ৪২ ॥

teṅho kahe, — “dina-dui raha ei-sthāne bhadra hao, chāḍa’ ei malina vasane”

English translation

Translation

Śrīkānta then told Sanātana Gosvāmī, “Stay here for at least two days and dress up like a gentleman. Abandon these dirty garments.”

Word meanings

teṅho kahe — he said ; dina - dui — at least for two days ; raha — stay ; ei - sthāne — in this place ; bhadra hao — become like a gentleman in appearance ; chāḍa’ — give up ; ei — this ; malina — dirty ; vasane — dress .

Madhya-lila 20.43

Source

গোসাঞি কহে, — “একক্ষণ ইহা না রহিব । গঙ্গা পার করি’ দেহ’, এক্ষণে চলিব ॥” ৪৩ ॥

gosāñi kahe, — ‘eka-kṣaṇa ihā nā rahiba gaṅgā pāra kari’ deha’ e-kṣaṇe caliba”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “I shall not stay here even for a moment. Please help me cross the Ganges. I shall leave immediately.”

Word meanings

gosāñi kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī said ; eka - kṣaṇa — even for one moment ; ihā — here ; nā rahiba — I shall not stay ; gaṅgā pāra kari’ deha’ — help me cross the river Ganges ; e - kṣaṇe — immediately ; caliba — I shall go .

Madhya-lila 20.44

Source

যত্ন করি’ তেঁহো এক ভোটকম্বল দিল । গঙ্গা পার করি’ দিল — গোসাঞি চলিল ॥ ৪৪ ॥

yatna kari’ teṅho eka bhoṭa-kambala dila gaṅgā pāra kari’ dila — gosāñi calila

English translation

Translation

With great care, Śrīkānta gave him a woolen blanket and helped him cross the Ganges. Thus Sanātana Gosvāmī departed again.

Word meanings

yatna kari’ — with great care ; teṅho — he (Śrīkānta) ; eka — one ; bhoṭa - kambala — woolen blanket ; dila — gave ; gaṅgā pāra kari’ dila — got him across the river Ganges ; gosāñi calila — Sanātana Gosvāmī departed .

Madhya-lila 20.45

Source

তবে বারাণসী গোসাঞি আইলা কতদিনে । শুনি আনন্দিত হইলা প্রভুর আগমনে ॥ ৪৫ ॥

tabe vārāṇasī gosāñi āilā kata-dine śuni ānandita ha-ilā prabhura āgamane

English translation

Translation

After a few days, Sanātana Gosvāmī arrived at Vārāṇasī. He was very pleased to hear about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s arrival there.

Word meanings

tabe — in this way ; vārāṇasī — to Vārāṇasī ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; āilā — came ; kata - dine — after a few days ; śuni — hearing ; ānandita — very pleased ; ha - ilā — he became ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āgamane — about the arrival .

Madhya-lila 20.46

Source

চন্দ্রশেখরের ঘরে আসি’ দ্বারেতে বসিলা । মহাপ্রভু জানি’ চন্দ্রশেখরে কহিলা ॥ ৪৬ ॥

candraśekharera ghare āsi’ dvārete vasilā mahāprabhu jāni’ candraśekhare kahilā

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī then went to the house of Candraśekhara and sat down by the door. Understanding what was happening, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu spoke to Candraśekhara.

Word meanings

candraśekharera ghare — to the house of Candraśekhara ; āsi’ — going ; dvārete — at the door ; vasilā — sat down ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; jāni’ — knowing ; candraśekhare — to Candraśekhara ; kahilā — said .

Madhya-lila 20.47

Source

‘দ্বারে এক ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হয়, বোলাহ তাঁহারে’ । চন্দ্রশেখর দেখে — ‘বৈষ্ণব’ নাহিক দ্বারে ॥ ৪৭ ॥

‘dvāre eka ‘vaiṣṇava’ haya, bolāha tāṅhāre’ candraśekhara dekhe — ‘vaiṣṇava’ nāhika dvāre

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “There is a devotee at your door. Please call him in.” Going outside, Candraśekhara could not see a Vaiṣṇava at his door.

Word meanings

dvāre — at your door ; eka vaiṣṇava — one Vaiṣṇava devotee ; haya — there is ; bolāha tāṅhāi - e — please call him ; candraśekhara — Candraśekhara ; dekhe — sees ; vaiṣṇava — a devotee ; nāhika — there is not ; dvāre — at the door .

Madhya-lila 20.48

Source

‘দ্বারেতে বৈষ্ণব নাহি’ — প্রভুরে কহিল । ‘কেহ হয়’ করি’ প্রভু তাহারে পুছিল ॥ ৪৮ ॥

‘dvārete vaiṣṇava nāhi’ — prabhure kahila ‘keha haya’ kari’ prabhu tāhāre puchila

English translation

Translation

When Candraśekhara informed the Lord that no Vaiṣṇava was at his door, the Lord asked him, “Is there anyone at all at your door?”

Word meanings

dvārete — at my door ; vaiṣṇava nāhi — there is no Vaiṣṇava ; prabhure kahila — he informed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; keha haya — is there anyone ; kari’ — in this way ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāhāre puchila — inquired from him .

Madhya-lila 20.49

Source

তেঁহো কহে, — এক ‘দরবেশ’ আছে দ্বারে । ‘তাঁরে আন’ প্রভুর বাক্যে কহিল তাঁহারে ॥ ৪৯ ॥

teṅho kahe, — eka ‘daraveśa’ āche dvāre ‘tāṅre āna’ prabhura vākye kahila tāṅhāre

English translation

Translation

Candraśekhara replied, “There is a Muslim mendicant.”

Word meanings

teṅho kahe — he replied ; eka daraveśa — one Muslim mendicant ; āche — there is ; dvāre — at the door ; tāṅre āna — bring him ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vākye — the order ; kahila — said ; tāṅhāre — unto him .

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately said, “Please bring him here.” Candraśekhara then spoke to Sanātana Gosvāmī, who was still sitting beside the door.

Madhya-lila 20.50

Source

‘প্রভু তোমায় বোলায়, আইস, দরবেশ !’ শুনি’ আনন্দে সনাতন করিলা প্রবেশ ॥ ৫০ ॥

‘prabhu tomāya bolāya, āisa, daraveśa!’ śuni’ ānande sanātana karilā praveśa

English translation

Translation

“O Muslim mendicant, please come in. The Lord is calling you.” Sanātana Gosvāmī was very pleased to hear this order, and he entered Candraśekhara’s house.

Word meanings

prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tomāya — unto you ; bolāya — calls ; āisa — come here ; daraveśa — O Muslim mendicant ; śuni’ — hearing ; ānande — in great pleasure ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; karilā praveśa — entered .

Madhya-lila 20.51

Source

তাঁহারে অঙ্গনে দেখি’ প্রভু ধাঞা আইলা । তাঁরে আলিঙ্গন করি’ প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ॥ ৫১ ॥

tāṅhāre aṅgane dekhi’ prabhu dhāñā āilā tāṅre āliṅgana kari’ premāviṣṭa hailā

English translation

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw Sanātana Gosvāmī in the courtyard, He immediately went up to him with great haste. After embracing him, the Lord was overwhelmed with ecstatic love.

Word meanings

tāṅhāre — him ; aṅgane — in the courtyard ; dekhi’ — seeing ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; dhāñā āilā — came to see him with great haste ; tāṅre — him ; āliṅgana kari’ — embracing ; prema - āviṣṭa hailā — became overwhelmed with ecstatic love .

Madhya-lila 20.52

Source

প্রভুস্পর্শে প্রেমাবিষ্ট হইলা সনাতন । ‘মোরে না ছুঁইহ’ — কহে গদ্গদ-বচন ॥ ৫২ ॥

prabhu-sparśe premāviṣṭa ha-ilā sanātana ‘more nā chuṅiha’ — kahe gadgada-vacana

English translation

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu touched Sanātana Gosvāmī, Sanātana was also overwhelmed with ecstatic love. In a faltering voice, he said, “O my Lord, do not touch me.”

Word meanings

prabhu - sparśe — by the touch of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; prema - āviṣṭa — overwhelmed with ecstatic love ; ha - ilā — became ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; more — me ; nā — do not ; chuṅiha — touch ; kahe — says ; gadgada - vacana — in a faltering voice .

Madhya-lila 20.53

Source

দুইজনে গলাগলি রোদন অপার । দেখি’ চন্দ্রশেখরের হইল চমৎকার ॥ ৫৩ ॥

dui-jane galāgali rodana apāra dekhi’ candraśekharera ha-ila camatkāra

English translation

Translation

Shoulder to shoulder, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Sanātana Gosvāmī began to cry unlimitedly. Candraśekhara was very much astonished to see this.

Word meanings

dui - jane — the two persons ; galāgali — shoulder to shoulder ; rodana — crying ; apāra — unlimited ; dekhi’ — seeing ; candraśekharera — of Candraśekhara ; ha - ila — there was ; camatkāra — astonishment .

Madhya-lila 20.54

Source

তবে প্রভু তাঁর হাত ধরি’ লঞা গেলা । পিণ্ডার উপরে আপন-পাশে বসাইলা ॥ ৫৪ ॥

tabe prabhu tāṅra hāta dhari’ lañā gelā piṇḍāra upare āpana-pāśe vasāilā

English translation

Translation

Catching his hand, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took Sanātana Gosvāmī inside and made him sit on an elevated place next to Him.

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāṅra — of Sanātana Gosvāmī ; hāta dhari’ — catching the hand ; lañā gelā — took him inside ; piṇḍāra upare — on an elevated place ; āpana - pāśe — near Him ; vasāilā — made Sanātana Gosvāmī sit down .

Madhya-lila 20.55

Source

শ্রীহস্তে করেন তাঁর অঙ্গ সম্মার্জন । তেঁহো কহে, — ‘মোরে, প্রভু, না কর স্পর্শন’ ॥ ৫৫ ॥

śrī-haste karena tāṅra aṅga sammārjana teṅho kahe, — ‘more, prabhu, nā kara sparśana’

English translation

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began cleansing Sanātana Gosvāmī’s body with His own transcendental hand, Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “O my Lord, please do not touch me.”

Word meanings

śrī - haste — by the spiritual hand ; karena — does ; tāṅra aṅga — of his body ; sammārjana — cleansing ; teṅho kahe — he said ; more — me ; prabhu — my Lord ; nā kara sparśana — do not touch .

Madhya-lila 20.56

Source

প্রভু কহে, — “তোমা স্পর্শি আত্ম পবিত্রিতে । ভক্তি-বলে পার তুমি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড শোধিতে ॥ ৫৬ ॥

prabhu kahe, — “tomā sparśi ātma pavitrite bhakti-bale pāra tumi brahmāṇḍa śodhite

English translation

Translation

The Lord replied, “I am touching you just to purify Myself, because by the force of your devotional service you can purify the whole universe.

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied ; tomā sparśi — I touch you ; ātma pavitrite — to purify Myself ; bhakti - bale — the strength of your devotional service ; pāra — are able ; tumi — you ; brahmāṇḍa — the whole universe ; śodhite — to purify .

Madhya-lila 20.57

Source

ভবদ্বিধা ভাগবতাস্তীর্থভূতাঃ স্বয়ং প্রভো । তীর্থীকুর্বন্তি তীর্থানি স্বান্তঃস্থেন গদাভৃতা ॥ ৫৭ ॥

bhavad-vidhā bhāgavatās tīrtha-bhūtāḥ svayaṁ prabho tīrthī-kurvanti tīrthāni svāntaḥ-sthena gadā-bhṛtā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Saints of your caliber are themselves places of pilgrimage. Because of their purity, they are constant companions of the Lord, and therefore they can purify even the places of pilgrimage.’

Word meanings

bhavat - vidhāḥ — like you ; bhāgavatāḥ — advanced devotees ; tīrtha - bhūtāḥ — personified holy places of pilgrimage ; svayam — personally ; prabho — my lord ; tīrthī - kurvanti — make into holy places ; tīrthāni — all the holy places of pilgrimage ; sva - antaḥ - sthena — situated within their hearts ; gadā - bhṛtā — by Lord Viṣṇu, who carries a club .

Purport

This verse was spoken by Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira to Vidura in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.13.10) . Vidura was returning home after visiting sacred places of pilgrimage, and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira was receiving his saintly uncle. In essence, Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira was saying, “My dear Lord Vidura, you yourself are a holy place because you are an advanced devotee. People like you always carry Lord Viṣṇu in their hearts. You can revitalize all holy places after they have been polluted by the pilgrimages of sinners.”

A sinful person goes to a holy place of pilgrimage to be purified. In a holy place, there are many saintly people and temples of Lord Viṣṇu; however, the holy place becomes infected with the sins of many visitors. When an advanced devotee goes to a holy place, he counteracts all the sins of the pilgrims. Therefore Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira addressed Vidura in this way.

Since an advanced devotee carries Lord Viṣṇu within his heart, he is a moving temple and a moving Viṣṇu. An advanced devotee does not need to go to holy places, for wherever he stays is a holy place. In this connection, Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura states, tīrtha-yātrā pariśrama, kevala manera bhrama: visiting holy places is simply another type of bewilderment. Since an advanced devotee does not need to go to a holy place, why does he go? The answer is that he goes simply to purify the place.

Madhya-lila 20.58

Source

ন মেঽভক্তশ্চতুর্বেদী মদ্ভক্তঃ শ্বপচঃ প্রিয়ঃ । তস্মৈ দেয়ং ততো গ্রাহ্যং স চ পূজ্যো যথা হ্যহম্ ॥ ৫৮ ॥

na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham

English translation

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic literatures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional service. However, even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is very dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activity or mental speculation. Indeed, all respects should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I am.’

Word meanings

na — not ; me — My ; abhaktaḥ — devoid of pure devotional service ; catuḥ - vedī — a scholar in the four Vedas ; mat - bhaktaḥ — My devotee ; śva - pacaḥ — even from a family of dog-eaters ; priyaḥ — very dear ; tasmai — to him (a pure devotee, even though born in a very low family) ; deyam — should be given ; tataḥ — from him ; grāhyam — should be accepted (remnants of food) ; saḥ — that person ; ca — also ; pūjyaḥ — worshipable ; yathā — as much as ; hi — certainly ; aham — I .

Purport

This verse is included in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (10.127), compiled by Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Madhya-lila 20.59

Source

বিপ্রাদ্দ্বিষড়্ গুণযুতাদরবিন্দনাভ- পাদারবিন্দবিমুখাৎ শ্বপচং বরিষ্ঠম্ । মন্যে তদর্পিত-মনোবচনেহিতার্থ- প্রাণং পুনাতি স কুলং ন তু ভূরিমানঃ ॥ ৫৯ ॥

viprād dvi-ṣaḍ-guṇa-yutād aravinda-nābha- pādāravinda-vimukhāt śva-pacaṁ variṣṭham manye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitārtha- prāṇaṁ punāti sa kulaṁ na tu bhūri-mānaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘One may be born in a brāhmaṇa family and have all twelve brahminical qualities, but if he is not devoted to the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who has a navel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a caṇḍāla who has dedicated his mind, words, activities, wealth and life to the service of the Lord. Simply to take birth in a brāhmaṇa family or to have brahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must become a pure devotee of the Lord. If a śva-paca or caṇḍāla is a devotee, he delivers not only himself but his whole family, whereas a brāhmaṇa who is not a devotee but simply has brahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, what to speak of his family.’ ”

Word meanings

viprāt — than a brāhmaṇa ; dvi - ṣaṭ - guṇa - yutāt — who is qualified with twelve brahminical qualifications ; aravinda - nābha — of Lord Viṣṇu, who has a lotuslike navel ; pāda - aravinda — unto the lotus feet ; vimukhāt — than a person bereft of devotion ; śva - pacam — a caṇḍāla, or a person accustomed to eating dogs ; variṣṭham — more glorified ; manye — I think ; tat - arpita — dedicated unto Him ; manaḥ — mind ; vacana — words ; īhita — activities ; artha — wealth ; prāṇam — life ; punāti — purifies ; saḥ — he ; kulam — his family ; na tu — but not ; bhūri - mānaḥ — a brāhmaṇa proud of possessing such qualities .

Purport

This verse is spoken by Prahlāda Mahārāja in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.9.10) . A brāhmaṇa is supposed to be qualified with twelve qualities. As stated in the Mahābhārata:

dharmaś ca satyaṁ ca damas tapaś ca amātsaryaṁ hrīs titikṣānasūyā yajñaś ca dānaṁ ca dhṛtiḥ śrutaṁ ca vratāni vai dvādaśa brāhmaṇasya

“A brāhmaṇa must be perfectly religious. He must be truthful, and he must be able to control his senses. He must execute severe austerities, and he must be detached, humble and tolerant. He must not envy anyone, and he must be expert in performing sacrifices and giving whatever he has in charity. He must be fixed in devotional service and expert in the knowledge of the Vedas. These are the twelve qualifications for a brāhmaṇa .”

The Bhagavad-gītā (18.42) describes the brahminical qualities in this way:

śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ kṣāntir ārjavam eva ca jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ brahma-karma svabhāva-jam

“Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness — these are the natural qualities by which the brāhmaṇas work.”

In the Muktāphala-ṭīkā, it is said:

śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ kṣānty-ārjava-viraktayaḥ jñāna-vijñāna-santoṣāḥ satyāstikye dvi-ṣaḍ guṇāḥ

“Mental equilibrium, sense control, austerity, cleanliness, tolerance, simplicity, detachment, theoretical and practical knowledge, satisfaction, truthfulness and firm faith in the Vedas are the twelve qualities of a brāhmaṇa. ”

Madhya-lila 20.60

Source

তোমা দেখি, তোমা স্পর্শি, গাই তোমার গুণ । সর্বেন্দ্রিয়-ফল, — এই শাস্ত্র-নিরূপণ ॥ ৬০ ॥

tomā dekhi, tomā sparśi, gāi tomāra guṇa sarvendriya-phala, — ei śāstra-nirūpaṇa

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “By seeing you, by touching you and by glorifying your transcendental qualities, one can perfect the purpose of all sense activity. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.

Word meanings

tomā dekhi — by seeing you ; tomā sparśi — by touching you ; gāi tomāra guṇa — by praising your transcendental qualities ; sarva - indriya - phala — the fulfillment of the activities of all the senses ; ei — this ; śāstra - nirūpaṇa — the verdict of the revealed scriptures .

Purport

This is confirmed in the following verse from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (13.2).

Madhya-lila 20.61

Source

অক্ষ্ণোঃ ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-দর্শনং হি তনোঃ ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-গাত্রসঙ্গঃ । জিহ্বা-ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-কীর্তনং হি সুদুর্লভা ভাগবতা হি লোকে ॥” ৬১ ॥

akṣṇoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-darśanaṁ hi tanoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-gātra-saṅgaḥ jihvā-phalaṁ tvādṛśa-kīrtanaṁ hi su-durlabhā bhāgavatā hi loke

English translation

Translation

“ ‘My dear Vaiṣṇava, seeing a person like you is the perfection of one’s eyesight, touching your lotus feet is the perfection of the sense of touch, and glorifying your good qualities is the tongue’s real activity, for in the material world it is very difficult to find a pure devotee of the Lord.’ ”

Word meanings

akṣṇoḥ — of the eyes ; phalam — the perfect result of the action ; tvādṛśa — a person like you ; darśanam — to see ; hi — certainly ; tanoḥ — of the body ; phalam — the perfection of activities ; tvādṛśa — of a person like you ; gātra - saṅgaḥ — touching the body ; jihvā - phalam — the perfection of the tongue ; tvādṛśa — a person like you ; kīrtanam — glorifying ; hi — certainly ; su - durlabhāḥ — very rare ; bhāgavatāḥ — pure devotees of the Lord ; hi — certainly ; loke — in this world .

Madhya-lila 20.62

Source

এত কহি কহে প্রভু, — “শুন, সনাতন । কৃষ্ণ — বড় দয়াময়, পতিত-পাবন ॥ ৬২ ॥

eta kahi kahe prabhu, — “śuna, sanātana kṛṣṇa — baḍa dayāmaya, patita-pāvana

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “My dear Sanātana, please hear from Me. Kṛṣṇa is very merciful, and He is the deliverer of all fallen souls.

Word meanings

eta kahi — saying this ; kahe — continued to speak ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; śuna — please hear ; sanātana — My dear Sanātana ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; baḍa — very much ; dayā - maya — merciful ; patita - pāvana — deliverer of the fallen souls .

Madhya-lila 20.63

Source

মহা-রৌরব হৈতে তোমা করিলা উদ্ধার । কৃপার সমুদ্র কৃষ্ণ গম্ভীর অপার ॥” ৬৩ ॥

mahā-raurava haite tomā karilā uddhāra kṛpāra samudra kṛṣṇa gambhīra apāra”

English translation

Translation

“My dear Sanātana, Kṛṣṇa has saved you from Mahāraurava, life’s deepest hell. He is an ocean of mercy, and His activities are very grave.”

Word meanings

mahā - raurava haite — from the deepest hellish condition of life ; tomā — you ; karilā uddhāra — has delivered ; kṛpāra samudra — the ocean of mercy ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; gambhīra — very grave ; apāra — unlimitedly .

Purport

As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61) , īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati. Staying within everyone’s heart, Lord Kṛṣṇa works very gravely. No one can understand how He is working, but as soon as the Lord understands the sincere activity of a person in devotional service, He helps him in such a way that the devotee cannot understand how things are happening. If the devotee is determined to serve the Lord, the Lord is always prepared to help him ( dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te ) . Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is telling Sanātana Gosvāmī how merciful the Lord is. Sanātana Gosvāmī was a minister in the service of Nawab Hussain Shah. He was always mixing with materially inclined people, particularly with Muslims, meat-eaters. Although he was in intimate touch with them, by Kṛṣṇa’s mercy he came to find such association distasteful. Therefore he left them. As stated by Śrīnivāsa Ācārya, tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīṁ sadā tuccha-vat. Kṛṣṇa enlightened Sanātana Gosvāmī in such a way that he was able to give up his exalted post as minister. Thinking his material position insignificant, Sanātana was prepared to become a mendicant. Appreciating the activities of Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu praised his action and thanked Kṛṣṇa for His mercy upon him.

Madhya-lila 20.64

Source

সনাতন কহে, — ‘কৃষ্ণ আমি নাহি জানি । আমার উদ্ধার-হেতু তোমার কৃপা মানি ॥’ ৬৪ ॥

sanātana kahe, — ‘kṛṣṇa āmi nāhi jāni āmāra uddhāra-hetu tomāra kṛpā māni’

English translation

Translation

Sanātana replied, “I do not know who Kṛṣṇa is. As far as I am concerned, I have been released from prison only by Your mercy.”

Word meanings

sanātana kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī said ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; āmi — I ; nāhi jāni — do not know ; āmāra — my ; uddhāra - hetu — the cause of release ; tomāra — Your ; kṛpā — mercy ; māni — I accept .

Madhya-lila 20.65

Source

‘কেমনে ছুটিলা’ বলি প্রভু প্রশ্ন কৈলা । আদ্যোপান্ত সব কথা তেঁহো শুনাইলা ॥ ৬৫ ॥

‘kemane chuṭilā’ bali prabhu praśna kailā ādyopānta saba kathā teṅho śunāilā

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then asked Sanātana Gosvāmī, “How were you released from prison?” Sanātana then described the story from beginning to end.

Word meanings

kemane chuṭilā — how were you released ; bali — saying ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; praśna kailā — inquired ; ādya - upānta — from beginning to the end ; saba — all ; kathā — the narration ; teṅho — he ; śunāilā — described .

Madhya-lila 20.66

Source

প্রভু কহে, — “তোমার দুইভাই প্রয়াগে মিলিলা । রূপ, অনুপম — দুঁহে বৃন্দাবন গেলা” ॥ ৬৬ ॥

prabhu kahe, — “tomāra dui-bhāi prayāge mililā rūpa, anupama — duṅhe vṛndāvana gelā”

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “I met your two brothers, Rūpa and Anupama, at Prayāga. They have now gone to Vṛndāvana.”

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; tomāra — your ; dui - bhāi — two brothers ; prayāge mililā — met Me at Prayāga ; rūpa — Rūpa Gosvāmī ; anupama — his brother Anupama ; duṅhe — both of them ; vṛndāvana gelā — have gone to Vṛndāvana .

Madhya-lila 20.67

Source

তপনমিশ্রেরে আর চন্দ্রশেখরেরে । প্রভু-আজ্ঞায় সনাতন মিলিলা দোঁহারে ॥ ৬৭ ॥

tapana-miśrere āra candraśekharere prabhu-ājñāya sanātana mililā doṅhāre

English translation

Translation

By the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sanātana Gosvāmī met both Tapana Miśra and Candraśekhara.

Word meanings

tapana - miśrere — unto Tapana Miśra ; āra — and ; candraśekharere — unto Candraśekhara ; prabhu - ājñāya — by the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; sanātana — Sanātana ; mililā — met ; doṅhāre — both of them .

Madhya-lila 20.68

Source

তপনমিশ্র তবে তাঁরে কৈলা নিমন্ত্রণ । প্রভু কহে, — ‘ক্ষৌর করাহ, যাহ, সনাতন ॥’ ৬৮ ॥

tapana-miśra tabe tāṅre kailā nimantraṇa prabhu kahe, — ‘kṣaura karāha, yāha, sanātana’

English translation

Translation

Tapana Miśra then extended an invitation to Sanātana, and Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked Sanātana to go get a shave.

Word meanings

tapana - miśra — Tapana Miśra ; tabe — then ; tāṅre — unto him (Sanātana Gosvāmī) ; kailā — made ; nimantraṇa — invitation ; prabhu kahe — Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; kṣaura karāha — get shaved ; yāha — go ; sanātana — My dear Sanātana .

Madhya-lila 20.69

Source

চন্দ্রশেখরেরে প্রভু কহে বোলাঞা । ‘এই বেষ দূর কর, যাহ ইঁহারে লঞা’ ॥ ৬৯ ॥

candraśekharere prabhu kahe bolāñā ‘ei veṣa dūra kara, yāha iṅhāre lañā’

English translation

Translation

After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu called Candraśekhara and asked him to take Sanātana Gosvāmī with him. He also asked him to take away Sanātana’s present dress.

Word meanings

candraśekharere — unto Candraśekhara ; prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; bolāñā — calling ; ei veṣa — this kind of dress ; dūra kara — take away ; yāha — go ; iṅhāre lañā — taking him with you .

Madhya-lila 20.70

Source

ভদ্র করাঞা তাঁরে গঙ্গাস্নান করাইল । শেখর আনিয়া তাঁরে নূতন বস্ত্র দিল ॥ ৭০ ॥

bhadra karāñā tāṅre gaṅgā-snāna karāila śekhara āniyā tāṅre nūtana vastra dila

English translation

Translation

Candraśekhara then made Sanātana Gosvāmī look like a gentleman. He took him to bathe in the Ganges, and afterwards he brought him a new set of clothes.

Word meanings

bhadra karāñā — making gentle ; tāṅre — him ; gaṅgā - snāna — bathing in the Ganges ; karāila — caused to do ; śekhara — Candraśekhara ; āniyā — bringing ; tāṅre — to him ; nūtana — new ; vastra — clothing ; dila — delivered .

Purport

The words bhadra karāñā are significant in this verse. Due to his long hair, mustache and beard, Sanātana Gosvāmī looked like a daraveśa, or hippie. Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not like Sanātana Gosvāmī’s hippie features, he immediately asked Candraśekhara to get him shaved clean. If anyone with long hair or a beard wants to join this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and live with us, he must similarly shave himself clean. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu consider long hair objectionable.

Sanātana Gosvāmī was saved from a hellish condition (Mahāraurava) by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Mahāraurava is a hell wherein animal killers are placed. In this regard, refer to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.26.10-12).

Madhya-lila 20.71

Source

সেই বস্ত্র সনাতন না কৈল অঙ্গীকার । শুনিয়া প্রভুর মনে আনন্দ অপার ॥ ৭১ ॥

sei vastra sanātana nā kaila aṅgīkāra śuniyā prabhura mane ānanda apāra

English translation

Translation

Candraśekhara offered a new set of garments to Sanātana Gosvāmī, but Sanātana did not accept them. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard news of this, He became unlimitedly happy.

Word meanings

sei vastra — that new dress ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; nā kaila — did not ; aṅgīkāra — accept ; śuniyā — hearing ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; mane — in the mind ; ānanda apāra — unlimited happiness .

Madhya-lila 20.72

Source

মধ্যাহ্ন করিয়া প্রভু গেলা ভিক্ষা করিবারে । সনাতনে লঞা গেলা তপনমিশ্রের ঘরে ॥ ৭২ ॥

madhyāhna kariyā prabhu gelā bhikṣā karibāre sanātane lañā gelā tapana-miśrera ghare

English translation

Translation

After bathing at noon, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to the house of Tapana Miśra for lunch. He took Sanātana Gosvāmī with Him.

Word meanings

madhyāhna kariyā — finishing bathing at noon ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; gelā — went ; bhikṣā karibāre — to accept lunch ; sanātane — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; lañā — taking ; gelā — went ; tapana - miśrera ghare — to the house of Tapana Miśra .

Madhya-lila 20.73

Source

পাদপ্রক্ষালন করি’ ভিক্ষাতে বসিলা । ‘সনাতনে ভিক্ষা দেহ’ — মিশ্রেরে কহিলা ॥ ৭৩ ॥

pāda-prakṣālana kari’ bhikṣāte vasilā ‘sanātane bhikṣā deha’ — miśrere kahilā

English translation

Translation

After washing His feet, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu sat down for lunch. He asked Tapana Miśra to supply Sanātana Gosvāmī lunch also.

Word meanings

pāda - prakṣālana — washing the feet ; kari’ — doing ; bhikṣāte — to lunch ; vasilā — sat down ; sanātane bhikṣā deha — give Sanātana lunch also ; miśrere kahilā — He asked Tapana Miśra .

Madhya-lila 20.74

Source

মিশ্র কহে, — ‘সনাতনের কিছু কৃত্য আছে । তুমি ভিক্ষা কর, প্রসাদ তাঁরে দিব পাছে ॥’ ৭৪ ॥

miśra kahe, — ‘sanātanera kichu kṛtya āche tumi bhikṣā kara, prasāda tāṅre diba pāche’

English translation

Translation

Tapana Miśra then said, “Sanātana has some duty to perform; therefore he cannot accept lunch now. At the conclusion of the meal, I shall supply Sanātana with some remnants.”

Word meanings

miśra kahe — Tapana Miśra said ; sanātanera — of Sanātana Gosvāmī ; kichu — some ; kṛtya — duty ; āche — there is ; tumi bhikṣā kara — You take Your lunch ; prasāda — the remnants of Your food ; tāṅre — unto him ; diba — I shall deliver ; pāche — at the end .

Madhya-lila 20.75

Source

ভিক্ষা করি’ মহাপ্রভু বিশ্রাম করিল । মিশ্র প্রভুর শেষপাত্র সনাতনে দিল ॥ ৭৫ ॥

bhikṣā kari’ mahāprabhu viśrāma karila miśra prabhura śeṣa-pātra sanātane dila

English translation

Translation

After eating, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took rest for a while. Tapana Miśra then gave Sanātana Gosvāmī the remnants of food left by Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Word meanings

bhikṣā kari’ — after taking His lunch ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; viśrāma karila — took rest ; miśra — Tapana Miśra ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; śeṣa - pātra — the plate of remnants ; sanātane dila — delivered to Sanātana .

Madhya-lila 20.76

Source

মিশ্র সনাতনে দিলা নূতন বসন । বস্ত্র নাহি নিলা, তেঁহো কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ৭৬ ॥

miśra sanātane dilā nūtana vasana vastra nāhi nilā, teṅho kaila nivedana

English translation

Translation

When Tapana Miśra offered Sanātana Gosvāmī a new cloth, he did not accept it. Instead, he spoke as follows.

Word meanings

miśra — Tapana Miśra ; sanātane — unto Sanātana ; dilā — delivered ; nūtana vasana — new cloth ; vastra — the cloth ; nāhi nilā — he did not accept ; teṅho — he ; kaila — made ; nivedana — submission .

Madhya-lila 20.77

Source

“মোরে বস্ত্র দিতে যদি তোমার হয় মন । নিজ পরিধান এক দেহ’ পুরাতন ॥” ৭৭ ॥

“more vastra dite yadi tomāra haya mana nija paridhāna eka deha’ purātana”

English translation

Translation

“If you want to give me some cloth according to your desire, please give me an old cloth you have used.”

Word meanings

more — unto me ; vastra dite — to offer cloth ; yadi — if ; tomāra — your ; haya — there is ; mana — mind ; nija — own ; paridhāna — cloth ; eka — one ; deha’ — give ; purātana — old .

Madhya-lila 20.78

Source

তবে মিশ্র পুরাতন এক ধুতি দিল । তেঁহো দুই বহির্বাস-কৌপীন করিল ॥ ৭৮ ॥

tabe miśra purātana eka dhuti dila teṅho dui bahirvāsa-kaupīna karila

English translation

Translation

When Tapana Miśra gave Sanātana Gosvāmī a used dhotī, Sanātana immediately tore it into pieces to make two sets of outer cloth and underwear.

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; miśra — Tapana Miśra ; purātana — old ; eka — one ; dhuti — dhotī ; dila — delivered ; teṅho — he (Sanātana Gosvāmī) ; dui — two ; bahirvāsa — outer coverings ; kaupīna — underwear ; karila — made .

Madhya-lila 20.79

Source

মহারাষ্ট্রীয় দ্বিজে প্রভু মিলাইলা সনাতনে । সেই বিপ্র তাঁরে কৈল মহা-নিমন্ত্রণে ॥ ৭৯ ॥

mahārāṣṭrīya dvije prabhu milāilā sanātane sei vipra tāṅre kaila mahā-nimantraṇe

English translation

Translation

When Caitanya Mahāprabhu introduced the Maharashtrian brāhmaṇa to Sanātana, the brāhmaṇa immediately invited Sanātana Gosvāmī for full meals.

Word meanings

mahārāṣṭrīya — from Maharashtra ; dvije — the brāhmaṇa ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; milāilā — introduced ; sanātane — unto Sanātana Gosvāmī ; sei — that ; vipra — brāhmaṇa ; tāṅre — unto him ; kaila — did ; mahā — full ; nimantraṇe — invitation .

Madhya-lila 20.80

Source

“সনাতন, তুমি যাবৎ কাশীতে রহিবা । তাবৎ আমার ঘরে ভিক্ষা যে করিবা ॥” ৮০ ॥

“sanātana, tumi yāvat kāśīte rahibā tāvat āmāra ghare bhikṣā ye karibā”

English translation

Translation

The brāhmaṇa said, “My dear Sanātana, as long as you remain at Kāśī, please accept lunch at my place.”

Word meanings

sanātana — O Sanātana ; tumi — you ; yāvat — as long as ; kāśīte — in Benares ; rahibā — will remain ; tāvat — so long ; āmāra — my ; ghare — at the home ; bhikṣā — lunch ; ye — that ; karibā — please accept .

Madhya-lila 20.81

Source

সনাতন কহে, — “আমি মাধুকরী করিব । ব্রাহ্মণের ঘরে কেনে একত্র ভিক্ষা লব ?” ৮১ ॥

sanātana kahe, — “āmi mādhukarī kariba brāhmaṇera ghare kene ekatra bhikṣā laba?”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana replied, “I shall practice the process of mādhukarī. Why should I accept full meals in the house of a brāhmaṇa?”

Word meanings

sanātana kahe — Sanātana replied ; āmi — I ; mādhukarī kariba — shall practice acceptance of food by mādhukarī means ; brāhmaṇera ghare — in the house of a brāhmaṇa ; kene — why ; ekatra — in one place ; bhikṣā laba — I should accept lunch .

Purport

The word mādhukarī comes from the word madhukara, which refers to bees collecting honey from flower to flower. A mādhukarī is a saintly person or a mendicant who does not accept a full meal at one house but begs from door to door, taking a little food from each householder’s place. In this way he does not overeat or give householders unnecessary trouble. A person in the renounced order may beg but not cook. His begging should not be a burden for the householders. The mādhukarī process is strictly to be followed by a bābājī, that is, one who has attained the paramahaṁsa stage. This practice is still current in Vṛndāvana, and there are many places where alms are offered. Unfortunately, there are many beggars who have come to Vṛndāvana to accept alms but not follow the principles of Sanātana Gosvāmī. People try to imitate him and lead an idle life by practicing mādhukarī. It is almost impossible to strictly follow Sanātana Gosvāmī or Rūpa Gosvāmī. It is better to accept food offered to Kṛṣṇa in the temple than to try to imitate Sanātana Gosvāmī and Rūpa Gosvāmī.

yuktāhāra-vihārasya yukta-ceṣṭasya karmasu yukta-svapnāvabodhasya yogo bhavati duḥkha-hā

“He who is regulated in his habits of eating, sleeping, recreation and work can mitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system.” ( Bg. 6.17 )

The ideal sannyāsī strictly follows the ways practiced by the Gosvāmīs.

Madhya-lila 20.82

Source

সনাতনের বৈরাগ্যে প্রভুর আনন্দ অপার । ভোটকম্বল পানে প্রভু চাহে বারে বার ॥ ৮২ ॥

sanātanera vairāgye prabhura ānanda apāra bhoṭa-kambala pāne prabhu cāhe bāre bāra

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu felt unlimited happiness to observe Sanātana Gosvāmī’s strict following of the principles of sannyāsa. However, He repeatedly glanced at the woolen blanket Sanātana Gosvāmī was wearing.

Word meanings

sanātanera — of Sanātana Gosvāmī ; vairāgye — by the renunciation ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; ānanda — happiness ; apāra — unlimited ; bhoṭa - kambala — the woolen blanket ; pāne — towards ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; cāhe — looks ; bāre bāra — repeatedly .

Madhya-lila 20.83

Source

সনাতন জানিল এই প্রভুরে না ভায় । ভোট ত্যাগ করিবারে চিন্তিলা উপায় ॥ ৮৩ ॥

sanātana jānila ei prabhure nā bhāya bhoṭa tyāga karibāre cintilā upāya

English translation

Translation

Because Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was repeatedly glancing at this valuable woolen blanket, Sanātana Gosvāmī could understand that the Lord did not approve of it. He then began to consider a way to give it up.

Word meanings

sanātana jānila — Sanātana Gosvāmī could understand ; ei — this ; prabhure — by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nā bhāya — is not approved ; bhoṭa — the woolen blanket ; tyāga — giving up ; karibāre — to do ; cintilā — considered ; upāya — a means .

Madhya-lila 20.84

Source

এত চিন্তি’ গেলা গঙ্গায় মধ্যাহ্ন করিতে । এক গৌড়িয়া কান্থা ধুঞা দিয়াছে শুকাইতে ॥ ৮৪ ॥

eta cinti’ gelā gaṅgāya madhyāhna karite eka gauḍiyā kānthā dhuñā diyāche śukāite

English translation

Translation

Thinking in this way, Sanātana went to the bank of the Ganges to bathe. While there, he saw that a mendicant from Bengal had washed his quilt and spread it out to dry.

Word meanings

eta cinti’ — thinking this ; gelā — went ; gaṅgāya — to the bank of the Ganges ; madhyāhna — bathing at noon ; karite — to do ; eka — one ; gauḍiyā — Bengali Vaiṣṇava ; kānthā — quilt ; dhuñā — washing ; diyāche — spread out ; śukāite — to dry .

Madhya-lila 20.85

Source

তারে কহে, — “ওরে ভাই, কর উপকারে । এই ভোট লঞা এই কাঁথা দেহ’ মোরে ॥” ৮৫ ॥

tāre kahe, — “ore bhāi, kara upakāre ei bhoṭa lañā ei kāṅthā deha’ more”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī then told the Bengali mendicant, “My dear brother, please do me a favor. Trade me your quilt for this woolen blanket.”

Word meanings

tāre kahe — he said to him ; ore bhāi — O my brother ; kara upakāre — kindly do a favor ; ei bhoṭa — this woolen blanket ; lañā — taking ; ei — this ; kāṅthā — quilt ; deha’ — give ; more — to me .

Madhya-lila 20.86

Source

সেই কহে, — “রহস্য কর প্রামাণিক হঞা ? বহুমূল্য ভোট দিবা কেন কাঁথা লঞা ?” ৮৬ ॥

sei kahe, — “rahasya kara prāmāṇika hañā? bahu-mūlya bhoṭa dibā kena kāṅthā lañā?”

English translation

Translation

The mendicant replied, “Sir, you are a respectable gentleman. Why are you joking with me? Why would you trade your valuable blanket for my torn quilt?”

Word meanings

sei kahe — he said ; rahasya — joking ; kara — you do ; prāmāṇika hañā — although being a man of authority ; bahu - mūlya — very valuable ; bhoṭa — woolen blanket ; dibā — you would give ; kena — why ; kāṅthā lañā — taking this quilt .

Madhya-lila 20.87

Source

তেঁহো কহে, — “রহস্য নহে, কহি সত্যবাণী । ভোট লহ, তুমি দেহ’ মোরে কাঁথাখানি ॥” ৮৭ ॥

teṅho kahe, — “rahasya nahe, kahi satya-vāṇī bhoṭa laha, tumi deha’ more kāṅthā-khāni”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana said, “I am not joking; I am speaking the truth. Kindly take this blanket in exchange for your torn quilt.”

Word meanings

teṅho kahe — he said ; rahasya nahe — there is no joking ; kahi satya - vāṇī — I am speaking the truth ; bhoṭa laha — take this blanket ; tumi — you ; deha’ — give ; more — to me ; kāṅthā - khāni — the quilt .

Madhya-lila 20.88

Source

এত বলি’ কাঁথা লইল, ভোট তাঁরে দিয়া । গোসাঞির ঠাঁই আইলা কাঁথা গলে দিয়া ॥ ৮৮ ॥

eta bali’ kāṅthā la-ila, bhoṭa tāṅre diyā gosāñira ṭhāṅi āilā kāṅthā gale diyā

English translation

Translation

Saying this, Sanātana Gosvāmī exchanged the blanket for the quilt. He then returned to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with the quilt on his shoulder.

Word meanings

eta bali’ — saying this ; kāṅthā la - ila — he took the quilt ; bhoṭa — the blanket ; tāṅre — unto him ; diyā — giving ; gosāñira ṭhāṅi — to Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āilā — returned ; kāṅthā — quilt ; gale — onto the shoulder ; diyā — keeping .

Madhya-lila 20.89

Source

প্রভু কহে, — ‘তোমার ভোটকম্বল কোথা গেল ?’ প্রভুপদে সব কথা গোসাঞি কহিল ॥ ৮৯ ॥

prabhu kahe, — ‘tomāra bhoṭa-kambala kothā gela?’ prabhu-pade saba kathā gosāñi kahila

English translation

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī returned, the Lord asked, “Where is your woolen blanket?” Sanātana Gosvāmī then narrated the whole story to the Lord.

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; tomāra — your ; bhoṭa - kambala — woolen blanket ; kothā gela — where did it go ; prabhu - pade — unto the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya ; saba — all ; kathā — narration ; gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; kahila — said .

Madhya-lila 20.90-91

Source

প্রভু কহে, — “ইহা আমি করিয়াছি বিচার । বিষয়-রোগ খণ্ডাইল কৃষ্ণ যে তোমার ॥ ৯০ ॥ সে কেনে রাখিবে তোমার শেষ বিষয়-ভোগ ? রোগ খণ্ডি’ সদ্বৈদ্য না রাখে শেষ রোগ ॥ ৯১ ॥

prabhu kahe, — “ihā āmi kariyāchi vicāra viṣaya-roga khaṇḍāila kṛṣṇa ye tomāra se kene rākhibe tomāra śeṣa viṣaya-bhoga? roga khaṇḍi’ sad-vaidya nā rākhe śeṣa roga

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “I have already deliberately considered this matter. Since Lord Kṛṣṇa is very merciful, He has nullified your attachment for material things. Why should Kṛṣṇa allow you to maintain a last bit of material attachment? After vanquishing a disease, a good physician does not allow any of the disease to remain.

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; ihā — this ; āmi — I ; kariyāchi vicāra — considered deliberately ; viṣaya - roga — the disease of material attraction ; khaṇḍāila — has now nullified ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; ye — since ; tomāra — your ; se — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kene — why ; rākhibe — should allow you to keep ; tomāra — your ; śeṣa — last ; viṣaya - bhoga — attraction for material things ; roga khaṇḍi’ — vanquishing the disease ; sat - vaidya — a good physician ; nā rākhe — does not keep ; śeṣa — the last part ; roga — disease .

Madhya-lila 20.92

Source

তিন মুদ্রার ভোট গায়, মাধুকরী গ্রাস । ধর্মহানি হয়, লোক করে উপহাস ॥” ৯২ ॥

tina mudrāra bhoṭa gāya, mādhukarī grāsa dharma-hāni haya, loka kare upahāsa”

English translation

Translation

“It is contradictory to practice mādhukarī and at the same time wear a valuable blanket. One loses his spiritual strength by doing this, and one will also become an object of jokes.”

Word meanings

tina mudrāra bhoṭa — a woolen blanket costing three gold coins ; gāya — on the body ; mādhukarī grāsa — and practicing the mādhukarī system ; dharma - hāni haya — that is a religious discrepancy ; loka kare upahāsa — people will joke .

Madhya-lila 20.93

Source

গোসাঞি কহে, — “যে খণ্ডিল কুবিষয়-ভোগ । তাঁর ইচ্ছায় গেল মোর শেষ বিষয়-রোগ ॥” ৯৩ ॥

gosāñi kahe, — “ye khaṇḍila kuviṣaya-bhoga tāṅra icchāya gela mora śeṣa viṣaya-roga”

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead has saved me from the sinful life of material existence. By His desire, my last piece of material attraction is now gone.”

Word meanings

gosāñi kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī said ; ye khaṇḍila — the person who has vanquished ; ku - viṣaya - bhoga — enjoyment of sinful material life ; tāṅra icchāya — by His desire ; gela — has gone ; mora — my ; śeṣa — last bit ; viṣaya - roga — material disease .

Madhya-lila 20.94

Source

প্রসন্ন হঞা প্রভু তাঁরে কৃপা কৈল । তাঁর কৃপায় প্রশ্ন করিতে তাঁর শক্তি হৈল ॥ ৯৪ ॥

prasanna hañā prabhu tāṅre kṛpā kaila tāṅra kṛpāya praśna karite tāṅra śakti haila

English translation

Translation

Being pleased with Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu bestowed His causeless mercy upon him. By the Lord’s mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī received the spiritual strength to inquire from Him.

Word meanings

prasanna hañā — being very pleased ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāṅre — unto him ; kṛpā kaila — offered His causeless mercy ; tāṅra kṛpāya — by His mercy ; praśna karite — to inquire ; tāṅra — his ; śakti haila — there was strength .

Madhya-lila 20.95-96

Source

পূর্বে যৈছে রায়-পাশে প্রভু প্রশ্ন কৈলা । তাঁর শক্ত্যে রামানন্দ তাঁর উত্তর দিলা ॥ ৯৫ ॥ ইহাঁ প্রভুর শক্ত্যে প্রশ্ন করে সনাতন । আপনে মহাপ্রভু করে ‘তত্ত্ব’-নিরূপণ ॥ ৯৬ ॥

pūrve yaiche rāya-pāśe prabhu praśna kailā tāṅra śaktye rāmānanda tāṅra uttara dilā ihāṅ prabhura śaktye praśna kare sanātana āpane mahāprabhu kare ‘tattva’-nirūpaṇa

English translation

Translation

Formerly, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had asked Rāmānanda Rāya spiritual questions, and by the Lord’s causeless mercy, Rāmānanda Rāya could properly reply. Now, by the Lord’s mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī questioned the Lord, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally supplied the truth.

Word meanings

pūrve — formerly ; yaiche — as ; rāya - pāśe — unto Rāmānanda Rāya ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; praśna kailā — inquired ; tāṅra śaktye — only by His mercy ; rāmānanda — Rāmānanda Rāya ; tāṅra — his ; uttara — answers ; dilā — gave ; ihāṅ — here ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; śaktye — by the strength ; praśna — questions ; kare — puts ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; āpane — personally ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kare — does ; tattva — the truth ; nirūpaṇa — discerning .

Madhya-lila 20.97

Source

কৃষ্ণস্বরূপমাধুর্যৈশ্বর্যভক্তিরসাশ্রয়ম্ । তত্ত্বং সনাতনায়েশঃ কৃপয়োপদিদেশ সঃ ॥ ৯৭ ॥

kṛṣṇa-svarūpa-mādhuryaiś- varya-bhakti-rasāśrayam tattvaṁ sanātanāyeśaḥ kṛpayopadideśa saḥ

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, personally told Sanātana Gosvāmī about Lord Kṛṣṇa’s real identity. He also told him about the Lord’s conjugal love, His personal opulence and the mellows of devotional service. All these truths were explained to Sanātana Gosvāmī by the Lord Himself out of His causeless mercy.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - svarūpa — of the real identity of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mādhurya — of conjugal love ; aiśvarya — of opulence ; bhakti — of devotional service ; rasa — of transcendental mellows ; āśrayam — the shelter ; tattvam — the truth ; sanātanāya — unto Śrī Sanātana ; īśaḥ — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Lord ; kṛpayā — by His causeless mercy ; upadideśa — instructed ; saḥ — He .

Madhya-lila 20.98

Source

তবে সনাতন প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া । দৈন্য বিনতি করে দন্তে তৃণ লঞা ॥ ৯৮ ॥

tabe sanātana prabhura caraṇe dhariyā dainya vinati kare dante tṛṇa lañā

English translation

Translation

Putting a straw in his mouth and bowing down, Sanātana Gosvāmī clasped the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and humbly spoke as follows.

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; caraṇe — the lotus feet ; dhariyā — catching ; dainya — humility ; vinati — bowing ; kare — does ; dante — in the teeth ; tṛṇa — a straw ; lañā — taking .

Madhya-lila 20.99

Source

“নীচ জাতি, নীচ-সঙ্গী, পতিত অধম । কুবিষয়-কূপে পড়ি’ গোঙাইনু জনম ! ৯৯ ॥

“nīca jāti, nīca-saṅgī, patita adhama kuviṣaya-kūpe paḍi’ goṅāinu janama!

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “I was born in a low family, and my associates are all low-class men. I myself am fallen and am the lowest of men. Indeed, I have passed my whole life fallen in the well of sinful materialism.

Word meanings

nīca jāti — born of a low family ; nīca - saṅgī — associated with low men ; patita — fallen ; adhama — the lowest ; ku - viṣaya - kūpe — in a well of material enjoyment ; paḍi’ — having fallen down ; goṅāinu — I have passed ; janama — my life .

Purport

Actually Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī belonged to a brāhmaṇa family because he belonged to the Sārasvata division of the brāhmaṇas and was well cultured and well educated. Somehow or other he accepted a ministership in the Muslim government; therefore he had to associate with meat-eaters, drunkards and gross materialists. Sanātana Gosvāmī considered himself fallen, for in the association of such men, he also fell victim to material enjoyment. Having passed his life in that way, he considered that he had wasted his valuable time. This statement about how one can become fallen in this material world is made by the greatest authority in the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava-sampradāya. Actually the whole world is presently fallen into material existence. Everyone is a meat-eater, drunkard, woman-hunter, gambler and whatnot. People are enjoying material life by committing the four basic sins. Although they are fallen, if they simply submit themselves at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they will be saved from sinful reactions.

Madhya-lila 20.100

Source

আপনার হিতাহিত কিছুই না জানি ! গ্রাম্য-ব্যবহারে পণ্ডিত, তাই সত্য মানি ॥ ১০০ ॥

āpanāra hitāhita kichui nā jāni! grāmya-vyavahāre paṇḍita, tāi satya māni

English translation

Translation

“I do not know what is beneficial for me or what is detrimental. Nonetheless, in ordinary dealings people consider me a learned scholar, and I am also thinking of myself as such.

Word meanings

āpanāra — of my personal self ; hita — welfare ; ahita — inauspiciousness ; kichui — anything ; nā jāni — I do not know ; grāmya - vyavahāre — in ordinary dealings ; paṇḍita — a learned man ; tāi satya māni — I accept that as truth .

Madhya-lila 20.101

Source

কৃপা করি,’ যদি মোরে করিয়াছ উদ্ধার । আপন-কৃপাতে কহ ‘কর্তব্য’ আমার ॥ ১০১ ॥

kṛpā kari’ yadi more kariyācha uddhāra āpana-kṛpāte kaha ‘kartavya’ āmāra

English translation

Translation

“Out of Your causeless mercy, You have delivered me from the materialistic path. Now, by the same causeless mercy, please tell me what my duty is.

Word meanings

kṛpā kari’ — by Your causeless mercy ; yadi — if ; more — unto me ; kariyācha — You have done ; uddhāra — deliverance ; āpana - kṛpāte — by Your own mercy ; kaha — please speak ; kartavya āmāra — my duty .

Madhya-lila 20.102

Source

‘কে আমি’, ‘কেনে আমায় জারে তাপত্রয়’ । ইহা নাহি জানি — ‘কেমনে হিত হয়’ ॥ ১০২ ॥

‘ke āmi’, ‘kene āmāya jāre tāpa-traya’ ihā nāhi jāni — ‘kemane hita haya’

English translation

Translation

“Who am I? Why do the threefold miseries always give me trouble? If I do not know this, how can I be benefited?

Word meanings

ke āmi — who am I ; kene — why ; āmāya — unto me ; jāre — give trouble ; tāpa - traya — the three kinds of miserable conditions ; ihā — this ; nāhi jāni — I do not know ; kemane — how ; hita — my welfare ; haya — there is .

Purport

The threefold material miseries are miseries arising from the body and the mind, miseries arising from dealings with other living entities, and miseries arising from natural disturbances. Sometimes we suffer bodily when we are attacked by a fever, and sometimes we suffer mentally when a close relative dies. Other living entities also cause us misery. There are living entities born of the human embryo, of eggs, perspiration and vegetation. Miserable conditions brought about by natural catastrophes are controlled by the higher demigods. There may be severe cold or thunderbolts, or a person may be haunted by ghosts. These threefold miseries are always before us, and they entrap us in a dangerous situation. Padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadām. There is danger in every step of life.

Madhya-lila 20.103

Source

‘সাধ্য’-‘সাধন’-তত্ত্ব পুছিতে না জানি । কৃপা করি’ সব তত্ত্ব কহ ত’ আপনি ॥” ১০৩ ॥

‘sādhya’-‘sādhana’-tattva puchite nā jāni kṛpā kari’ saba tattva kaha ta’ āpani”

English translation

Translation

“Actually I do not know how to inquire about the goal of life and the process for obtaining it. Being merciful upon me, please explain all these truths.”

Word meanings

sādhya — of the goal of spiritual life ; sādhana — of the process of obtaining that goal ; tattva — truth ; puchite — to inquire ; nā jāni — I do not know ; kṛpā kari’ — by Your causeless mercy ; saba tattva — all such truths ; kaha ta’ āpani — please personally explain to me .

Madhya-lila 20.104

Source

প্রভু কহে, — “কৃষ্ণ-কৃপা তোমাতে পূর্ণ হয় । সব তত্ত্ব জান, তোমার নাহি তাপত্রয় ॥ ১০৪ ॥

prabhu kahe, — “kṛṣṇa-kṛpā tomāte pūrṇa haya saba tattva jāna, tomāra nāhi tāpa-traya

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Lord Kṛṣṇa has bestowed His full mercy upon you so that all these things are known to you. For you, the threefold miseries certainly do not exist.

Word meanings

prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kahe — said ; kṛṣṇa - kṛpā — the mercy of Kṛṣṇa ; tomāte — on you ; pūrṇa — full ; haya — there is ; saba tattva — all truths ; jāna — you know ; tomāra — of you ; nāhi — there is not ; tāpa - traya — the threefold miseries .

Madhya-lila 20.105

Source

কৃষ্ণশক্তি ধর তুমি, জান তত্ত্বভাব । জানি’ দার্ঢ্য লাগি’ পুছে, — সাধুর স্বভাব ॥ ১০৫ ॥

kṛṣṇa-śakti dhara tumi, jāna tattva-bhāva jāni’ dārḍhya lāgi’ puche, — sādhura svabhāva

English translation

Translation

“Since you possess Lord Kṛṣṇa’s potency, you certainly know these things. However, it is the nature of a sādhu to inquire. Although he knows these things, the sādhu inquires for the sake of strictness.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - śakti — the energy of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dhara — possess ; tumi — you ; jāna — know ; tattva - bhāva — the factual position ; jāni’ — although knowing all these things ; dārḍhya lāgi’ — for the sake of strictness ; puche — he inquires ; sādhura — of a saintly person ; svabhāva — the nature .

Madhya-lila 20.106

Source

অচিরাদেব সর্বার্থঃ সিধ্যত্যেষামভীপ্সিতঃ । সদ্ধর্মস্যাববোধায় যেষাং নির্বন্ধিনী মতিঃ ॥ ১০৬ ॥

acirād eva sarvārthaḥ sidhyaty eṣām abhīpsitaḥ sad-dharmasyāvabodhāya yeṣāṁ nirbandhinī matiḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Those who are eager to awaken their spiritual consciousness and who thus have unflinching, undeviated intelligence certainly attain the desired goal of life very soon.’

Word meanings

acirāt — very soon ; eva — certainly ; sarva - arthaḥ — the goal of life ; sidhyati — becomes fulfilled ; eṣām — of these persons ; abhīpsitaḥ — desired ; sat - dharmasya — of the path of progressive devotional service ; avabodhāya — for understanding ; yeṣām — those whose ; nirbandhinī — unflinching ; matiḥ — intelligence .

Purport

This verse, quoted from the Nāradīya Purāṇa, is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.103).

Madhya-lila 20.107

Source

যোগ্যপাত্র হও তুমি ভক্তি প্রবর্তাইতে । ক্রমে সব তত্ত্ব শুন, কহিয়ে তোমাতে ॥ ১০৭ ॥

yogya-pātra hao tumi bhakti pravartāite krame saba tattva śuna, kahiye tomāte

English translation

Translation

“You are fit to propagate the cult of devotional service. Therefore gradually hear all the truths about it from Me. I shall tell you about them.

Word meanings

yogya - pātra — fit person ; hao — are ; tumi — you ; bhakti — devotional service ; pravartāite — to propagate ; krame — one after another ; saba — all ; tattva — truths ; śuna — please hear ; kahiye — I shall speak ; tomāte — to you .

Madhya-lila 20.108-109

Source

জীবের ‘স্বরূপ’ হয় — কৃষ্ণের ‘নিত্যদাস’ । কৃষ্ণের ‘তটস্থা-শক্তি’, ‘ভেদাভেদ-প্রকাশ’ ॥ ১০৮ ॥ সূর্যাংশ-কিরণ, যৈছে অগ্নিজ্বালাচয় । স্বাভাবিক কৃষ্ণের তিনপ্ৰকার ‘শক্তি’ হয় ॥ ১০৯ ॥

jīvera ‘svarūpa’ haya — kṛṣṇera ‘nitya-dāsa’ kṛṣṇera ‘taṭasthā-śakti’ ‘bhedābheda-prakāśa’ sūryāṁśa-kiraṇa, yaiche agni-jvālā-caya svābhāvika kṛṣṇera tina-prakāra ‘śakti’ haya

English translation

Translation

“It is the living entity’s constitutional position to be an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa because he is the marginal energy of Kṛṣṇa and a manifestation simultaneously one with and different from the Lord, like a molecular particle of sunshine or fire. Kṛṣṇa has three varieties of energy.

Word meanings

jīvera — of the living entity ; svarūpa — the constitutional position ; haya — is ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nitya - dāsa — eternal servant ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; taṭasthā — marginal ; śakti — potency ; bheda - abheda — one and different ; prakāśa — manifestation ; sūrya - aṁśa — part and parcel of the sun ; kiraṇa — a ray of sunshine ; yaiche — as ; agni - jvālā - caya — molecular particle of fire ; svābhāvika — naturally ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; tina - prakāra — three varieties ; śakti — energies ; haya — there are .

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura explains these verses as follows: Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “Who am I?” In answer, the Lord replied, “You are a pure living entity. You are neither the gross material body nor the subtle body composed of mind and intelligence. Actually you are a spirit soul, eternally part and parcel of the Supreme Soul, Kṛṣṇa. Therefore you are His eternal servant. You belong to Kṛṣṇa’s marginal potency. There are two worlds — the spiritual world and the material world — and you are situated between the material and spiritual potencies. You have a relationship with both the material and the spiritual world; therefore you are called the marginal potency. You are related with Kṛṣṇa as one and simultaneously different. Because you are spirit soul, you are one in quality with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because you are a very minute particle of spirit soul, you are different from the Supreme Soul. Therefore your position is simultaneously one with and different from the Supreme Soul. The examples given are those of the sun itself and the small particles of sunshine and of a blazing fire and the small particles of fire.” Another explanation of these verses can be found in Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 96.

Madhya-lila 20.110

Source

একদেশস্থিতস্যাগ্নের্জ্যোৎস্না বিস্তারিণী যথা । পরস্য ব্রহ্মণঃ শক্তিস্তথেদমখিলং জগৎ ॥ ১১০ ॥

eka-deśa-sthitasyāgner jyotsnā vistāriṇī yathā parasya brahmaṇaḥ śaktis tathedam akhilaṁ jagat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Just as the illumination of a fire, which is situated in one place, is spread all over, the energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Parabrahman, are spread all over this universe.’

Word meanings

eka - deśa — in one place ; sthitasya — being situated ; agneḥ — of fire ; jyotsnā — the illumination ; vistāriṇī — expanded everywhere ; yathā — just as ; parasya — of the Supreme ; brahmaṇaḥ — of the Absolute Truth ; śaktiḥ — the energy ; tathā — similarly ; idam — this ; akhilam — entire ; jagat — universe .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (1.22.53).

Madhya-lila 20.111

Source

কৃষ্ণের স্বাভাবিক তিনশক্তি-পরিণতি । চিচ্ছক্তি, জীবশক্তি, আর মায়াশক্তি ॥ ১১১ ॥

kṛṣṇera svābhāvika tina-śakti-pariṇati cic-chakti, jīva-śakti, āra māyā-śakti

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa naturally has three energetic transformations, and these are known as the spiritual potency, the living entity potency and the illusory potency.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svābhāvika — natural ; tina — three ; śakti — of energies ; pariṇati — transformations ; cit - śakti — spiritual potency ; jīva - śakti — spiritual sparks, living entities ; āra — and ; māyā - śakti — illusory energy .

Madhya-lila 20.112

Source

বিষ্ণুশক্তিঃ পরা প্রোক্তা ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞাখ্যা তথাপরা । অবিদ্যা-কর্মসংজ্ঞান্যা তৃতীয়া শক্তিরিষ্যতে ॥ ১১২ ॥

viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā kṣetrajñākhyā tathā parā avidyā-karma-saṁjñānyā tṛtīyā śaktir iṣyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Originally, Kṛṣṇa’s energy is spiritual, and the energy known as the living entity is also spiritual. However, there is another energy, called illusion, which consists of fruitive activity. That is the Lord’s third potency.’

Word meanings

viṣṇu - śaktiḥ — the potency of Lord Viṣṇu ; parā — spiritual ; proktā — it is said ; kṣetra - jña - ākhyā — the potency known as kṣetrajña ; tathā — as well as ; parā — spiritual ; avidyā — ignorance ; karma — fruitive activities ; saṁjñā — known as ; anyā — other ; tṛtīyā — third ; śaktiḥ — potency ; iṣyate — known thus .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.7.61). For a further explanation of this verse, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verse 119.

Madhya-lila 20.113

Source

শক্তয়ঃ সর্বভাবানামচিন্ত্যজ্ঞানগোচরাঃ । যতোঽতো ব্রহ্মণস্তাস্তু সর্গাদ্যা ভাবশক্তয়ঃ । ভবন্তি তপতাং শ্রেষ্ঠ পাবকস্য যথোষ্ণতা ॥ ১১৩ ॥

śaktayaḥ sarva-bhāvānām acintya-jñāna-gocarāḥ yato ’to brahmaṇas tās tu sargādyā bhāva-śaktayaḥ bhavanti tapatāṁ śreṣṭha pāvakasya yathoṣṇatā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘All the creative energies, which are inconceivable to a common man, exist in the Supreme Absolute Truth. These inconceivable energies act in the process of creation, maintenance and annihilation. O chief of the ascetics, just as there are two energies possessed by fire — namely heat and light — these inconceivable creative energies are the natural characteristics of the Absolute Truth.’

Word meanings

śaktayaḥ — energies ; sarva - bhāvānām — of all types of creation ; acintya — inconceivable ; jñāna - gocarāḥ — by the range of man’s knowledge ; yataḥ — from whom ; ataḥ — therefore ; brahmaṇaḥ — from the Absolute Truth ; tāḥ — those ; tu — but ; sarga - ādyāḥ — bringing about creation, maintenance and annihilation ; bhāva - śaktayaḥ — the creative energies ; bhavanti — are ; tapatām — of all the ascetics ; śreṣṭha — O chief ; pāvakasya — of fire ; yathā — as ; uṣṇatā — heat .

Purport

This is also a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (1.3.2).

Madhya-lila 20.114

Source

যয়া ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞশক্তিঃ সা বেষ্টিতা নৃপ সর্বগা । সংসারতাপানখিলানবাপ্নোত্যত্র সন্ততান্ ॥ ১১৪ ॥

yayā kṣetra-jña-śaktiḥ sā veṣṭitā nṛpa sarva-gā saṁsāra-tāpān akhilān avāpnoty atra santatān

English translation

Translation

“ ‘O King, the kṣetra-jña-śakti is the living entity. Although he has the facility to live in either the material or the spiritual world, he suffers the threefold miseries of material existence because he is influenced by the avidyā [nescience] potency, which covers his constitutional position.

Word meanings

yayā — by which ; kṣetra - jña - śaktiḥ — the living entities, known as the kṣetra-jña potency ; sā — that potency ; veṣṭitā — covered ; nṛpa — O King ; sarva - gā — capable of going anywhere in the spiritual or the material world ; saṁsāra - tāpān — miseries due to the cycle of repeated birth and death ; akhilān — all kinds of ; avāpnoti — obtains ; atra — in this material world ; santatān — arising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to fruitive activities .

Purport

This and the following verse are also quoted from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.7.62-63). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā, chapter 6, verses 155-156.

Madhya-lila 20.115

Source

তয়া তিরোহিতত্বাচ্চ শক্তিঃ ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞ-সংজ্ঞিতা । সর্বভূতেষু ভূপাল তারতম্যেন বর্ততে ॥ ১১৫ ॥

tayā tirohitatvāc ca śaktiḥ kṣetra-jña-saṁjñitā sarva-bhūteṣu bhū-pāla tāratamyena vartate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘This living entity, covered by the influence of nescience, exists in different forms in the material condition. O King, he is thus proportionately freed from the influence of the material energy, to greater or lesser degrees.’

Word meanings

tayā — by her ; tirohitatvāt — from being under the influence ; ca — also ; śaktiḥ — the potency ; kṣetra - jña — kṣetra-jña ; saṁjñitā — known by the name ; sarva - bhūteṣu — in different types of bodies ; bhū - pāla — O King ; tāratamyena — in different degrees ; vartate — exists .

Madhya-lila 20.116

Source

অপরেয়মিতস্ত্বন্যাং প্রকৃতিং বিদ্ধি মে পরাম্ । জীবভূতাং মহাবাহো যয়েদং ধার্যতে জগৎ ॥ ১১৬ ॥

apareyam itas tv anyāṁ prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Besides these inferior energies, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior nature.’

Word meanings

aparā — inferior energy ; iyam — this material world ; itaḥ — beyond this ; tu — but ; anyām — another ; prakṛtim — energy ; viddhi — you must know ; me — of Me ; parām — which is superior energy ; jīva - bhūtām — they are the living entities ; mahā - bāho — O mighty-armed one ; yayā — by which ; idam — this material world ; dhāryate — is being conducted ; jagat — the cosmic manifestation .

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (7.5) . For an explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verse 118.

Madhya-lila 20.117

Source

কৃষ্ণ ভুলি’ সেই জীব অনাদি-বহির্মুখ । অতএব মায়া তারে দেয় সংসার-দুঃখ ॥ ১১৭ ॥

kṛṣṇa bhuli’ sei jīva anādi-bahirmukha ataeva māyā tāre deya saṁsāra-duḥkha

English translation

Translation

“Forgetting Kṛṣṇa, the living entity has been attracted by the external feature from time immemorial. Therefore the illusory energy [māyā] gives him all kinds of misery in his material existence.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa bhuli’ — forgetting Kṛṣṇa ; sei jīva — that living entity ; anādi — from time immemorial ; bahir - mukha — attracted by the external feature ; ataeva — therefore ; māyā — illusory energy ; tāre — to him ; deya — gives ; saṁsāra - duḥkha — miseries of material existence .

Purport

When the living entity forgets his constitutional position as an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he is immediately entrapped by the illusory, external energy. The living entity is originally part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa and is therefore the superior energy of Kṛṣṇa. He is endowed with inconceivable minute energy that works inconceivably within the body. However, the living entity, forgetting his position, is situated in material energy. The living entity is called the marginal energy because by nature he is spiritual but by forgetfulness he is situated in the material energy. Thus he has the power to live either in the material energy or in the spiritual energy, and for this reason he is called marginal energy. Being in the marginal position, he is sometimes attracted by the external, illusory energy, and this is the beginning of his material life. When he enters the material energy, he is subjected to the threefold time measurement — past, present and future. Past, present and future belong only to the material world; they do not exist in the spiritual world. The living entity is eternal, and he existed before the creation of this material world. Unfortunately he has forgotten his relationship with Kṛṣṇa. The living entity’s forgetfulness is described herein as anādi, which indicates that it has existed since time immemorial. One should understand that due to his desire to enjoy himself in competition with Kṛṣṇa, the living entity comes into material existence.

Madhya-lila 20.118

Source

কভু স্বর্গে উঠায়, কভু নরকে ডুবায় । দণ্ড্যজনে রাজা যেন নদীতে চুবায় ॥ ১১৮ ॥

kabhu svarge uṭhāya, kabhu narake ḍubāya daṇḍya-jane rājā yena nadīte cubāya

English translation

Translation

“In the material condition, the living entity is sometimes raised to higher planetary systems and material prosperity and sometimes drowned in a hellish situation. His state is exactly like that of a criminal whom a king punishes by submerging him in water and then raising him again from the water.

Word meanings

kabhu — sometimes ; svarge — to higher planetary systems ; uṭhāya — he rises ; kabhu — sometimes ; narake — in hellish conditions of life ; ḍubāya — he is drowned ; daṇḍya - jane — a criminal ; rājā — a king ; yena — as ; nadīte — in the river ; cubāya — dunks .

Purport

In the Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad (4.3.16) it is stated, asaṅgo hy ayaṁ puruṣaḥ: the living entity is always free from the contamination of the material world. One who is not materially infected and who does not forget Kṛṣṇa as his master is called nitya-mukta. In other words, one who is eternally liberated from material contamination is called nitya-mukta. From time immemorial the nitya-mukta living entity has always been a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, and his only attempt has been to serve Kṛṣṇa. Thus he never forgets his eternal servitorship to Kṛṣṇa. Any living entity who forgets his eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa is under the sway of the material condition. Bereft of the Lord’s transcendental loving service, he is subjected to the reactions of fruitive activity. When he is elevated to the higher planetary systems due to worldly pious activities, he considers himself well situated, but when he is subjected to punishment, he thinks himself improperly situated. Thus material nature awards and punishes the living entity. When the living entity is materially opulent, material nature is rewarding him. When he is materially embarrassed, material nature is punishing him.

Madhya-lila 20.119

Source

ভয়ং দ্বিতীয়াভিনিবেশতঃ স্যা- দীশাদপেতস্য বিপর্যয়োঽস্মৃতিঃ । তন্মায়য়াতো বুধ আভজেত্তং ভক্ত্যৈকয়েশং গুরুদেবতাত্মা ॥ ১১৯ ॥

bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ syād īśād apetasya viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ tan-māyayāto budha ābhajet taṁ bhaktyaikayeśaṁ guru-devatātmā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separate from Kṛṣṇa, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life is reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he becomes Kṛṣṇa’s competitor. This is called viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ. To nullify this mistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of life. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional service.’

Word meanings

bhayam — fear ; dvitīya - abhiniveśataḥ — from the misconception of being a product of material energy ; syāt — arises ; īśāt — from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa ; apetasya — of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul) ; viparyayaḥ — reversal of the position ; asmṛtiḥ — no conception of his relationship with the Supreme Lord ; tat - māyayā — because of the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord ; ataḥ — therefore ; budhaḥ — one who is wise ; ābhajet — must worship ; tam — Him ; bhaktyā — by devotional service ; ekayā — undiverted to karma and jñāna ; īśam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; guru — as the spiritual master ; devatā — the worshipable Lord ; ātmā — the Supersoul .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.37) . It is an instruction given by Kavi Ṛṣi, one of the nine saintly personalities called the nine Yogendras. When Vasudeva, Kṛṣṇa’s father, asked Devarṣi Nārada in Dvārakā about devotional service, it was mentioned that previously King Nimi, who was the King of Videha, was instructed by the nine Yogendras. When Śrī Nārada Muni discoursed on bhāgavata-dharma, devotional service, he indicated how a conditioned soul can be liberated by engaging in the loving transcendental service of the Lord. The Lord is the Supersoul, spiritual master and worshipable Deity of all conditioned souls. Not only is Kṛṣṇa the supreme worshipful Deity for all living entities, but He is also the guru, or caittya-guru, the Supersoul, who always gives the living entity good counsel. Unfortunately the living entity neglects the Supreme Person’s instructions. He thus identifies with the material energy and is consequently overpowered by a kind of fear resulting from accepting himself as the material body and considering paraphernalia related to the material body to be his property. All types of fruitive results actually come from the spirit soul, but because he has forgotten his real duty, he is embarrassed by many material consequences such as fear and attachment. The only remedy is to revert to the service of the Lord and thus be saved from material nature’s unwanted harassment.

Madhya-lila 20.120

Source

সাধু-শাস্ত্র-কৃপায় যদি কৃষ্ণোন্মুখ হয় । সেই জীব নিস্তরে, মায়া তাহারে ছাড়য় ॥ ১২০ ॥

sādhu-śāstra-kṛpāya yadi kṛṣṇonmukha haya sei jīva nistare, māyā tāhāre chāḍaya

English translation

Translation

“If the conditioned soul becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious by the mercy of saintly persons who voluntarily preach scriptural injunctions and help him to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, the conditioned soul is liberated from the clutches of māyā, who gives him up.

Word meanings

sādhu — of saintly persons ; śāstra — of scriptures ; kṛpāya — by the mercy ; yadi — if ; kṛṣṇa - unmukha haya — one becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious ; sei — that ; jīva — living entity ; nistare — becomes liberated ; māyā — the illusory energy ; tāhāre — him ; chāḍaya — gives up .

Purport

A conditioned soul is one who has forgotten Kṛṣṇa as his eternal master. Thinking that he is enjoying the material world, the conditioned soul suffers the threefold miseries of material existence. Saintly persons ( sādhus ), Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord, preach Kṛṣṇa consciousness on the basis of the Vedic literature. It is only by their mercy that the conditioned soul is awakened to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When awakened, he is no longer eager to enjoy the materialistic way of life. Instead, he devotes himself to the loving transcendental service of the Lord. When one engages in the Lord’s devotional service, he becomes detached from material enjoyment:

bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra caiṣa trika eka-kālaḥ

( Bhāg. 11.2.42 )

This is the test by which one can tell whether he is advancing in devotional service. One must be detached from material enjoyment. Such detachment means that māyā has actually given the conditioned soul liberation from illusory enjoyment. When one is advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he does not consider himself as good as Kṛṣṇa. Whenever he thinks that he is the enjoyer of material advantages, he is imprisoned in the bodily conception. However, when he is freed from the bodily conception, he can engage in devotional service, which is his actual position of freedom from the clutches of māyā. This is all explained in the following verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (7.14) .

Madhya-lila 20.121

Source

দৈবী হ্যেষা গুণময়ী মম মায়া দুরত্যয়া । মামেব যে প্রপদ্যন্তে মায়ামেতাং তরন্তি তে ॥ ১২১ ॥

daivī hy eṣā guṇa-mayī mama māyā duratyayā mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te

English translation

Translation

“ ‘This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross beyond it.’

Word meanings

daivī — belonging to the Supreme Lord ; hi — certainly ; eṣā — this ; guṇa - mayī — made of the three modes ; mama — My ; māyā — external energy ; duratyayā — very difficult to surpass ; mām — unto Me ; eva — certainly ; ye — those who ; prapadyante — surrender fully ; māyām — illusory energy ; etām — this ; taranti — cross over ; te — they .

Madhya-lila 20.122

Source

মায়ামুগ্ধ জীবের নাহি স্বতঃ কৃষ্ণজ্ঞান । জীবেরে কৃপায় কৈলা কৃষ্ণ বেদ-পুরাণ ॥ ১২২ ॥

māyā-mugdha jīvera nāhi svataḥ kṛṣṇa-jñāna jīvere kṛpāya kailā kṛṣṇa veda-purāṇa

English translation

Translation

“The conditioned soul cannot revive his Kṛṣṇa consciousness by his own effort. But out of causeless mercy, Lord Kṛṣṇa compiled the Vedic literature and its supplements, the Purāṇas.

Word meanings

māyā - mugdha — enchanted by the illusory energy ; jīvera — of the conditioned soul ; nāhi — there is not ; svataḥ — automatically ; kṛṣṇa - jñāna — knowledge of Kṛṣṇa ; jīvere — unto the conditioned soul ; kṛpāya — out of mercy ; kailā — presented ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; veda - purāṇa — the Vedic literature and the Purāṇas (supplements to the Vedic literature) .

Purport

A conditioned soul is bewildered by the Lord’s illusory energy ( māyā ) . Māyā’s business is to keep the conditioned soul forgetful of his real relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Thus the living entity forgets his real identity as spirit soul, Brahman, and instead of realizing his factual position thinks himself the product of the material energy. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.5) :

yayā sammohito jīva ātmānaṁ tri-guṇātmakam paro ’pi manute ’narthaṁ tat-kṛtaṁ cābhipadyate

“Due to this external energy, the living entity, although transcendental to the three modes of material nature, thinks of himself as a material product and thus undergoes the reactions of material miseries.”

This is a description of māyā’s action upon the conditioned soul. Thinking himself a product of the material energy, the conditioned soul engages in the service of the material energy in so many ways. He becomes the servant of lust, anger, greed and envy. In this way one totally becomes a servant of the illusory energy. Later, the bewildered soul becomes a servant of mental speculation, but in any case he is simply covered by the illusory energy. Out of His causeless mercy and compassion, Kṛṣṇa has compiled various Vedic literatures in His incarnation as Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva is a śaktyāveśa-avatāra of Lord Kṛṣṇa. He has very kindly presented these literatures to awaken the conditioned soul to his senses. Unfortunately, at the present moment the conditioned souls are guided by demons who do not care to read the Vedic literatures. Although there is an immense treasure-house of knowledge, people are engaged in reading useless literature that will give them no information on how to get out of the clutches of māyā. The purpose of the Vedic literatures is explained in the following verses.

Madhya-lila 20.123

Source

‘শাস্ত্র-গুরু-আত্ম’-রূপে আপনারে জানান । ‘কৃষ্ণ মোর প্রভু, ত্রাতা’ — জীবের হয় জ্ঞান ॥ ১২৩ ॥

‘śāstra-guru-ātma’-rūpe āpanāre jānāna ‘kṛṣṇa mora prabhu, trātā’ — jīvera haya jñāna

English translation

Translation

“The forgetful conditioned soul is educated by Kṛṣṇa through the Vedic literatures, the realized spiritual master and the Supersoul. Through these, he can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is, and he can understand that Lord Kṛṣṇa is his eternal master and deliverer from the clutches of māyā. In this way one can acquire real knowledge of his conditioned life and can come to understand how to attain liberation.

Word meanings

śāstra - guru - ātma - rūpe — in the form of the Vedic literature, the spiritual master and the Supersoul ; āpanāre jānāna — informs about Himself ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; mora — my ; prabhu — Lord ; trātā — deliverer ; jīvera — of the conditioned soul ; haya — there is ; jñāna — knowledge .

Purport

Being forgetful of his real position, the conditioned soul may take help from śāstra, guru and the Supersoul within his heart. Kṛṣṇa is situated within everyone’s heart as the Supersoul. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61) :

īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānām hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā

“The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone’s heart, O Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine made of the material energy.”

As the śaktyāveśa-avatāra Vyāsadeva, Kṛṣṇa teaches the conditioned soul through the Vedic literatures. Kṛṣṇa externally appears as the spiritual master and trains the conditioned soul to come to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When his original Kṛṣṇa consciousness is revived, the conditioned soul is delivered from the material clutches. Thus a conditioned soul is always helped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in three ways — by the scriptures, the spiritual master and the Supersoul within the heart. The Lord is the deliverer of the conditioned soul and is accepted as the Supreme Lord of all living entities. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66) :

sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ

“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.” This same instruction is found throughout all Vedic literatures. Sādhu, śāstra and guru act as the representatives of Kṛṣṇa, and the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is also taking place all over the universe. Whoever takes advantage of this opportunity becomes liberated.

Madhya-lila 20.124

Source

বেদশাস্ত্র কহে — ‘সম্বন্ধ’, ‘অভিধেয়,’ ‘প্রয়োজন’ । ‘কৃষ্ণ’ — প্রাপ্য সম্বন্ধ, ‘ভক্তি’ — প্রাপ্ত্যের সাধন ॥ ১২৪ ॥

veda-śāstra kahe — ‘sambandha’, ‘abhidheya’, ‘prayojana’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ — prāpya sambandha, ‘bhakti’ — prāptyera sādhana

English translation

Translation

“The Vedic literatures give information about the living entity’s eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa, which is called sambandha. The living entity’s understanding of this relationship and his acting accordingly is called abhidheya. Returning home, back to Godhead, is the ultimate goal of life and is called prayojana.

Word meanings

veda - śāstra kahe — the Vedic literature instructs ; sambandha — the conditioned soul’s relationship with the Lord ; abhidheya — the regulated activities of the conditioned soul for reviving that relationship ; prayojana — and the ultimate goal of life to be attained by the conditioned soul ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prāpya — to be awakened ; sambandha — the original relationship ; bhakti — devotional service ; prāptyera sādhana — the means of attaining Kṛṣṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.125

Source

অভিধেয়-নাম ‘ভক্তি,’ ‘প্রেম’ — প্রয়োজন । পুরুষার্থ-শিরোমণি প্রেম মহাধন ॥ ১২৫ ॥

abhidheya-nāma ‘bhakti’, ‘prema’ — prayojana puruṣārtha-śiromaṇi prema mahā-dhana

English translation

Translation

“Devotional service, or sense activity for the satisfaction of the Lord, is called abhidheya because it can develop one’s original love of Godhead, which is the goal of life. This goal is the living entity’s topmost interest and greatest wealth. Thus one attains the platform of transcendental loving service unto the Lord.

Word meanings

abhidheya — activities to revive one’s relationship ; nāma — named ; bhakti — devotional service ; prema — love of Godhead ; prayojana — the ultimate goal of life ; puruṣa - artha - śiromaṇi — the topmost interest of the living entity ; prema — love of Godhead ; mahā - dhana — the greatest wealth .

Purport

The conditioned soul is bewildered by the external, material energy, which fully engages him in sense gratification in various ways. Due to engagement in material activities, one’s original Kṛṣṇa consciousness is covered. However, as the supreme father of all living entities, Kṛṣṇa wants His sons to return home, back to Godhead; therefore He personally comes to deliver Vedic literatures like the Bhagavad-gītā. He engages His confidential servants who serve as spiritual masters and enlighten the conditioned living entities. Being present in everyone’s heart, the Lord gives the living entities the conscience whereby they can accept the Vedas and the spiritual master. In this way the living entity can understand his constitutional position and his relationship with the Supreme Lord. As personally enunciated by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15) , vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ: through the study of Vedānta, one may become fully aware of his relationship with the Supreme Lord and act accordingly. In this way one may ultimately attain the platform of loving service to the Lord. It is in the living entity’s best interest to understand the Supreme Lord. Unfortunately, the living entities have forgotten that this is in their best interest, and therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam says, na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum ( Bhāg. 7.5.31 ).

Everyone wants to achieve life’s ultimate goal, but due to being absorbed in the material energy, we waste our time with sense gratification. Through the study of Vedic literatures — of which the essence is the Bhagavad-gītā — one comes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Thus one engages in devotional service, called abhidheya. When the living entity actually develops love of Godhead, he has reached the ultimate goal, prayojana. In other words, one who becomes fully Kṛṣṇa conscious has attained the perfection of life.

Madhya-lila 20.126

Source

কৃষ্ণমাধুর্য-সেবানন্দ-প্রাপ্তির কারণ । কৃষ্ণ-সেবা করে, আর কৃষ্ণরস-আস্বাদন ॥ ১২৬ ॥

kṛṣṇa-mādhurya-sevānanda-prāptira kāraṇa kṛṣṇa-sevā kare, āra kṛṣṇa-rasa-āsvādana

English translation

Translation

“When one attains the transcendental bliss of an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa, he renders service to Him and tastes the mellows of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - mādhurya — of an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa ; sevā - ānanda — of pleasure from rendering service unto Him ; prāptira — of achievement ; kāraṇa — because ; kṛṣṇa - sevā kare — one renders service to Kṛṣṇa ; āra — and ; kṛṣṇa - rasa — of the mellows of such service ; āsvādana — tasting .

Madhya-lila 20.127

Source

ইহাতে দৃষ্টান্ত — যৈছে দরিদ্রের ঘরে । ‘সর্বজ্ঞ’ আসি’ দুঃখ দেখি’ পুছয়ে তাহারে ॥ ১২৭ ॥

ihāte dṛṣṭānta — yaiche daridrera ghare ‘sarvajña’ āsi’ duḥkha dekhi’ puchaye tāhāre

English translation

Translation

“The following parable may be given. Once a learned astrologer came to the house of a poor man and, seeing his distressed condition, questioned him.

Word meanings

ihāte — in this connection ; dṛṣṭānta — the parable ; yaiche — just as ; daridrera ghare — in the house of a poor man ; sarva - jña — an astrologer ; āsi’ — coming ; duḥkha — distressed condition ; dekhi’ — seeing ; puchaye tāhāre — inquires from him .

Purport

Sometimes we go to an astrologer or palmist when we are in a distressed condition or when we want to know the future. The living entity in conditioned life is always distressed by the threefold miseries of material existence. Under the circumstances, he is inquisitive about his position. For instance, Sanātana Gosvāmī approached the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, to ask Him why he was in a distressed condition. This is the position of all conditioned souls. We are always in a distressed condition, and an intelligent man naturally becomes inquisitive. This position is called brahma-jijñāsā. Athāto brahma-jijñāsā ( Vedānta-sūtra 1.1.1). Brahma here refers to the Vedic literature. One should consult the Vedic literature to know why the conditioned soul is always in a distressed condition. The Vedic literatures are meant to free the conditioned soul from the miserable conditions of material existence. In this chapter, the story of the astrologer Sarvajña and the poor man is very instructive.

Madhya-lila 20.128

Source

‘তুমি কেনে দুঃখী, তোমার আছে পিতৃধন । তোমারে না কহিল, অন্যত্র ছাড়িল জীবন ॥” ১২৮ ॥

‘tumi kene duḥkhī, tomāra āche pitṛ-dhana tomāre nā kahila, anyatra chāḍila jīvana”

English translation

Translation

“The astrologer asked, ‘Why are you unhappy? Your father was very wealthy, but he did not disclose his wealth to you because he died elsewhere.’

Word meanings

tumi — you ; kene — why ; duḥkhī — distressed ; tomāra — your ; āche — there is ; pitṛ - dhana — the riches of your father ; tomāre — unto you ; nā kahila — he did not disclose ; anyatra — somewhere else ; chāḍila — gave up ; jīvana — his life .

Madhya-lila 20.129

Source

সর্বজ্ঞের বাক্যে করে ধনের উদ্দেশে । ঐছে বেদ-পুরাণ জীবে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ উপদেশে ॥ ১২৯ ॥

sarvajñera vākye kare dhanera uddeśe aiche veda-purāṇa jīve ‘kṛṣṇa’ upadeśe

English translation

Translation

“Just as the words of the astrologer Sarvajñā gave news of the poor man’s treasure, the Vedic literatures advise one about Kṛṣṇa consciousness when one is inquisitive to know why he is in a distressed material condition.

Word meanings

sarvajñera — of the astrologer ; vākye — the words ; kare — make ; dhanera — of the riches ; uddeśe — news ; aiche — similarly ; veda - purāṇa — Vedic literatures ; jīve — unto the living entity, the conditioned soul ; kṛṣṇa — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; upadeśe — instructs .

Madhya-lila 20.130

Source

সর্বজ্ঞের বাক্যে মূলধন অনুবন্ধ । সর্বশাস্ত্রে উপদেশে, ‘শ্রীকৃষ্ণ’ — সম্বন্ধ ॥ ১৩০ ॥

sarvajñera vākye mūla-dhana anubandha sarva-śāstre upadeśe, ‘śrī-kṛṣṇa’ — sambandha

English translation

Translation

“By the words of the astrologer, the poor man’s connection with the treasure was established. Similarly, the Vedic literature advises us that our real connection is with Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Word meanings

sarvajñera — of the astrologer ; vākye — by the assurance ; mūla - dhana — with the treasure ; anubandha — connection ; sarva - śāstre — all Vedic literatures ; upadeśe — instruct ; śrī - kṛṣṇa — Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; sambandha — the central connection .

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.26) , Śrī Kṛṣṇa says:

vedāhaṁ samatītāni vartamānāni cārjuna bhaviṣyāṇi ca bhūtāni māṁ tu veda na kaścana

“O Arjuna, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I know everything that has happened in the past, all that is happening in the present, and all things that are yet to come. I also know all living entities, but Me no one knows.”

Thus Kṛṣṇa knows the cause of the distressed condition of the conditioned soul. He therefore descends from His original position to instruct the conditioned soul and inform him about his forgetfulness of his relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa exhibits Himself in His relationships in Vṛndāvana and at the Battle of Kurukṣetra so that people will be attracted to Him and will return home, back to Godhead. Kṛṣṇa also says in the Bhagavad-gītā that He is the proprietor of all universes, the enjoyer of everything that be and the friend of everyone. Bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram/ suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhutānāṁ ( Bg. 5.29 ). If we revive our original intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa, our distressed condition in the material world will be mitigated. Everyone is trying to adjust to the distressed conditions of material existence, but the basic problems cannot be solved unless one is in an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa.

Madhya-lila 20.131

Source

‘বাপের ধন আছে’ — জ্ঞানে ধন নাহি পায় । তবে সর্বজ্ঞ কহে তারে প্রাপ্তির উপায় ॥ ১৩১ ॥

‘bāpera dhana āche’ — jñāne dhana nāhi pāya tabe sarvajña kahe tāre prāptira upāya

English translation

Translation

“Although being assured of his father’s treasure, the poor man cannot acquire this treasure by such knowledge alone. Therefore the astrologer had to inform him of the means whereby he could actually find the treasure.

Word meanings

bāpera dhana āche — the father has some treasure ; jñāne — by this knowledge ; dhana — treasure ; nāhi pāya — one does not get ; tabe — then ; sarva - jña — the astrologer ; kahe — says ; tāre — unto the poor man ; prāptira upāya — the means of getting the treasure .

Madhya-lila 20.132

Source

‘এই স্থানে আছে ধন’ — যদি দক্ষিণে খুদিবে । ‘ভীমরুল-বরুলী’ উঠিবে, ধন না পাইবে ॥ ১৩২ ॥

‘ei sthāne āche dhana’ — yadi dakṣiṇe khudibe ‘bhīmarula-barulī’ uṭhibe, dhana nā pāibe

English translation

Translation

“The astrologer said, ‘The treasure is in this place, but if you dig toward the southern side, the wasps and drones will rise, and you will not get your treasure.

Word meanings

ei sthāne — at this place ; āche — is ; dhana — treasure ; yadi — if ; dakṣiṇe — on the southern side ; khudibe — you will dig ; bhīmarula - barulī — wasps and drones ; uṭhibe — will rise ; dhana — the riches ; nā pāibe — you will not get .

Madhya-lila 20.133

Source

‘পশ্চিমে’ খুদিবে, তাহা ‘যক্ষ’ এক হয় । সে বিঘ্ন করিবে, — ধনে হাত না পড়য় ॥ ১৩৩ ॥

‘paścime’ khudibe, tāhā ‘yakṣa’ eka haya se vighna karibe, — dhane hāta nā paḍaya

English translation

Translation

“ ‘If you dig on the western side, there is a ghost who will create such a disturbance that your hands will not even touch the treasure.

Word meanings

paścime — on the western side ; khudibe — if you dig ; tāhā — there ; yakṣa — ghost ; eka — one ; haya — there is ; se — he ; vighna karibe — will create disturbances ; dhane — on the treasure ; hāta — hand ; nā — not ; paḍaya — touches .

Madhya-lila 20.134

Source

‘উত্তরে’ খুদিলে আছে কৃষ্ণ ‘অজগরে’ । ধন নাহি পাবে, খুদিতে গিলিবে সবারে ॥ ১৩৪ ॥

‘uttare’ khudile āche kṛṣṇa ‘ajagare’ dhana nāhi pābe, khudite gilibe sabāre

English translation

Translation

“ ‘If you dig on the northern side, there is a big black snake that will devour you if you attempt to dig up the treasure.

Word meanings

uttare — on the northern side ; khudile — if you dig ; āche — there is ; kṛṣṇa — black ; ajagare — snake ; dhana — treasure ; nāhi — not ; pābe — you will get ; khudite — digging ; gilibe — will devour ; sabāre — everyone .

Madhya-lila 20.135

Source

পূর্বদিকে তাতে মাটী অল্প খুদিতে । ধনের ঝারি পড়িবেক তোমার হাতেতে ॥ ১৩৫ ॥

pūrva-dike tāte māṭī alpa khudite dhanera jhāri paḍibeka tomāra hātete

English translation

Translation

“ ‘However, if you dig up a small quantity of dirt on the eastern side, your hands will immediately touch the pot of treasure.’

Word meanings

pūrva - dike — on the eastern side ; tāte — there ; māṭī — the dirt ; alpa — small quantity ; khudite — digging ; dhanera — of the treasure ; jhāri — the pot ; paḍibeka — you will get ; tomāra — your ; hātete — in the hands .

Purport

The Vedic literatures, including the Purāṇas, state that according to the position of the conditioned soul, there are different processes — karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa, the yogic process and the bhakti-yoga process. Karma-kāṇḍa is compared to wasps and drones that will simply bite if one takes shelter of them. Jñāna-kāṇḍa, the speculative process, is simply like a ghost who creates mental disturbances. Yoga, the mystic process, is compared to a black snake that devours people by the impersonal cultivation of kaivalya. However, if one takes to bhakti-yoga, he becomes quickly successful. In other words, through bhakti-yoga, one’s hands touch the hidden treasure without difficulty.

The goal of all the revealed scriptures and Vedic injunctions is Kṛṣṇa, as He Himself says in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15) : vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. Since the Vedas enjoin one to search out Kṛṣṇa and take shelter at His lotus feet, and since no Vedic process but devotional service will enable one to do this, one has to take to devotional service. According to the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55) , only the bhakti process is said to be definitive. Bhaktyā mām abhijānāti. This is the conclusive statement of the Vedas, and one has to accept this process if one is serious in searching for Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this connection, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following statement: “The eastern side represents devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa. The southern side represents the process of fruitive activity ( karma-kāṇḍa ), which ends in material gain. The western side represents jñāna-kāṇḍa, the process of mental speculation, or sometimes siddhi-kāṇḍa, the mystic yoga system. The northern side represents mystic yoga, or sometimes the speculative method.” It is only the eastern side, devotional service, that enables one to attain life’s real goal. On the southern side, there are fruitive activities, by which one is subject to the punishment of Yamarāja. When one follows the system of fruitive activity, his material desires remain prominent. Consequently the results of this process are compared to wasps and drones. The living entity is bitten by the wasps and drones of fruitive activity and thus suffers in material existence birth after birth. One cannot become free from material desires by following this process. The propensity for material enjoyment never ends. Therefore the cycle of birth and death continues, and the spirit soul suffers perpetually.

The mystic yoga process is compared to a black snake that devours the living entity and injects him with poison. The ultimate goal of the yoga system is to become one with the Absolute. This means finishing one’s personal existence. But the spiritual part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has an eternal individual existence. The Bhagavad-gītā confirms that the individual soul existed in the past, is existing in the present and will continue to exist as an individual in the future. Artificially trying to become one with the Absolute is suicidal. One cannot annihilate his natural condition.

A yakṣa, a protector of riches, will not allow anyone to take away riches for enjoyment. Such a demon will simply create disturbances. In other words, a devotee will not depend on his material resources but on the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can give real protection. This is called rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāsaḥ or (in the Bengali poetry of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s Śaraṇāgati ) ‘avaśya rakṣibe kṛṣṇa’ — viśvāsa pālana. The surrendered soul must accept the fact that his real protector is Kṛṣṇa, not his material acquisitions.

Considering all these points, devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is the real treasure house for the living entity. When one comes to the platform of devotional service, he always remains opulent in the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who is bereft of devotional service is swallowed by the black snake of the yoga system and bitten by the wasps and drones of fruitive activity, and he suffers consequent material miseries. Sometimes the living entity is misled into trying to merge into spiritual existence, thinking himself as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This means that when he comes to the spiritual platform, he will be disturbed and will again return to the material platform. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32) :

ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ

Such people may become sannyāsīs, but unless they take shelter of Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, they will return to the material platform to perform philanthropic activities. In this way, one’s spiritual life is lost. This is to be understood as being devoured by the black snake.

Madhya-lila 20.136

Source

ঐছে শাস্ত্র কহে, — কর্ম, জ্ঞান, যোগ ত্যজি’ । ‘ভক্ত্যে’ কৃষ্ণ বশ হয়, ভক্ত্যে তাঁরে ভজি ॥ ১৩৬ ॥

aiche śāstra kahe, — karma, jñāna, yoga tyaji’ ‘bhaktye’ kṛṣṇa vaśa haya, bhaktye tāṅre bhaji

English translation

Translation

“The revealed scriptures conclude that one should give up fruitive activity, speculative knowledge and the mystic yoga system and instead take to devotional service, by which Kṛṣṇa can be fully satisfied.

Word meanings

aiche — in that way ; śāstra kahe — the Vedic literatures confirm ; karma — fruitive activities ; jñāna — speculative knowledge ; yoga — the mystic yoga system ; tyaji’ — giving up ; bhaktye — by devotional service ; kṛṣṇa — the Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead ; vaśa haya — becomes satisfied ; bhaktye — by devotional service ; tāṅre — Him ; bhaji — we worship .

Madhya-lila 20.137

Source

ন সাধয়তি মাং যোগো ন সাংখ্যং ধর্ম উদ্ধব । ন স্বাধ্যায়স্তপস্ত্যাগো যথা ভক্তির্মমোর্জিতা ॥ ১৩৭ ॥

na sādhayati māṁ yogo na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo yathā bhaktir mamorjitā

English translation

Translation

“[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, said:] ‘My dear Uddhava, neither through aṣṭāṅga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses], nor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance of sannyāsa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.

Word meanings

na — never ; sādhayati — causes to remain satisfied ; mām — Me ; yogaḥ — the process of control ; na — nor ; sāṅkhyam — the process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth ; dharmaḥ — such an occupation ; uddhava — My dear Uddhava ; na — nor ; svādhyāyaḥ — study of the Vedas ; tapaḥ — austerities ; tyāgaḥ — renunciation, acceptance of sannyāsa, or charity ; yathā — as much as ; bhaktiḥ — devotional service ; mama — unto Me ; ūrjitā — developed .

Purport

This and the following verse are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.14.20-21). The explanation for this verse is given in Ādi-līlā 17.76.

Madhya-lila 20.138

Source

ভক্ত্যাহমেকয়া গ্রাহ্যঃ শ্রদ্ধয়াত্মা প্রিয়ঃ সতাম্ । ভক্তিঃ পুনাতি মন্নিষ্ঠা শ্বপাকানপি সম্ভবাৎ ॥ ১৩৮ ॥

bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ śraddhayātmā priyaḥ satām bhaktiḥ punāti man-niṣṭhā śva-pākān api sambhavāt

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Being very dear to the devotees and sādhus, I am attained through unflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which gradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born among dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual platform by the process of bhakti-yoga.’

Word meanings

bhaktyā — by devotional service ; aham — I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; ekayā — unflinching ; grāhyaḥ — obtainable ; śraddhayā — by faith ; ātmā — the most dear ; priyaḥ — to be served ; satām — by the devotees ; bhaktiḥ — the devotional service ; punāti — purifies ; mat - niṣṭhā — fixed only on Me ; śva - pākān — the lowest of human beings, who are accustomed to eating dogs ; api — certainly ; sambhavāt — from all faults due to birth and other circumstances .

Madhya-lila 20.139

Source

অতএব ‘ভক্তি’ — কৃষ্ণপ্রাপ্ত্যের উপায় । ‘অভিধেয়’ বলি’ তারে সর্বশাস্ত্রে গায় ॥ ১৩৯ ॥

ataeva ‘bhakti’ — kṛṣṇa-prāptyera upāya ‘abhidheya’ bali’ tāre sarva-śāstre gāya

English translation

Translation

“The conclusion is that devotional service is the only means for approaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This system is therefore called abhidheya. This is the verdict of all revealed scriptures.

Word meanings

ataeva — therefore ; bhakti — devotional service ; kṛṣṇa - prāptyera — of achieving the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa ; upāya — the only means ; abhidheya — abhidheya ; bali’ — calling ; tāre — this system ; sarva - śāstre — in all revealed scriptures ; gāya — is described .

Purport

As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55) .

bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā viśate tad-anantaram

“One can understand Me as I am, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of Me by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.”

The aim of life is to get rid of the material conditioning and enter into spiritual existence. Although the śāstras prescribe different methods for different men, the Supreme Personality of Godhead says that one ultimately must accept the path of devotional service as the assured path of spiritual advancement. Devotional service to the Lord is the only process actually confirmed by the Lord. Sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja ( Bg. 18.66 ). One must become a devotee if one wants to return home, back to Godhead, and become eternally blissful.

Madhya-lila 20.140

Source

ধন পাইলে যৈছে সুখভোগ ফল পায় । সুখভোগ হৈতে দুঃখ আপনি পলায় ॥ ১৪০ ॥

dhana pāile yaiche sukha-bhoga phala pāya sukha-bhoga haite duḥkha āpani palāya

English translation

Translation

“When one actually becomes rich, he naturally enjoys all kinds of happiness. When one is actually in a happy mood, all distressful conditions go away by themselves. No extraneous endeavor is needed.

Word meanings

dhana pāile — when one gets riches ; yaiche — just as ; sukha - bhoga — enjoyment of happiness ; phala — result ; pāya — one gets ; sukha - bhoga — real enjoyment of happiness ; haite — from ; duḥkha — all distresses ; āpani — themselves ; palāya — run away .

Madhya-lila 20.141

Source

তৈছে ভক্তি-ফলে কৃষ্ণে প্রেম উপজয় । প্রেমে কৃষ্ণাস্বাদ হৈলে ভব নাশ পায় ॥ ১৪১ ॥

taiche bhakti-phale kṛṣṇe prema upajaya preme kṛṣṇāsvāda haile bhava nāśa pāya

English translation

Translation

“Similarly, as a result of bhakti, one’s dormant love for Kṛṣṇa awakens. When one is so situated that he can taste the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa, material existence, the repetition of birth and death, comes to an end.

Word meanings

taiche — similarly ; bhakti - phale — by the result of devotional service ; kṛṣṇe — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prema — love ; upajaya — arises ; preme — in devotional love ; kṛṣṇa - āsvāda — tasting the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; haile — when there is ; bhava — the distress of the repetition of birth and death ; nāśa — annihilation ; pāya — obtains .

Madhya-lila 20.142

Source

দারিদ্র্য-নাশ, ভবক্ষয়, — প্রেমের ‘ফল’ নয় । প্রেমসুখ-ভোগ — মুখ্য প্রয়োজন হয় ॥ ১৪২ ॥

dāridrya-nāśa, bhava-kṣaya, — premera ‘phala’ naya prema-sukha-bhoga — mukhya prayojana haya

English translation

Translation

“The goal of love of Godhead is not to become materially rich or free from material bondage. The real goal is to be situated in devotional service to the Lord and to enjoy transcendental bliss.

Word meanings

dāridrya - nāśa — the end of poverty-stricken life ; bhava - kṣaya — annihilation of material existence ; premera — of love of Godhead ; phala — the result ; naya — certainly is not ; prema - sukha - bhoga — enjoyment of the happiness of love of God ; mukhya — chief ; prayojana — goal of life ; haya — is .

Purport

The results of devotional service are certainly not material benefits or liberation from material bondage. The goal of devotional service is to be eternally situated in the loving service of the Lord and to enjoy spiritual bliss from that service. One is said to be in a poverty-stricken condition when one forgets the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One has to end such a life of poverty in order to automatically end the miserable conditions of material existence. One is automatically liberated from material enjoyment when one tastes the service of Kṛṣṇa. One does not have to endeavor separately for opulence. Opulence automatically comes to the pure devotee, even though he does not desire material happiness.

Madhya-lila 20.143

Source

বেদশাস্ত্রে কহে সম্বন্ধ, অভিধেয়, প্রয়োজন । কৃষ্ণ, কৃষ্ণভক্তি, প্রেম, — তিন মহাধন ॥ ১৪৩ ॥

veda-śāstre kahe sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana kṛṣṇa, kṛṣṇa-bhakti, prema, — tina mahā-dhana

English translation

Translation

“In the Vedic literatures, Kṛṣṇa is the central point of attraction, and His service is our activity. To attain the platform of love of Kṛṣṇa is life’s ultimate goal. Therefore Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa’s service and love of Kṛṣṇa are the three great riches of life.

Word meanings

veda - śāstre — in the Vedic literature ; kahe — it is said ; sambandha — relationship ; abhidheya — execution ; prayojana — goal ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa - bhakti — devotional service to the Lord ; prema — love of Godhead ; tina — these three ; mahā - dhana — the supreme treasure .

Madhya-lila 20.144

Source

বেদাদি সকল শাস্ত্রে কৃষ্ণ — মুখ্য সম্বন্ধ । তাঁর জ্ঞানে আনুষঙ্গে যায় মায়াবন্ধ ॥ ১৪৪ ॥

vedādi sakala śāstre kṛṣṇa — mukhya sambandha tāṅra jñāne ānuṣaṅge yāya māyā-bandha

English translation

Translation

“In all revealed scriptures, beginning with the Vedas, the central point of attraction is Kṛṣṇa. When complete knowledge of Him is realized, the bondage of māyā, the illusory energy, is automatically broken.

Word meanings

veda - ādi — beginning with the Vedas ; sakala — all ; śāstre — in the revealed scriptures ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; mukhya — chief ; sambandha — central point or central attraction ; tāṅra jñāne — by knowledge of Him ; ānuṣaṅge — simultaneously ; yāya — goes away ; māyā - bandha — the bondage of material existence .

Madhya-lila 20.145

Source

ব্যামোহায় চরাচরস্য জগতস্তে তে পুরাণাগমা- স্তাং তামেব হি দেবতাং পরমিকাং জল্পন্তু কল্পাবধি । সিদ্ধান্তে পুনরেক এব ভগবান্ বিষ্ণুঃ সমস্তাগম- ব্যাপারেষু বিবেচনব্যতিকরং নীতেষু নিশ্চীয়তে ॥ ১৪৫ ॥

vyāmohāya carācarasya jagatas te te purāṇāgamās tāṁ tām eva hi devatāṁ paramikāṁ jalpantu kalpāvadhi siddhānte punar eka eva bhagavān viṣṇuḥ samastāgama- vyāpāreṣu vivecana-vyatikaraṁ nīteṣu niścīyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘There are many types of Vedic literatures and supplementary Purāṇas. In each of them there are particular demigods who are spoken of as the chief demigods. This is just to create an illusion for moving and nonmoving living entities. Let them perpetually engage in such imaginations. However, when one analytically studies all these Vedic literatures collectively, he comes to the conclusion that Lord Viṣṇu is the one and only Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Word meanings

vyāmohāya — to increase the illusion and ignorance ; cara - acarasya — of all living entities, moving and nonmoving ; jagataḥ — of the world ; te te — those respective ; purāṇa — the supplementary Vedic literatures called the Purāṇas ; āgamāḥ — and Vedas ; tām tām — that respective ; eva hi — certainly ; devatām — demigod ; paramikām — as supreme ; jalpantu — let them speak about ; kalpa - avadhi — until the end of the millennium ; siddhānte — in conclusion ; punaḥ — but ; ekaḥ — one ; eva — only ; bhagavān — Supreme Personality of Godhead ; viṣṇuḥ — Lord Viṣṇu ; samasta — all ; āgama — of the Vedas ; vyāpāreṣu — in the dealings ; vivecana - vyatikaram — to collective consideration ; nīteṣu — when forcibly brought ; niścīyate — is established .

Purport

This is a verse from the Padma Purāṇa.

Madhya-lila 20.146

Source

মুখ্য-গৌণ-বৃত্তি, কিংবা অন্বয়-ব্যতিরেকে । বেদের প্রতিজ্ঞা কেবল কহয়ে কৃষ্ণকে ॥ ১৪৬ ॥

mukhya-gauṇa-vṛtti, kiṁvā anvaya-vyatireke vedera pratijñā kevala kahaye kṛṣṇake

English translation

Translation

“When one accepts the Vedic literature by interpretation or even by dictionary meaning, directly or indirectly the ultimate declaration of Vedic knowledge points to Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

mukhya — chief ; gauṇa — secondary ; vṛtti — meaning ; kiṁvā — or ; anvaya - vyatireke — directly or indirectly ; vedera pratijñā — ultimate declaration of the Vedas ; kevala — only ; kahaye — speaks ; kṛṣṇake — about Kṛṣṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.147-148

Source

কিং বিধত্তে কিমাচষ্টে কিমনূদ্য বিকল্পয়েৎ । ইত্যস্যা হৃদয়ং লোকে নান্যো মদ্বেদ কশ্চন ॥ ১৪৭ ॥ মাং বিধত্তেঽভিধত্তে মাং বিকল্প্যাপোহ্যতে হ্যহম্ । এতাবান্ সর্ববেদার্থঃ শব্দ আস্থায় মাং ভিদাম্ । মায়ামাত্রমনূদ্যান্তে প্রতিষিধ্য প্রসীদতি ॥ ১৪৮ ॥

kiṁ vidhatte kim ācaṣṭe kim anūdya vikalpayet ity asyā hṛdayaṁ loke nānyo mad veda kaścana māṁ vidhatte ’bhidhatte māṁ vikalpyāpohyate hy aham etāvān sarva-vedārthaḥ śabda āsthāya māṁ bhidām māyā-mātram anūdyānte pratiṣidhya prasīdati

English translation

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘What is the purpose of all Vedic literatures? On whom do they focus? Who is the object of all speculation? Outside of Me no one knows these things. Now you should know that all these activities are aimed at ordaining and setting forth Me. The purpose of the Vedic literatures is to know Me by different speculations, either by indirect understanding or by dictionary understanding. Everyone is speculating about Me. The essence of all Vedic literatures is to distinguish Me from māyā. By considering the illusory energy, one comes to the platform of understanding Me. In this way one becomes free from speculation about the Vedas and comes to Me as the conclusion. Thus one is satisfied.’

Word meanings

kim — what ; vidhatte — direct ; kim — what ; ācaṣṭe — declare ; kim — what ; anūdya — taking as the object ; vikalpayet — may conjecture ; iti — thus ; asyāḥ — of the Vedic literature ; hṛdayam — intention ; loke — in this world ; na — not ; anyaḥ — other ; mat — than Me ; veda — knows ; kaścana — anyone ; mām — Me ; vidhatte — they ordain ; abhidhatte — set forth ; mām — Me ; vikalpya — speculating ; apohyate — am fixed ; hi — certainly ; aham — I ; etāvān — of such measures ; sarva - veda - arthaḥ — the purport of the Vedas ; śabdaḥ — the Vedas ; āsthāya — taking shelter of ; mām — Me ; bhidām — different ; māyā — illusory energy ; mātram — only ; anūdya — saying ; ante — at the end ; pratiṣidhya — driving away ; prasīdati — gets satisfaction .

Purport

These two verses are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.21.42-43). When Uddhava asked Kṛṣṇa about the purpose of Vedic speculation, the Lord informed him of the process of understanding the Vedic literature. The Vedas are composed of karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa and upāsanā-kāṇḍa. One who analytically studies the purpose of the Vedas understands that by karma-kāṇḍa, sacrificial activity, one comes to the conclusion of jñāna-kāṇḍa, speculative knowledge, and that after speculation one comes to the conclusion that worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate. When one comes to this conclusion, he becomes fully satisfied.

Madhya-lila 20.149

Source

কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ — অনন্ত, বৈভব — অপার । চিচ্ছক্তি, মায়াশক্তি, জীবশক্তি আর ॥ ১৪৯ ॥

kṛṣṇera svarūpa — ananta, vaibhava — apāra cic-chakti, māyā-śakti, jīva-śakti āra

English translation

Translation

“The transcendental form of Lord Kṛṣṇa is unlimited and also has unlimited opulence. He possesses the internal potency, external potency and marginal potency.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇera svarūpa — the transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa ; ananta — unlimitedly expanded ; vaibhava — opulence ; apāra — unlimited ; cit - śakti — internal potency ; māyā - śakti — external potency ; jīva - śakti — marginal potency ; āra — and .

Madhya-lila 20.150

Source

বৈকুণ্ঠ, ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণ — শক্তি-কার্য হয় । স্বরূপশক্তি শক্তি-কার্যের — কৃষ্ণ সমাশ্রয় ॥ ১৫০ ॥

vaikuṇṭha, brahmāṇḍa-gaṇa — śakti-kārya haya svarūpa-śakti śakti-kāryera — kṛṣṇa samāśraya

English translation

Translation

“The material and the spiritual world are transformations of Kṛṣṇa’s external and internal potencies respectively. Therefore Kṛṣṇa is the original source of both the material and the spiritual manifestations.

Word meanings

vaikuṇṭha — the spiritual world ; brahmāṇḍa - gaṇa — universes of the material world ; śakti - kārya haya — they are all activities of Kṛṣṇa’s potencies ; svarūpa - śakti — of the internal potency ; śakti - kāryera — of the activities of the external potency ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; samāśraya — the original source .

Madhya-lila 20.151

Source

দশমে দশমং লক্ষ্যমাশ্রিতাশ্রয়-বিগ্রহম্ । শ্রীকৃষ্ণাখ্যং পরং ধাম জগদ্ধাম নমামি তৎ ॥ ১৫১ ॥

daśame daśamaṁ lakṣyam āśritāśraya-vigraham śrī-kṛṣṇākhyaṁ paraṁ dhāma jagad-dhāma namāmi tat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam reveals the tenth object, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the shelter of all surrendered souls. He is known as Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and He is the ultimate source of all the universes. Let me offer my obeisances unto Him.’

Word meanings

daśame — in the Tenth Canto ; daśamam — the tenth subject matter ; lakṣyam — to be seen ; āśrita — of the sheltered ; āśraya — of the shelter ; vigraham — who is the form ; śrī - kṛṣṇa - ākhyam — known as Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; param — supreme ; dhāma — abode ; jagat - dhāma — the abode of the universes ; namāmi — I offer my obeisances ; tat — to Him .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhāvārtha-dīpikā, Śrīdhara Svāmī’s commentary on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.1.1) . In the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there is a description of the āśraya-tattva, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. There are two tattvas — āśraya-tattva and āśrita-tattva. Āśraya-tattva is the objective, and āśrita-tattva is the subjective. Since the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa are the shelter of all devotees, Śrī Kṛṣṇa is called paraṁ dhāma. In the Bhagavad-gītā (10.12) it is stated, paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān. Everything is resting under the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.58) it is stated:

samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ

Under the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the entire mahat-tattva is existing. Since everything is under Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s protection, Śrī Kṛṣṇa is called āśraya-tattva. Everything else is called āśrita-tattva. The material creation is also called āśrita-tattva. Liberation from material bondage and the attainment of the spiritual platform are also āśrita-tattva. Kṛṣṇa is the only āśraya-tattva. In the beginning of the creation there are Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. They are also āśraya-tattva. Kṛṣṇa is the cause of all causes ( sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam ) . To understand Kṛṣṇa perfectly, one has to make an analytical study of āśraya-tattva and āśrita-tattva.

Madhya-lila 20.152

Source

কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-বিচার শুন, সনাতন । অদ্বয়জ্ঞান-তত্ত্ব, ব্রজে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৫২ ॥

kṛṣṇera svarūpa-vicāra śuna, sanātana advaya-jñāna-tattva, vraje vrajendra-nandana

English translation

Translation

“O Sanātana, please hear about the eternal form of Lord Kṛṣṇa. He is the Absolute Truth, devoid of duality but present in Vṛndāvana as the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svarūpa - vicāra — consideration of the eternal form ; śuna — please hear ; sanātana — My dear Sanātana ; advaya - jñāna - tattva — the Absolute Truth without duality ; vraje — in Vṛndāvana ; vrajendra - nandana — the son of Nanda Mahārāja .

Madhya-lila 20.153

Source

সর্ব-আদি, সর্ব-অংশী, কিশোর-শেখর । চিদানন্দ-দেহ, সর্বাশ্রয়, সর্বেশ্বর ॥ ১৫৩ ॥

sarva-ādi, sarva-aṁśī, kiśora-śekhara cid-ānanda-deha, sarvāśraya, sarveśvara

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa is the original source of everything and the sum total of everything. He appears as the supreme youth, and His whole body is composed of spiritual bliss. He is the shelter of everything and master of everyone.

Word meanings

sarva - ādi — origin of everything ; sarva - aṁśī — sum total of all parts and parcels ; kiśora - śekhara — the supreme youth ; cit - ānanda - deha — a body of spiritual blissfulness ; sarva - āśraya — shelter of everyone ; sarva - īśvara — the master of everyone .

Purport

Kṛṣṇa is the origin of all viṣṇu-tattvas, including Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. He is the ultimate goal of Vaiṣṇava philosophy. Everything emanates from Him. His body is completely spiritual and is the source of all spiritual being. Although He is the source of everything, He Himself has no source. Advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam/ ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca. Although He is the supreme source of everyone, He is still always a fresh youth.

Madhya-lila 20.154

Source

ঈশ্বরঃ পরমঃ কৃষ্ণঃ সচ্চিদানন্দবিগ্রহঃ । অনাদিরাদির্গোবিন্দঃ সর্বকারণকারণম্ ॥ ১৫৪ ॥

īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ anādir ādir govindaḥ sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.’

Word meanings

īśvaraḥ — the controller ; paramaḥ — supreme ; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sat — eternal existence ; cit — absolute knowledge ; ānanda — absolute bliss ; vigrahaḥ — whose form ; anādiḥ — without beginning ; ādiḥ — the origin ; govindaḥ — Lord Govinda ; sarva - kāraṇa - kāraṇam — the cause of all causes .

Purport

This is the first verse of the fifth chapter of the Brahma-saṁhitā.

Madhya-lila 20.155

Source

স্বয়ং ভগবান্ কৃষ্ণ, ‘গোবিন্দ’ পর নাম । সর্বৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ যাঁর গোলক — নিত্যধাম ॥ ১৫৫ ॥

svayaṁ bhagavān kṛṣṇa, ‘govinda’ para nāma sarvaiśvarya-pūrṇa yāṅra goloka — nitya-dhāma

English translation

Translation

“The original Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kṛṣṇa. His original name is Govinda. He is full of all opulences, and His eternal abode is known as Goloka Vṛndāvana.

Word meanings

svayam — personally ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; govinda — Govinda ; para nāma — another name ; sarva - aiśvarya - pūrṇa — full of all opulences ; yāṅra — whose ; goloka — Goloka Vṛndāvana ; nitya - dhāma — eternal abode .

Madhya-lila 20.156

Source

এতে চাংশকলাঃ পুংসঃ কৃষ্ণস্তু ভগবান্ স্বয়ম্ । ইন্দ্রারিব্যাকুলং লোকং মৃড়য়ন্তি যুগে যুগে ॥ ১৫৬ ॥

ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

English translation

Translation

“ ‘All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions of the puruṣa-avatāras. But Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of Indra.’

Word meanings

ete — these ; ca — and ; aṁśa — plenary portions ; kalāḥ — parts of plenary portions ; puṁsaḥ — of the puruṣa-avatāras ; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; tu — but ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; svayam — Himself ; indra - ari — the enemies of Lord Indra ; vyākulam — full of ; lokam — the world ; mṛḍayanti — make happy ; yuge yuge — at the right time in each age .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28) . See also Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 67.

Madhya-lila 20.157

Source

জ্ঞান, যোগ, ভক্তি, — তিন সাধনের বশে । ব্রহ্ম, আত্মা, ভগবান্ — ত্রিবিধ প্রকাশে ॥ ১৫৭ ॥

jñāna, yoga, bhakti, — tina sādhanera vaśe brahma, ātmā, bhagavān — trividha prakāśe

English translation

Translation

“There are three kinds of spiritual processes for understanding the Absolute Truth — the processes of speculative knowledge, mystic yoga and bhakti-yoga. According to these three processes, the Absolute Truth is manifested as Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.

Word meanings

jñāna — knowledge ; yoga — mystic power ; bhakti — devotional service ; tina — three ; sādhanera — of the processes of spiritual life ; vaśe — under the control ; brahma — impersonal Brahman ; ātmā — localized Paramātmā ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; tri - vidha prakāśe — three kinds of manifestation .

Madhya-lila 20.158

Source

বদন্তি তত্তত্ত্ববিদস্তত্ত্বং যজ্ জ্ঞানমদ্বয়ম্ । ব্রহ্মেতি পরমাত্মেতি ভগবানিতি শব্দ্যতে ॥ ১৫৮ ॥

vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.’

Word meanings

vadanti — they say ; tat — that ; tattva - vidaḥ — learned souls ; tattvam — the Absolute Truth ; yat — which ; jñānam — knowledge ; advayam — nondual ; brahma — Brahman ; iti — thus ; paramātmā — Paramātmā ; iti — thus ; bhagavān — Bhagavān ; iti — thus ; śabdyate — is known .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11) .

Those who are interested in the impersonal Brahman effulgence, which is not different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, can attain that goal by speculative knowledge. Those who are interested in practicing mystic yoga can attain the localized aspect of Paramātmā. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61) , īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated within the heart as Paramātmā. He witnesses the activities of the living entities and gives them permission to act.

For a further explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 11.

Madhya-lila 20.159

Source

ব্রহ্ম — অঙ্গকান্তি তাঁর, নির্বিশেষ প্রকাশে । সূর্য যেন চর্মচক্ষে জ্যোতির্ময় ভাসে ॥ ১৫৯ ॥

brahma — aṅga-kānti tāṅra, nirviśeṣa prakāśe sūrya yena carma-cakṣe jyotirmaya bhāse

English translation

Translation

“The manifestation of the impersonal Brahman effulgence, which is without variety, is the rays of Kṛṣṇa’s bodily effulgence. It is exactly like the sun. When the sun is seen by our ordinary eyes, it appears to consist simply of effulgence.

Word meanings

brahma — the impersonal Brahman effulgence ; aṅga - kānti — the bodily rays ; tāṅra — of Him ; nirviśeṣa — without varieties ; prakāśe — manifestation ; sūrya yena — exactly like the sun ; carma - cakṣe — with our ordinary material eyes ; jyotiḥ - maya — simply effulgent ; bhāse — appears .

Madhya-lila 20.160

Source

যস্য প্রভা প্রভবতো জগদণ্ডকোটি- কোটিষ্বশেষবসুধাদিবিভূতিভিন্নম্ । তদ্ব্রহ্ম নিষ্কলমনন্তমশেষভূতং গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ১৬০ ॥

yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi- koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam tad brahma niṣkalam anantam aśeṣa-bhūtaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great power. The glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which displays the varieties of countless planets, with their different opulences, in millions and millions of universes.’

Word meanings

yasya — of whom ; prabhā — the effulgence ; prabhavataḥ — of one who excels in power ; jagat - aṇḍa — of universes ; koṭi - koṭiṣu — in millions and millions ; aśeṣa — unlimited ; vasudhā - ādi — with planets and other manifestations ; vibhūti — with opulences ; bhinnam — becoming variegated ; tat — that ; brahma — Brahman ; niṣkalam — without parts ; anantam — unlimited ; aśeṣa - bhūtam — being complete ; govindam — Lord Govinda ; ādi - puruṣam — the original person ; tam — Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — worship .

Purport

This verse is quoted from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.40) . For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 14.

Madhya-lila 20.161

Source

পরমাত্মা যেঁহো, তেঁহো কৃষ্ণের এক অংশ । আত্মার ‘আত্মা’ হয় কৃষ্ণ সর্ব-অবতংস ॥ ১৬১ ॥

paramātmā yeṅho, teṅho kṛṣṇera eka aṁśa ātmāra ‘ātmā’ haya kṛṣṇa sarva-avataṁsa

English translation

Translation

“The Paramātmā, the Supersoul feature, is a plenary portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the original soul of all living entities. Kṛṣṇa is the source of the Paramātmā.

Word meanings

paramātmā — the Supersoul within the heart ; yeṅho — who ; teṅho — He ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; eka — one ; aṁśa — plenary portion ; ātmāra — of the soul ; ātmā — the soul ; haya — is ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sarva — of everything ; avataṁsa — source .

Madhya-lila 20.162

Source

কৃষ্ণমেনমবেহি ত্বমাত্মানমখিলাত্মনাম্ । জগদ্ধিতায় সোঽপ্যত্র দেহীবাভাতি মায়য়া ॥ ১৬২ ॥

kṛṣṇam enam avehi tvam ātmānam akhilātmanām jagad-dhitāya so ’py atra dehīvābhāti māyayā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘You should know Kṛṣṇa to be the original soul of all ātmās [living entities]. For the benefit of the whole universe, He has, out of His causeless mercy, appeared as an ordinary human being. He has done this by the strength of His own internal potency.’

Word meanings

kṛṣṇam — in the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; enam — this ; avehi — just try to understand ; tvam — you ; ātmānam — the soul ; akhila - ātmanām — of all living entities ; jagat - hitāya — the benefit of the whole universe ; saḥ — He ; api — certainly ; atra — here ; dehī — a human being ; iva — like ; ābhāti — appears ; māyayā — by His internal potency .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.55) . Parīkṣit Mahārāja asked Śukadeva Gosvāmī why Kṛṣṇa was so beloved by the residents of Vṛndāvana, who loved Him even more than their own offspring or life itself. At that time Śukadeva Gosvāmī replied that everyone’s ātmā, or soul, is very, very dear, especially to all living entities who have accepted material bodies. But that ātmā, the spirit soul, is part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. For this reason, Kṛṣṇa is very dear to every living entity. Everyone’s body is very dear to oneself, and one wants to protect the body by all means because within the body the soul is living. Due to the intimate relationship between the soul and the body, the body is important and dear to everyone. Similarly, the soul, being part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord, is very, very dear to all living entities. Unfortunately, the soul forgets his constitutional position and thinks he is only the body ( deha-ātma-buddhi ) . Thus the soul is subjected to the rules and regulations of material nature. When a living entity, by his intelligence, reawakens his attraction for Kṛṣṇa, he can understand that he is not the body but part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. Thus filled with knowledge, he no longer labors under attachment to the body and everything related to the body. Janasya moho ’yam ahaṁ mameti. Material existence, wherein one thinks, “I am the body, and this belongs to me,” is also illusory. One must redirect his attraction to Kṛṣṇa. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.7) states:

vāsudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ janayaty āśu vairāgyaṁ jñānaṁ ca yad ahaitukam

“By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment from the world.”

Madhya-lila 20.163

Source

অথবা বহুনৈতেন কিং জ্ঞাতেন তবার্জুন । বিষ্টভ্যাহমিদং কৃৎস্নমেকাংশেন স্থিতো জগৎ ॥ ১৬৩ ॥

atha vā bahunaitena kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam ekāṁśena sthito jagat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.’

Word meanings

atha vā — or ; bahunā — much ; etena — with this ; kim — what use ; jñātena — being known ; tava — by you ; arjuna — O Arjuna ; viṣṭabhya — pervading ; aham — I ; idam — this ; kṛtsnam — entire ; eka - aṁśena — with one portion ; sthitaḥ — situated ; jagat — universe .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (10.42) .

Madhya-lila 20.164

Source

‘ভক্ত্যে’ ভগবানের অনুভব — পূর্ণরূপ । একই বিগ্রহে তাঁর অনন্ত স্বরূপ ॥ ১৬৪ ॥

‘bhaktye’ bhagavānera anubhava — pūrṇa-rūpa eka-i vigrahe tāṅra ananta svarūpa

English translation

Translation

“Only by devotional activity can one understand the transcendental form of the Lord, which is perfect in all respects. Although His form is one, He can expand His form into unlimited numbers by His supreme will.

Word meanings

bhaktye — by devotional service ; bhagavānera — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; anubhava — perception ; pūrṇa - rūpa — perfectly ; eka - i — one ; vigrahe — in the transcendental form ; tāṅra — His ; ananta — unlimited ; svarūpa — expansions of plenary portions .

Madhya-lila 20.165

Source

স্বয়ংরূপ, তদেকাত্মরূপ, আবেশ — নাম । প্রথমেই তিনরূপে রহেন ভগবান্ ॥ ১৬৫ ॥

svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa, āveśa — nāma prathamei tina-rūpe rahena bhagavān

English translation

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead exists in three principal forms — svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa and āveśa-rūpa.

Word meanings

svayam - rūpa — the original form ; tat - ekātma - rūpa — the same form, nondifferent from svayaṁ-rūpa ; āveśa — especially empowered ; nāma — named ; prathamei — in the beginning ; tina - rūpe — in three forms ; rahena — remains ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead .

Purport

Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has described the svayaṁ-rūpa in his Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta, Pūrva-khaṇḍa, verse 12: ananyāpekṣi yad rūpaṁ svayaṁ-rūpaḥ sa ucyate. “The form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that does not depend on other forms is called the svayaṁ-rūpa, the original form.” This form is also described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam (1.3.28). “Kṛṣṇa is the original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” That Kṛṣṇa’s form as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana is the original form of the Personality of Godhead ( svayaṁ-rūpa ) is confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.1) :

īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ anādir ādir govindaḥ sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam

There is nothing superior to Govinda. He is the ultimate source and the cause of all causes. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.7) , where the Lord says, mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat: “There is no truth superior to Me.”

The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms are also described in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta ( Pūrva-khaṇḍa, verse 14):

yad rūpaṁ tad-abhedena svarūpeṇa virājate ākṛtyādibhir anyādṛk sa tad-ekātma-rūpakaḥ

“The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms exist simultaneously with the svayaṁ-rūpa form and are nondifferent. At the same time, their bodily features and specific activities appear to be different.” The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms are divided into two categories — svāṁśa and vilāsa.

Lord Kṛṣṇa’s āveśa forms are also explained in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta ( Pūrva 18):

jñāna-śakty-ādi-kalayā yatrāviṣṭo janārdanaḥ ta āveśā nigadyante jīvā eva mahattamāḥ

“A living entity who is specifically empowered by the Lord with knowledge or strength is technically called āveśa-rūpa. ” As stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Antya 7.11) , kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nahe tāra pravartana: Unless a devotee is specifically empowered by the Lord, he cannot preach the holy name of the Lord all over the world. This is an explanation of the word āveśa-rūpa.

Madhya-lila 20.166

Source

‘স্বয়ংরূপ’ ‘স্বয়ংপ্রকাশ,’ — দুই রূপে স্ফূর্তি । স্বয়ংরূপে — এক ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ব্রজে গোপমূর্তি ॥ ১৬৬ ॥

‘svayaṁ-rūpa’ ‘svayaṁ-prakāśa’ — dui rūpe sphūrti svayaṁ-rūpe — eka ‘kṛṣṇa’ vraje gopa-mūrti

English translation

Translation

“The original form of the Lord [svayaṁ-rūpa] is exhibited in two forms — svayaṁ-rūpa and svayaṁ-prakāśa. In His original form as svayaṁ-rūpa, Kṛṣṇa is observed as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana.

Word meanings

svayam - rūpa — the original form of the Lord ; svayam - prakāśa — the personal manifestation ; dui rūpe — in two forms ; sphūrti — exhibition ; svayam - rūpe — in the original form ; eka — one ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; vraje — in Vṛndāvana ; gopa - mūrti — the cowherd boy .

Madhya-lila 20.167

Source

‘প্রাভব-বৈভব’-রূপে দ্বিবিধ প্রকাশে । এক-বপু বহু রূপ যৈছে হৈল রাসে ॥ ১৬৭ ॥

‘prābhava-vaibhava’-rūpe dvividha prakāśe eka-vapu bahu rūpa yaiche haila rāse

English translation

Translation

“In His original form, Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself in two features — prābhava and vaibhava. He expands His one original form into many, as He did during the rāsa-līlā dance.

Word meanings

prābhava — prābhava ; vaibhava — vaibhava ; rūpe — in forms ; dvi - vidha prakāśe — twofold manifestations ; eka - vapu — the same original form ; bahu rūpa — expanded into unlimited numbers ; yaiche — like ; haila — it was ; rāse — while dancing in the rāsa dance with the gopīs .

Madhya-lila 20.168

Source

মহিষী-বিবাহে হৈল বহুবিধ মূর্তি । ‘প্রাভব প্রকাশ’ — এই শাস্ত্র-পরসিদ্ধি ॥ ১৬৮ ॥

mahiṣī-vivāhe haila bahu-vidha mūrti ‘prābhava prakāśa’ — ei śāstra-parasiddhi

English translation

Translation

“When the Lord married 16,108 wives at Dvārakā, He expanded Himself into many forms. These expansions and the expansions at the rāsa dance are called prābhava-prakāśa, according to the directions of revealed scriptures.

Word meanings

mahiṣī - vivāhe — in the matter of marrying 16,108 wives at Dvārakā ; haila — there were ; bahu - vidha mūrti — many forms ; prābhava prakāśa — called prābhava-prakāśa ; ei — this ; śāstra - parasiddhi — determined by reference to the revealed scriptures .

Madhya-lila 20.169

Source

সৌভর্যাদি-প্রায় সেই কায়ব্যূহ নয় । কায়ব্যূহ হৈলে নারদের বিস্ময় না হয় ॥ ১৬৯ ॥

saubhary-ādi-prāya sei kāya-vyūha naya kāya-vyūha haile nāradera vismaya nā haya

English translation

Translation

“The prābhava-prakāśa expansions of Lord Kṛṣṇa are not like the expansions of the sage Saubhari. Had they been so, Nārada would not have been astonished to see them.

Word meanings

saubhari - ādi — beginning with the sage named Saubhari ; prāya — like ; sei — that ; kāya - vyūha — the expansion of one’s body ; naya — is not ; kāya - vyūha — expansions of the body ; haile — if there are ; nāradera — of Nārada Muni ; vismaya — the astonishment ; nā haya — there cannot be .

Madhya-lila 20.170

Source

চিত্রং বতৈতদেকেন বপুষা যুগপৎ পৃথক্ । গৃহেষু দ্ব্যষ্টসাহস্রং স্ত্রিয় এক উদাবহৎ ॥ ১৭০ ॥

citraṁ bataitad ekena vapuṣā yugapat pṛthak gṛheṣu dvy-aṣṭa-sāhasraṁ striya eka udāvahat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘It is astounding that Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is one without a second, expanded Himself in sixteen thousand similar forms to marry sixteen thousand queens in their respective homes.’

Word meanings

citram — wonderful ; bata — oh ; etat — this ; ekena — with one ; vapuṣā — form ; yugapat — simultaneously ; pṛthak — separately ; gṛheṣu — in the houses ; dvi - aṣṭa - sāhasram — sixteen thousand ; striyaḥ — all the queens ; ekaḥ — the one Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; udāvahat — married .

Purport

This verse is spoken by Nārada Muni in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.69.2).

Madhya-lila 20.171

Source

সেই বপু, সেই আকৃতি পৃথক্ যদি ভাসে । ভাবাবেশ-ভেদে নাম ‘বৈভবপ্রকাশে’ ॥ ১৭১ ॥

sei vapu, sei ākṛti pṛthak yadi bhāse bhāvāveśa-bhede nāma ‘vaibhava-prakāśe’

English translation

Translation

“If one form or feature is differently manifested according to different emotional features, it is called vaibhava-prakāśa.

Word meanings

sei vapu — that form ; sei ākṛti — that feature ; pṛthak — different ; yadi — if ; bhāse — appears ; bhāva - āveśa — of the ecstatic emotion ; bhede — according to varieties ; nāma — named ; vaibhava - prakāśe — vaibhava-prakāśa .

Madhya-lila 20.172

Source

অনন্ত প্রকাশে কৃষ্ণের নাহি মূর্তিভেদ । আকার-বর্ণ-অস্ত্র-ভেদে নাম-বিভেদ ॥ ১৭২ ॥

ananta prakāśe kṛṣṇera nāhi mūrti-bheda ākāra-varṇa-astra-bhede nāma-vibheda

English translation

Translation

“When the Lord expands Himself in innumerable forms, there is no difference in the forms, but due to different features, bodily colors and weapons, the names are different.

Word meanings

ananta prakāśe — in innumerable manifestations ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nāhi — there is not ; mūrti - bheda — difference of form ; ākāra — of features ; varṇa — of color ; astra — of weapons ; bhede — according to differentiation ; nāma - vibheda — difference of names .

Madhya-lila 20.173

Source

অন্যে চ সংস্কৃতাত্মানো বিধিনাভিহিতেন তে । যজন্তি ত্বন্ময়াস্ত্বাং বৈ বহুমূর্ত্যেকমূর্তিকম্ ॥ ১৭৩ ॥

anye ca saṁskṛtātmāno vidhinābhihitena te yajanti tvan-mayās tvāṁ vai bahu-mūrty eka-mūrtikam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In different Vedic scriptures, there are prescribed rules and regulative principles for worshiping different types of forms. When one is purified by these rules and regulations, he worships You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although manifested in many forms, You are one.’

Word meanings

anye — different persons ; ca — also ; saṁskṛta - ātmānaḥ — persons who are purified ; vidhinā — by the regulative principles ; abhihitena — stated in the revealed scriptures ; te — such persons ; yajanti — worship ; tvat - mayāḥ — being absorbed in You ; tvām — You ; vai — certainly ; bahu - mūrti — having many forms ; eka - mūrtikam — although one .

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.40.7) . In the Vedas it is stated that the one becomes many ( eko bahu syām ) . The Supreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself in various forms — viṣṇu-tattva, jīva-tattva and śakti-tattva.

According to the Vedic literatures, there are different regulative principles for the worship of each of these forms. If one takes advantage of the Vedic literatures and purifies himself by following the rules and regulations, ultimately he worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.11) : mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ. Worship of the demigods is in a sense worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but such worship is said to be avidhi-pūrvakam, improper. Actually demigod worship is meant for unintelligent men. One who is intelligent considers the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: sarva dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja. One who worships demigods worships the Supreme Lord indirectly, but according to the revealed scriptures, there is no need to worship Him indirectly. One can worship Him directly.

Madhya-lila 20.174

Source

বৈভবপ্রকাশ কৃষ্ণের — শ্রীবলরাম । বর্ণমাত্র-ভেদ, সব — কৃষ্ণের সমান ॥ ১৭৪ ॥

vaibhava-prakāśa kṛṣṇera — śrī-balarāma varṇa-mātra-bheda, saba — kṛṣṇera samāna

English translation

Translation

“The first manifestation of the vaibhava feature of Kṛṣṇa is Śrī Balarāmajī. Śrī Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa have different bodily colors, but otherwise Śrī Balarāma is equal to Kṛṣṇa in all respects.

Word meanings

vaibhava - prakāśa — manifestation of the vaibhava feature ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; śrī - balarāma — Śrī Balarāma ; varṇa - mātra — color only ; bheda — difference ; saba — everything ; kṛṣṇera samāna — equal to Kṛṣṇa .

Purport

To understand the difference between svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa, āveśa, prābhava and vaibhava, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has given the following description. In the beginning, Kṛṣṇa has three bodily features: (1) svayaṁ-rūpa, as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana; (2) tad-ekātma-rūpa, which is divided into svāṁśaka and vilāsa; and (3) āveśa-rūpa. The svāṁśaka, or expansions of the personal potency, are (1) Kāraṇodakaśāyī, Garbhodakaśāyī, Kṣīrodakaśāyī and (2) incarnations such as the fish, tortoise, boar and Nṛsiṁha. The vilāsa-rūpa has a prābhava division, including Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. There is also a vaibhava division, in which there are twenty-four forms, including the second Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. For each of these, there are three forms; therefore there are twelve forms altogether. These twelve forms constitute the predominant names for the twelve months of the year as well as the twelve tilaka marks on the body. Each of the four Personalities of Godhead expands into two other forms; thus there are eight forms, such as Puruṣottama, Acyuta, etc. The four forms (Vāsudeva, etc.), the twelve (Keśava, etc.), and the eight (Puruṣottama, etc.) all together constitute twenty-four forms. The forms are differently named in accordance with the placement of the weapons They hold in Their four hands.

Madhya-lila 20.175

Source

বৈভবপ্রকাশ যৈছে দেবকী-তনুজ । দ্বিভুজ-স্বরূপ কভু, কভু হয় চতুর্ভুজ ॥ ১৭৫ ॥

vaibhava-prakāśa yaiche devakī-tanuja dvibhuja-svarūpa kabhu, kabhu haya caturbhuja

English translation

Translation

“An example of vaibhava-prakāśa is the son of Devakī. He sometimes has two hands and sometimes four hands.

Word meanings

vaibhava - prakāśa — the feature of vaibhava-prakāśa ; yaiche — just as ; devakī - tanuja — the son of Devakī ; dvi - bhuja — two-handed ; svarūpa — form ; kabhu — sometimes ; kabhu — sometimes ; haya — is ; catur - bhuja — four-handed .

Purport

When Lord Kṛṣṇa took His birth, He appeared outside the womb as four-handed Viṣṇu. Then Devakī and Vasudeva offered their prayers to Him and asked Him to assume His two-handed form. The Lord immediately assumed His two-handed form and ordered that He be transferred to Gokula, on the other side of the river Yamunā.

Madhya-lila 20.176

Source

যে-কালে দ্বিভুজ, নাম — বৈভবপ্রকাশ । চতুর্ভুজ হৈলে, নাম — প্রাভবপ্রকাশ ॥ ১৭৬ ॥

ye-kāle dvibhuja, nāma — vaibhava-prakāśa caturbhuja haile, nāma — prābhava-prakāśa

English translation

Translation

“When the Lord is two-handed He is called vaibhava-prakāśa, and when He is four-handed He is called prābhava-prakāśa.

Word meanings

ye - kāle dvi - bhuja — when the Lord appears as two-handed ; nāma — named ; vaibhava - prakāśa — vaibhava-prakāśa ; catur - bhuja haile — when He becomes four-handed ; nāma — named ; prābhava - prakāśa — prābhava-prakāśa. .

Madhya-lila 20.177

Source

স্বয়ংরূপের গোপবেশ, গোপ-অভিমান । বাসুদেবের ক্ষত্রিয়-বেশ, ‘আমি — ক্ষত্রিয়’-জ্ঞান ॥ ১৭৭ ॥

svayaṁ-rūpera gopa-veśa, gopa-abhimāna vāsudevera kṣatriya-veśa, ‘āmi — kṣatriya’-jñāna

English translation

Translation

“In His original form, the Lord dresses like a cowherd boy and thinks Himself one. When He appears as Vāsudeva, the son of Vasudeva and Devakī, His dress and consciousness are those of a kṣatriya, a warrior.

Word meanings

svayam - rūpera — of the original form ; gopa - veśa — the dress of a cowherd boy ; gopa - abhimāna — thinking Himself a cowherd boy ; vāsudevera — of Vāsudeva, the son of Vasudeva and Devakī ; kṣatriya - veśa — the dress is like that of a kṣatriya ; āmi — I ; kṣatriya — a kṣatriya ; jñāna — knowledge .

Madhya-lila 20.178

Source

সৌন্দর্য, ঐশ্বর্য, মাধুর্য, বৈদগ্ধ্য-বিলাস । ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দনে ইহা অধিক উল্লাস ॥ ১৭৮ ॥

saundarya, aiśvarya, mādhurya, vaidagdhya-vilāsa vrajendra-nandane ihā adhika ullāsa

English translation

Translation

“When one compares the beauty, opulence, sweetness and intellectual pastimes of Vāsudeva, the warrior, to Kṛṣṇa, the cowherd boy, son of Nanda Mahārāja, one sees that Kṛṣṇa’s attributes are more pleasant.

Word meanings

saundarya — the beauty ; aiśvarya — the opulence ; mādhurya — the sweetness ; vaidagdhya - vilāsa — the intellectual pastimes ; vrajendra - nandane — of the son of Nanda Mahārāja and Yaśodā ; ihā — all these ; adhika ullāsa — more jubilant .

Madhya-lila 20.179

Source

গোবিন্দের মাধুরী দেখি’ বাসুদেবের ক্ষোভ । সে মাধুরী আস্বাদিতে উপজয় লোভ ॥ ১৭৯ ॥

govindera mādhurī dekhi’ vāsudevera kṣobha se mādhurī āsvādite upajaya lobha

English translation

Translation

“Indeed, Vāsudeva is agitated just to see the sweetness of Govinda, and a transcendental greed awakens in Him to enjoy that sweetness.

Word meanings

govindera — of Lord Govinda ; mādhurī — the sweetness ; dekhi’ — seeing ; vāsudevera — of Vāsudeva ; kṣobha — agitation ; se — that ; mādhurī — sweetness ; āsvādite — to taste ; upajaya — awakens ; lobha — greed .

Madhya-lila 20.180

Source

উদ্গীর্ণাদ্ভুত-মাধুরী-পরিমলস্যাভীরলীলস্য মে দ্বৈতং হন্ত সমীক্ষয়ন্ মুহুরসৌ চিত্রীয়তে চারণঃ । চেতঃ কেলি-কুতূহলোত্তরলিতং সত্যং সখে মামকং যস্য প্রেক্ষ্য স্বরূপতাং ব্রজবধূসারূপ্যমন্বিচ্ছতি ॥ ১৮০ ॥

udgīrṇādbhuta-mādhurī-parimalasyābhīra-līlasya me dvaitaṁ hanta samīkṣayan muhur asau citrīyate cāraṇaḥ cetaḥ keli-kutūhalottaralitaṁ satyaṁ sakhe māmakaṁ yasya prekṣya svarūpatāṁ vraja-vadhū-sārūpyam anvicchati

English translation

Translation

“ ‘My dear friend, this dramatic actor appears like a second form of My own self. Like a picture, He displays My pastimes as a cowherd boy overflowing with wonderfully attractive sweetness and fragrance, which are so dear to the damsels of Vraja. When I see such a display, My heart becomes greatly excited. I long for such pastimes and desire a form exactly like that of the damsels of Vraja.’

Word meanings

udgīrṇa — overflowing ; adbhuta — wonderful ; mādhurī — sweetness ; parimalasya — whose fragrance ; ābhīra — of a cowherd boy ; līlasya — who has pastimes ; me — My ; dvaitam — second form ; hanta — alas ; samīkṣayan — showing ; muhuḥ — again and again ; asau — that ; citrīyate — is acting like a picture ; cāraṇaḥ — dramatic actor ; cetaḥ — heart ; keli - kutūhala — by longing for pastimes ; uttaralitam — greatly excited ; satyam — actually ; sakhe — O dear friend ; māmakam — My ; yasya — of whom ; prekṣya — by seeing ; svarūpatām — similarity to My form ; vraja - vadhū — of the damsels of Vrajabhūmi ; sārūpyam — a form like the forms ; anvicchati — desires .

Purport

This verse is found in the Lalita-mādhava (4.19). It was spoken by Vāsudeva in Dvārakā.

Madhya-lila 20.181

Source

মথুরায় যৈছে গন্ধর্বনৃত্য-দরশনে । পুনঃ দ্বারকাতে যৈছে চিত্র-বিলোকনে ॥ ১৮১ ॥

mathurāya yaiche gandharva-nṛtya-daraśane punaḥ dvārakāte yaiche citra-vilokane

English translation

Translation

“One instance of Vāsudeva’s attraction to Kṛṣṇa occurred when Vāsudeva saw the Gandharva dance at Mathurā. Another instance occurred in Dvārakā when Vāsudeva was surprised to see a picture of Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

mathurāya — at Mathurā ; yaiche — just as ; gandharva - nṛtya — the dance of the Gandharvas ; daraśane — by seeing ; punaḥ — again ; dvārakāte — at Dvārakā ; yaiche — just as ; citra - vilokane — by seeing a picture of Kṛṣṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.182

Source

অপরিকলিতপূর্বঃ কশ্চমৎকারকারী স্ফুরতু মম গরীয়ানেষ মাধুর্যপূরঃ । অয়মহমপি হন্ত প্রেক্ষ্য যং লুব্ধচেতাঃ সরভসমুপভোক্তুং কাময়ে রাধিকেব ॥ ১৮২ ॥

aparikalita-pūrvaḥ kaś camatkāra-kārī sphuratu mama garīyān eṣa mādhurya-pūraḥ ayam aham api hanta prekṣya yaṁ lubdha-cetāḥ sarabhasam upabhoktuṁ kāmaye rādhikeva

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Who manifests an abundance of sweetness greater than Mine, which has never been experienced before and which causes wonder to all? Alas, I Myself, My mind bewildered upon seeing this beauty, impetuously desire to enjoy it like Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī.’

Word meanings

aparikalita — not experienced ; pūrvaḥ — previously ; kaḥ — who ; camatkāra - kārī — causing wonder ; sphuratu — manifests ; mama — My ; garīyān — more great ; eṣaḥ — this ; mādhurya - pūraḥ — abundance of sweetness ; ayam — this ; aham — I ; api — even ; hanta — alas ; prekṣya — seeing ; yam — which ; lubdha - cetāḥ — My mind being bewildered ; sarabhasam — impetuously ; upabhoktum — to enjoy ; kāmaye — desire ; rādhikā iva — like Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī .

Purport

This verse spoken by Vāsudeva in Dvārakā is also recorded by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Lalita-mādhava (8.34).

Madhya-lila 20.183

Source

সেই বপু ভিন্নাভাসে কিছু ভিন্নাকার । ভাবাবেশাকৃতি-ভেদে ‘তদেকাত্ম’ নাম তাঁর ॥ ১৮৩ ॥

sei vapu bhinnābhāse kichu bhinnākāra bhāvāveśākṛti-bhede ‘tad-ekātma’ nāma tāṅra

English translation

Translation

“When that body is a little differently manifested and its features are a little different in transcendental emotion and form, it is called tad-ekātma.

Word meanings

sei vapu — that body ; bhinna - ābhāse — manifested differently ; kichu — some ; bhinna - ākāra — bodily differences ; bhāva - āveśa - ākṛti — forms and transcendental emotions ; bhede — by different ; tat - ekātma nāma — the name is tad-ekātma ; tāṅra — of Kṛṣṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.184

Source

তদেকাত্মরূপে ‘বিলাস’, ‘স্বাংশ’ — দুই ভেদ । বিলাস, স্বাংশের ভেদে বিবিধ বিভেদ ॥ ১৮৪ ॥

tad-ekātma-rūpe ‘vilāsa’, ‘svāṁśa’ — dui bheda vilāsa, svāṁśera bhede vividha vibheda

English translation

Translation

“In the tad-ekātma-rūpa there are pastime expansions [vilāsa] and personal expansions [svāṁśa]. Consequently there are two divisions. According to pastime and personal expansion, there are various differences.

Word meanings

tat - ekātma - rūpe — in the form of tad-ekātma ; vilāsa — pastime ; svāṁśa — personal expansion ; dui bheda — two divisions ; vilāsa — of the pastime expansion ; svāṁśera — of the personal expansion ; bhede — by differences ; vividha — various ; vibheda — distinctions .

Purport

The Lord’s vilāsa expansions are described in the following verse from the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.15):

svarūpam anyākāraṁ yat tasya bhāti vilāsataḥ prāyeṇātma-samaṁ śaktyā sa vilāso nigadyate

“When the Lord displays numerous forms with different features by His inconceivable potency, such forms are called vilāsa-vigrahas .”

The Lord’s svāṁśa expansions are also described in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.17):

tādṛśo nyūna-śaktiṁ yo vyanakti svāṁśa īritaḥ saṅkarṣaṇādir matsyādir yathā tat-tat-svadhāmasu

When a form of Kṛṣṇa is nondifferent from the original form but is less important and exhibits less potency, it is called svāṁśa. Examples of svāṁśa expansions can be found in the quadruple forms of the Lord residing in Their respective places, beginning with Saṅkarṣaṇa, Vāsudeva, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, and also in the puruṣa-avatāras, līlā-avatāras, manvantara-avatāras and yuga-avatāras.

Madhya-lila 20.185

Source

প্রাভব-বৈভব-ভেদে বিলাস — দ্বিধাকার । বিলাসের বিলাস-ভেদ — অনন্ত প্রকার ॥ ১৮৫ ॥

prābhava-vaibhava-bhede vilāsa — dvidhākāra vilāsera vilāsa-bheda — ananta prakāra

English translation

Translation

“Again the vilāsa forms are divided into twofold categories — prābhava and vaibhava. Again the pastimes of these forms are of unlimited variety.

Word meanings

prābhava - vaibhava - bhede — by the differences between prābhava and vaibhava ; vilāsa — pastime expansion ; dvidhā - ākāra — twofold ; vilāsera — of pastime forms ; vilāsa - bheda — by the different pastimes ; ananta prakāra — unlimited varieties .

Madhya-lila 20.186

Source

প্রাভববিলাস — বাসুদেব, সঙ্কর্ষণ । প্রদ্যুম্ন, অনিরুদ্ধ, — মুখ্য চারিজন ॥ ১৮৬ ॥

prābhava-vilāsa — vāsudeva, saṅkarṣaṇa pradyumna, aniruddha, — mukhya cāri-jana

English translation

Translation

“The chief quadruple expansions are named Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are called prābhava-vilāsa.

Word meanings

prābhava - vilāsa — the prābhava-vilāsa forms ; vāsudeva — Vāsudeva ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; pradyumna — Pradyumna ; aniruddha — Aniruddha ; mukhya cāri - jana — the four chief expansions .

Madhya-lila 20.187

Source

ব্রজে গোপভাব রামের, পুরে ক্ষত্রিয়-ভাবন । বর্ণ-বেশ-ভেদ, তাতে ‘বিলাস’ তাঁর নাম ॥ ১৮৭ ॥

vraje gopa-bhāva rāmera, pure kṣatriya-bhāvana varṇa-veśa-bheda, tāte ‘vilāsa’ tāṅra nāma

English translation

Translation

“Balarāma, who has the same original form as Kṛṣṇa, is Himself a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana, and He also considers Himself a member of the kṣatriya race in Dvārakā. Thus His color and dress are different, and He is called a pastime form of Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

vraje — in Vṛndāvana ; gopa - bhāva — emotion of a cowherd boy ; rāmera — of Balarāma ; pure — in Dvārakā ; kṣatriya - bhāvana — the emotion of a kṣatriya ; varṇa - veśa - bheda — by differences of dress and color ; tāte — therefore ; vilāsa — pastime expansion ; tāṅra nāma — His name .

Madhya-lila 20.188

Source

বৈভবপ্রকাশে আর প্রাভববিলাসে । একই মূর্ত্যে বলদেব ভাব-ভেদে ভাসে ॥ ১৮৮ ॥

vaibhava-prakāśe āra prābhava-vilāse eka-i mūrtye baladeva bhāva-bhede bhāse

English translation

Translation

“Śrī Balarāma is a vaibhava-prakāśa manifestation of Kṛṣṇa. He is also manifested in the original quadruple expansions of Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are prābhava-vilāsa expansions with different emotions.

Word meanings

vaibhava - prakāśe — in vaibhava manifestation ; āra — and ; prābhava - vilāse — in the prābhava pastime form ; eka - i mūrtye — in one form ; baladeva — Lord Baladeva ; bhāva - bhede — according to different emotions ; bhāse — exists .

Madhya-lila 20.189

Source

আদি-চতুর্ব্যূহ — ইঁহার কেহ নাহি সম । অনন্ত চতুর্ব্যূহগণের প্রাকট্য-কারণ ॥ ১৮৯ ॥

ādi-catur-vyūha — iṅhāra keha nāhi sama ananta catur-vyūha-gaṇera prākaṭya-kāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“The first expansion of the caturvyūha, quadruple forms, is unique. There is nothing to compare with Them. These quadruple forms are the source of unlimited quadruple forms.

Word meanings

ādi - catur - vyūha — the original quadruple group ; iṅhāra — of this ; keha nāhi — no one ; sama — equal ; ananta — unlimited ; catur - vyūha - gaṇera — of the quadruple expansions ; prākaṭya — of manifestation ; kāraṇa — the cause .

Madhya-lila 20.190

Source

কৃষ্ণের এই চারি প্রাভববিলাস । দ্বারকা-মথুরা-পুরে নিত্য ইঁহার বাস ॥ ১৯০ ॥

kṛṣṇera ei cāri prābhava-vilāsa dvārakā-mathurā-pure nitya iṅhāra vāsa

English translation

Translation

“These four prābhava pastime forms of Lord Kṛṣṇa reside eternally in Dvārakā and Mathurā.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; ei — these ; cāri — four ; prābhava - vilāsa — prābhava pastime forms ; dvārakā - mathurā - pure — in the two cities Dvārakā and Mathurā ; nitya — eternal ; iṅhāra — of Them ; vāsa — the residential quarters .

Madhya-lila 20.191

Source

এই চারি হৈতে চব্বিশ মূর্তি পরকাশ । অস্ত্রভেদে নাম-ভেদ — বৈভববিলাস ॥ ১৯১ ॥

ei cāri haite cabbiśa mūrti parakāśa astra-bhede nāma-bheda — vaibhava-vilāsa

English translation

Translation

“From the original quadruple expansions, twenty-four forms are manifested. They differ according to the placement of the weapons in Their four hands. They are called vaibhava-vilāsa.

Word meanings

ei cāri haite — from these four ; cabbiśa — twenty-four ; mūrti — forms ; parakāśa — manifestation ; astra - bhede — according to the different weapons ; nāma - bheda — the difference of names ; vaibhava - vilāsa — the vaibhava pastime expansions .

Madhya-lila 20.192

Source

পুনঃ কৃষ্ণ চতুর্ব্যূহ লঞা পূর্বরূপে । পরব্যোম-মধ্যে বৈসে নারায়ণরূপে ॥ ১৯২ ॥

punaḥ kṛṣṇa catur-vyūha lañā pūrva-rūpe paravyoma-madhye vaise nārāyaṇa-rūpe

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa again expands, and within the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, He is situated in fullness as the four-handed Nārāyaṇa, accompanied by expansions of the original quadruple form.

Word meanings

punaḥ — again ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; catur - vyūha — the quadruple expansions ; lañā — taking ; pūrva - rūpe — as previously ; paravyoma - madhye — in the paravyoma area ; vaise — resides ; nārāyaṇa - rūpe — in the form of four-handed Nārāyaṇa .

Purport

At the top of the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, there is Goloka Vṛndāvana, which is divided into three parts. Two of the parts, called Mathurā and Dvārakā, are the residences of Kṛṣṇa in His prābhava-vilāsa forms. Balarāma, Kṛṣṇa’s vaibhava-prakāśa, is eternally situated in Gokula. From the quadruple prābhava-vilāsa, twenty-four forms of the vaibhava-vilāsa are expanded. Each has four hands holding weapons in different positions. The topmost planet in the spiritual sky is Goloka Vṛndāvana, and below that planet is the spiritual sky itself. In that spiritual sky, Kṛṣṇa Himself is four-handed and is situated as Nārāyaṇa.

Madhya-lila 20.193

Source

তাঁহা হৈতে পুনঃ চতুর্ব্যূহ-পরকাশ । আবরণরূপে চারিদিকে যাঁর বাস ॥ ১৯৩ ॥

tāṅhā haite punaḥ catur-vyūha-parakāśa āvaraṇa-rūpe cāri-dike yāṅra vāsa

English translation

Translation

“Thus the original quadruple forms again manifest Themselves in a second set of quadruple expansions. The residences of these second quadruple expansions cover the four directions.

Word meanings

tāṅhā haite — from that original catur-vyūha ; punaḥ — again ; catur - vyūha - parakāśa — manifestation of quadruple expansions ; āvaraṇa - rūpe — in the form of a covering ; cāri - dike — in four directions ; yāṅra — whose ; vāsa — residence .

Madhya-lila 20.194

Source

চারিজনের পুনঃ পৃথক্ তিন তিন মূর্তি । কেশবাদি যাহা হৈতে বিলাসের পূর্তি ॥ ১৯৪ ॥

cāri-janera punaḥ pṛthak tina tina mūrti keśavādi yāhā haite vilāsera pūrti

English translation

Translation

“Again these quadruple forms expand three times, beginning with Keśava. That is the fulfillment of the pastime forms.

Word meanings

cāri - janera — of the original of the four expansions ; punaḥ — again ; pṛthak — separate ; tina tina — three each ; mūrti — forms ; keśava - ādi — beginning with Lord Keśava ; yāhā haite — from which ; vilāsera pūrti — the vilāsa expansions are fulfilled .

Madhya-lila 20.195

Source

চক্রাদি-ধারণ-ভেদে নাম-ভেদ সব । বাসুদেবের মূর্তি — কেশব, নারায়ণ, মাধব ॥ ১৯৫ ॥

cakrādi-dhāraṇa-bhede nāma-bheda saba vāsudevera mūrti — keśava, nārāyaṇa, mādhava

English translation

Translation

“Out of the catur-vyūha, there are three expansions of each and every form, and They are named differently according to the position of the weapons. The Vāsudeva expansions are Keśava, Nārāyaṇa and Mādhava.

Word meanings

cakra - ādi — of the disc and other weapons ; dhāraṇa — of holding ; bhede — by differences ; nāma — of names ; bheda — differences ; saba — all ; vāsudevera mūrti — the expansions of Vāsudeva ; keśava — Keśava ; nārāyaṇa — Nārāyaṇa ; mādhava — Mādhava .

Madhya-lila 20.196

Source

সঙ্কর্ষণের মূর্তি — গোবিন্দ, বিষ্ণু, মধুসূদন । এ অন্য গোবিন্দ — নহে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৯৬ ॥

saṅkarṣaṇera mūrti — govinda, viṣṇu, madhusūdana e anya govinda — nahe vrajendra-nandana

English translation

Translation

“The expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa are Govinda, Viṣṇu and Madhusūdana. This Govinda is different from the original Govinda, for He is not the son of Mahārāja Nanda.

Word meanings

saṅkarṣaṇera mūrti — the expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa ; govinda — Govinda ; viṣṇu — Viṣṇu ; madhusūdana — Madhusūdana ; e — this ; anya — another ; govinda — Govinda ; nahe vrajendra - nandana — not the son of Nanda Mahārāja .

Madhya-lila 20.197

Source

প্ৰদ্যুম্নের মূর্তি — ত্রিবিক্রম, বামন, শ্রীধর । অনিরুদ্ধের মূর্তি — হৃষীকেশ, পদ্মনাভ, দামোদর ॥ ১৯৭ ॥

pradyumnera mūrti — trivikrama, vāmana, śrīdhara aniruddhera mūrti — hṛṣīkeśa, padmanābha, dāmodara

English translation

Translation

“The expansions of Pradyumna are Trivikrama, Vāmana and Śrīdhara. The expansions of Aniruddha are Hṛṣīkeśa, Padmanābha and Dāmodara.

Word meanings

pradyumnera mūrti — expansions of the form of Pradyumna ; trivikrama — Trivikrama ; vāmana — Vāmana ; śrīdhara — Śrīdhara ; aniruddhera mūrti — expansions of Aniruddha ; hṛṣīkeśa — Hṛṣīkeśa ; padmanābha — Padmanābha ; dāmodara — Dāmodara .

Madhya-lila 20.198

Source

দ্বাদশ-মাসের দেবতা — এইবার জন । মার্গশীর্ষে — কেশব, পৌষে — নারায়ণ ॥ ১৯৮ ॥

dvādaśa-māsera devatā — ei-bāra jana mārgaśīrṣe — keśava, pauṣe — nārāyaṇa

English translation

Translation

“These twelve are the predominating Deities of the twelve months. Keśava is the predominating Deity of Agrahāyana, and Nārāyaṇa is the predominating Deity of Pauṣa.

Word meanings

dvādaśa - māsera — of the twelve months ; devatā — predominating Deities ; ei — these ; bāra jana — twelve Personalities of Godhead ; mārga - śīrṣe — the month of Agrahāyana (November-December) ; keśava — Keśava ; pauṣe — the month of Pauṣa (December-January) ; nārāyaṇa — Nārāyaṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.199

Source

মাঘের দেবতা — মাধব, গোবিন্দ — ফাল্গুনে । চৈত্রে — বিষ্ণু, বৈশাখে — শ্রীমধুসূদন ॥ ১৯৯ ॥

māghera devatā — mādhava, govinda — phālgune caitre — viṣṇu, vaiśākhe — śrī-madhusūdana

English translation

Translation

“The predominating Deity of the month of Māgha is Mādhava, and the predominating Deity of the month of Phālguna is Govinda. Viṣṇu is the predominating Deity of Caitra, and Madhusūdana is the predominating Deity of Vaiśākha.

Word meanings

māghera devatā — the predominating Deity of the month of Māgha (January-February) ; mādhava — Mādhava ; govinda — Govinda ; phālgune — in the month of Phālguna (February-March) ; caitre — in the month of Caitra (March-April) ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; vaiśākhe — in the month of Vaiśākha (April-May) ; śrī - madhusūdana — Madhusūdana .

Madhya-lila 20.200

Source

জ্যৈষ্ঠে — ত্রিবিক্রম, আষাঢ়ে — বামন দেবেশ । শ্রাবণে — শ্রীধর, ভাদ্রে — দেব হৃষীকেশ ॥ ২০০ ॥

jyaiṣṭhe — trivikrama, āṣāḍhe — vāmana deveśa śrāvaṇe — śrīdhara, bhādre — deva hṛṣīkeśa

English translation

Translation

“In the month of Jyaiṣṭha, the predominating Deity is Trivikrama. In Āṣāḍha the Deity is Vāmana, in Śrāvaṇa the Deity is Śrīdhara, and in Bhādra the Deity is Hṛṣīkeśa.

Word meanings

jyaiṣṭhe — in the month of Jyaiṣṭha (May-June) ; trivikrama — Trivikrama ; āṣāḍhe — in the month of Āṣāḍha (June-July) ; vāmana deva - īśa — Lord Vāmana ; śrāvaṇe — in the month of Śrāvaṇa (July-August) ; śrīdhara — Śrīdhara ; bhādre — in the month of Bhādra (August-September) ; deva hṛṣīkeśa — Lord Hṛṣīkeśa .

Madhya-lila 20.201

Source

আশ্বিনে — পদ্মনাভ, কার্তিকে — দামোদর । ‘রাধা-দামোদর’ অন্য ব্রজেন্দ্র-কোঙর ॥ ২০১ ॥

āśvine — padmanābha, kārtike dāmodara ‘rādhā-dāmodara’ anya vrajendra-koṅara

English translation

Translation

“In the month of Āśvina, the predominating Deity is Padmanābha, and in Kārttika it is Dāmodara. This Dāmodara is different from Rādhā-Dāmodara, the son of Nanda Mahārāja in Vṛndāvana.

Word meanings

āśvine — in the month of Āśvina (September-October) ; padmanābha — Padmanābha ; kārtike — in the month of Kārttika (October-November) ; dāmodara — Dāmodara ; rādhā - dāmodara — the Dāmodara of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī ; anya — another ; vrajendra - koṅara — the son of Mahārāja Nanda .

Madhya-lila 20.202

Source

দ্বাদশ-তিলক-মন্ত্র এই দ্বাদশ নাম । আচমনে এই নামে স্পর্শি তত্তৎস্থান ॥ ২০২ ॥

dvādaśa-tilaka-mantra ei dvādaśa nāma ācamane ei nāme sparśi tat-tat-sthāna

English translation

Translation

“When putting the twelve tilaka marks on the twelve places of the body, one has to chant the mantra consisting of these twelve Viṣṇu names. After daily worship, when one anoints the different parts of the body with water, these names should be chanted as one touches each part of the body.

Word meanings

dvādaśa - tilaka — for twelve marks of tilaka ; mantra — the mantra ; ei — these ; dvādaśa nāma — twelve names ; ācamane — in washing with water ; ei nāme — with these names ; sparśi — we touch ; tat - tat - sthāna — the respective places .

Purport

While marking the body with tilaka, one should chant the following mantra, which consists oftwelve names of Lord Viṣṇu:

lalāṭe keśavaṁ dhyāyen nārāyaṇam athodare vakṣaḥ-sthale mādhavaṁ tu govindaṁ kaṇṭha-kūpake

viṣṇuṁ ca dakṣiṇe kukṣau bāhau ca madhusūdanam trivikramaṁ kandhare tu vāmanaṁ vāma-pārśvake

śrīdharaṁ vāma-bāhau tu hṛṣīkeśaṁ tu kandhare pṛṣṭhe ca padmanābhaṁ ca kaṭyāṁ dāmodaraṁ nyaset

“When one marks the forehead with tilaka, he must remember Keśava. When one marks the lower abdomen, he must remember Nārāyaṇa. For the chest, one should remember Mādhava, and when marking the hollow of the neck one should remember Govinda. Lord Viṣṇu should be remembered while marking the right side of the belly, and Madhusūdana should be remembered when marking the right arm. Trivikrama should be remembered when marking the right shoulder, and Vāmana should be remembered when marking the left side of the belly. Śrīdhara should be remembered while marking the left arm, and Hṛṣīkeśa should be remembered when marking the left shoulder. Padmanābha and Dāmodara should be remembered when marking the back.”

Madhya-lila 20.203

Source

এই চারিজনের বিলাস-মূর্তি আর অষ্ট জন । তাঁ সবার নাম কহি, শুন সনাতন ॥ ২০৩ ॥

ei cāri-janera vilāsa-mūrti āra aṣṭa lana tāṅ sabāra nāma kahi, śuna sanātana

English translation

Translation

“From Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, there are eight additional pastime expansions. O Sanātana, please hear Me as I mention Their names.

Word meanings

ei cāri - janera — of the four personalities ; vilāsa - mūrti — pastime forms ; āra — more ; aṣṭa jana — eight personalities ; tāṅ sabāra — of all of Them ; nāma — the holy names ; kahi — I shall mention ; śuna — hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana .

Madhya-lila 20.204

Source

পুরুষোত্তম, অচ্যুত, নৃসিংহ, জনার্দন । হরি, কৃষ্ণ, অধোক্ষজ, উপেন্দ্র, — অষ্টজন ॥ ২০৪ ॥

puruṣottama, acyuta, nṛsiṁha, janārdana hari, kṛṣṇa, adhokṣaja, upendra, — aṣṭa-jana

English translation

Translation

“The eight pastime expansions are Puruṣottama, Acyuta, Nṛsiṁha, Janārdana, Hari, Kṛṣṇa, Adhokṣaja and Upendra.

Word meanings

puruṣottama — Puruṣottama ; acyuta — Acyuta ; nṛsiṁha — Nṛsiṁha ; janārdana — Janārdana ; hari — Hari ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; adhokṣaja — Adhokṣaja ; upendra — Upendra ; aṣṭa - jana — eight persons .

Madhya-lila 20.205

Source

বাসুদেবের বিলাস দুই — অধোক্ষজ, পুরুষোত্তম । সঙ্কর্ষণের বিলাস — উপেন্দ্র, অচ্যুত দুইজন ॥ ২০৫ ॥

vāsudevera vilāsa dui — adhokṣaja, puruṣottama saṅkarṣaṇera vilāsa — upendra, acyuta dui-jana

English translation

Translation

“Of these eight expansions, two are pastime forms of Vāsudeva. Their names are Adhokṣaja and Puruṣottama. The two pastime forms of Saṅkarṣaṇa are Upendra and Acyuta.

Word meanings

vāsudevera vilāsa — the pastime expansions of Vāsudeva ; dui — two ; adhokṣaja — Adhokṣaja ; puruṣottama — Puruṣottama ; saṅkarṣaṇera vilāsa — the pastime expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa ; upendra — Upendra ; acyuta — Acyuta ; dui - jana — the two persons .

Madhya-lila 20.206

Source

প্রদ্যুম্নের বিলাস — নৃসিংহ, জনার্দন । অনিরুদ্ধের বিলাস — হরি, কৃষ্ণ দুইজন ॥ ২০৬ ॥

pradyumnera vilāsa — nṛsiṁha, janārdana aniruddhera vilāsa — hari, kṛṣṇa dui-jana

English translation

Translation

“The pastime forms of Pradyumna are Nṛsiṁha and Janārdana, and the pastime forms of Aniruddha are Hari and Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

pradyumnera vilāsa — the pastime forms of Pradyumna ; nṛsiṁha — Nṛsiṁha ; janārdana — Janārdana ; aniruddhera vilāsa — the pastime forms of Aniruddha ; hari — Hari ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; dui - jana — the two persons .

Madhya-lila 20.207

Source

এই চব্বিশ মূর্তি — প্রাভব-বিলাস প্রধান । অস্ত্রধারণ-ভেদে ধরে ভিন্ন ভিন্ন নাম ॥ ২০৭ ॥

ei cabbiśa mūrti — prābhava-vilāsa pradhāna astra-dhāraṇa-bhede dhare bhinna bhinna nāma

English translation

Translation

“All these twenty-four forms constitute the chief prābhava-vilāsa pastime forms of the Lord. They are named differently according to the position of the weapons in Their hands.

Word meanings

ei cabbiśa mūrti — all of these twenty-four forms ; prābhava - vilāsa — pastime forms of the prābhava expansions ; pradhāna — chief ; astra - dhāraṇa — of holding the weapons ; bhede — in terms of differences ; dhare — accept ; bhinna bhinna — separate from one another ; nāma — names .

Madhya-lila 20.208

Source

ইঁহার মধ্যে যাহার হয় আকার-বেশ-ভেদ । সেই সেই হয় বিলাস-বৈভব-বিভেদ ॥ ২০৮ ॥

iṅhāra madhye yāhāra haya ākāra-veśa-bheda sei sei haya vilāsa-vaibhava-vibheda

English translation

Translation

“Of all these, the forms that differ in dress and features are distinguished as vaibhava-vilāsa.

Word meanings

iṅhāra madhye — out of Them all ; yāhāra — of whom ; haya — there is ; ākāra — of bodily features ; veśa — of dress ; bheda — difference ; sei sei haya — They are ; vilāsa - vaibhava — of vaibhava-vilāsa ; vibheda — the difference .

Madhya-lila 20.209

Source

পদ্মনাভ, ত্রিবিক্রম, নৃসিংহ, বামন । হরি, কৃষ্ণ আদি হয় ‘আকারে’ বিলক্ষণ ॥ ২০৯ ॥

padmanābha, trivikrama, nṛsiṁha, vāmana hari, kṛṣṇa ādi haya ‘ākāre’ vilakṣaṇa

English translation

Translation

“Of Them, Padmanābha, Trivikrama, Nṛsiṁha, Vāmana, Hari, Kṛṣṇa and so on all have different bodily features.

Word meanings

padmanābha — Padmanābha ; trivikrama — Trivikrama ; nṛsiṁha — Nṛsiṁha ; vāmana — Vāmana ; hari — Hari ; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa ; ādi — and so on ; haya — are ; ākāre vilakṣaṇa — different in bodily features .

Madhya-lila 20.210

Source

কৃষ্ণের প্রাভববিলাস — বাসুদেবাদি চারি জন । সেই চারিজনার বিলাস — বিংশতি গণন ॥ ২১০ ॥

kṛṣṇera prābhava-vilāsa — vāsudevādi cāri jana sei cāri-janāra vilāsa — viṁśati gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“Vāsudeva and the three others are direct prābhava pastime forms of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Of these quadruple forms, the pastime expansions are twenty in number.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prābhava - vilāsa — prābhava pastime forms ; vāsudeva - ādi — Vāsudeva and others ; cāri jana — quadruple expansions ; sei — those ; cāri - janāra — of the four personalities ; vilāsa — pastime forms ; viṁśati gaṇana — counted as twenty .

Madhya-lila 20.211

Source

ইঁহা-সবার পৃথক্ বৈকুণ্ঠ — পরব্যোম-ধামে । পূর্বাদি অষ্টদিকে তিন তিন ক্রমে ॥ ২১১ ॥

iṅhā-sabāra pṛthak vaikuṇṭha — paravyoma-dhāme pūrvādi aṣṭa-dike tina tina krame

English translation

Translation

“All these forms preside over different Vaikuṇṭha planets in the spiritual world, beginning from the east in consecutive order. In each of the eight directions, there are three different forms.

Word meanings

iṅhā — of Them ; sabāra — of all ; pṛthak — separate ; vaikuṇṭha — a Vaikuṇṭha planet ; paravyoma - dhāme — in the spiritual world ; pūrva - ādi — beginning from the east ; aṣṭa - dike — in the eight directions ; tina tina — three in each ; krame — in consecutive order .

Madhya-lila 20.212

Source

যদ্যপি পরব্যোম সবাকার নিত্যধাম । তথাপি ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে কারো কাঁহো সন্নিধান ॥ ২১২ ॥

yadyapi paravyoma sabākāra nitya-dhāma tathāpi brahmāṇḍe kāro kāṅho sannidhāna

English translation

Translation

“Although They all have Their residences eternally in the spiritual sky, some of Them are situated within the material universes.

Word meanings

yadyapi — although ; paravyoma — the spiritual sky ; sabākāra — of all of Them ; nitya - dhāma — the eternal abode ; tathāpi — still ; brahmāṇḍe — in the material universes ; kāro — of some of Them ; kāṅho — somewhere ; sannidhāna — the residential places .

Madhya-lila 20.213

Source

পরব্যোম-মধ্যে নারায়ণের নিত্য-স্থিতি । পরব্যোম-উপরি কৃষ্ণলোকের বিভূতি ॥ ২১৩ ॥

paravyoma-madhye nārāyaṇera nitya-sthiti paravyoma-upari kṛṣṇalokera vibhūti

English translation

Translation

“There is an eternal residence of Nārāyaṇa in the spiritual sky. In the upper portion of the spiritual sky is a planet known as Kṛṣṇaloka, which is filled with all opulences.

Word meanings

paravyoma - madhye — in the spiritual sky ; nārāyaṇera — of Nārāyaṇa ; nitya - sthiti — eternal residence ; paravyoma - upari — in the upper portion of the spiritual sky ; kṛṣṇa - lokera vibhūti — the opulence of the Kṛṣṇaloka planet .

Madhya-lila 20.214

Source

এক ‘কৃষ্ণলোক’ হয় ত্রিবিধপ্রকার । গোকুলাখ্য, মথুরাখ্য, দ্বারকাখ্য আর ॥ ২১৪ ॥

eka ‘kṛṣṇaloka’ haya trividha-prakāra gokulākhya, mathurākhya, dvārakākhya āra

English translation

Translation

“The planet of Kṛṣṇaloka is divided into three sections — Gokula, Mathurā and Dvārakā.

Word meanings

eka — one ; kṛṣṇa - loka — the planet known as Kṛṣṇaloka ; haya — there is ; tri - vidha - prakāra — in three different divisions ; gokula - ākhya — Gokula ; mathurā - ākhya — Mathurā ; dvārakā - ākhya — Dvārakā ; āra — and .

Madhya-lila 20.215

Source

মথুরাতে কেশবের নিত্য সন্নিধান । নীলাচলে পুরুষোত্তম — ‘জগন্নাথ’ নাম ॥ ২১৫ ॥

mathurāte keśavera nitya sannidhāna nīlācale puruṣottama — ‘ jagannātha’ nāma

English translation

Translation

“Lord Keśava eternally resides at Mathurā, and Lord Puruṣottama, known by the name Jagannātha, eternally resides at Nīlācala.

Word meanings

mathurāte — in Mathurā ; keśavera — of Lord Keśava ; nitya — eternal ; sannidhāna — residence ; nīlācale — in Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) ; puruṣottama — Puruṣottama ; jagannātha nāma — also known as Jagannātha .

Madhya-lila 20.216

Source

প্ৰয়াগে মাধব, মন্দারে শ্রীমধুসূদন । আনন্দারণ্যে বাসুদেব, পদ্মনাভ জনার্দন ॥ ২১৬ ॥

prayāge mādhava, mandāre śrī-madhusūdana ānandāraṇye vāsudeva, padmanābha janārdana

English translation

Translation

“At Prayāga, the Lord is situated as Bindu Mādhava, and at Mandāra-parvata, the Lord is known as Madhusūdana. Vāsudeva, Padmanābha and Janārdana reside at Ānandāraṇya.

Word meanings

prayāge — at Prayāga ; mādhava — Bindu Mādhava ; mandāre — at Mandāra-parvata ; śrī - madhusūdana — Śrī Madhusūdana ; ānanda - araṇye — at the place known as Ānandāraṇya ; vāsudeva — Lord Vāsudeva ; padmanābha — Lord Padmanābha ; janārdana — Lord Janārdana .

Madhya-lila 20.217

Source

বিষ্ণুকাঞ্চীতে বিষ্ণু, হরি রহে, মায়াপুরে । ঐছে আর নানা মূর্তি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-ভিতরে ॥ ২১৭ ॥

viṣṇu-kāñcīte viṣṇu, hari rahe, māyāpure aiche āra nānā mūrti brahmāṇḍa-bhitare

English translation

Translation

“At Viṣṇu-kāñcī there is Lord Viṣṇu, at Māyāpur Lord Hari, and throughout the universe a variety of other forms.

Word meanings

viṣṇu - kāñcīte — at Viṣṇu-kāñcī ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; hari — Lord Hari ; rahe — remains ; māyāpure — at Māyāpur ; aiche — similarly ; āra — also ; nānā — various ; mūrti — forms ; brahmāṇḍa - bhitare — throughout the universe .

Purport

All of these forms are mūrti forms, and They are worshiped in the temples. Their names are Keśava at Mathurā, Puruṣottama or Jagannātha at Nīlācala, Śrī Bindu Mādhava at Prayāga, Madhusūdana at Mandāra, and Vāsudeva, Padmanābha and Janārdana at Ānandāraṇya, which is situated in Kerala, South India. At Viṣṇu-kāñcī is Lord Varadarāja, and Hari is situated at Māyāpur, Lord Caitanya’s birth site. Thus in different places throughout the universe there are various Deities in temples bestowing Their causeless mercy upon the devotees. All these Deity forms are nondifferent from the mūrtis in the spiritual world of the Vaikuṇṭhas. Although the arcā-mūrti, the worshipable Deity form of the Lord, appears to be made of material elements, it is as good as the spiritual forms found in the spiritual Vaikuṇṭhalokas. The Deity in the temple, however, is visible to the material eyes of the devotee. It is not possible for one in material, conditioned life to see the spiritual form of the Lord. To bestow causeless mercy upon us, the Lord appears as the arcā-mūrti so that we can see Him. It is forbidden to consider the arcā-mūrti to be made of stone or wood. In the Padma Purāṇa it is said:

arcye viṣṇau śilā-dhīr guruṣu nara-matir vaiṣṇave jāti-buddhir viṣṇor vā vaiṣṇsnavānāṁ kali-mala-mathane pāda-tīrthe ’mbu-buddhiḥ śrī-viṣṇor nāmni mantre sakala-kaluṣa-he śabda-sāmānya-buddhir viṣṇau sarveśvareśe tad-itara-sama-dhīr yasya vā nārakī saḥ

No one should consider the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood, nor should one consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being. No one should consider a Vaiṣṇava to belong to a particular caste or creed, and no one should consider caraṇāmṛta or Ganges water to be like ordinary water. Nor should anyone consider the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra to be a material vibration. All these expansions of Kṛṣṇa in the material world are simply demonstrations of the Lord’s mercy and willingness to give facility to His devotees who are engaged in His devotional service within the material world.

Madhya-lila 20.218

Source

এইমত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-মধ্যে সবার ‘পরকাশ’ । সপ্তদ্বীপে নবখণ্ডে যাঁহার বিলাস ॥ ২১৮ ॥

ei-mata brahmāṇḍa-madhye sabāra ‘parakāśa’ sapta-dvīpe nava-khaṇḍe yāṅhāra vilāsa

English translation

Translation

“Within the universe the Lord is situated in different spiritual manifestations. These are situated on seven islands in nine sections. Thus Their pastimes are going on.

Word meanings

ei - mata — in this way ; brahmāṇḍa - madhye — within this universe ; sabāra — of all of Them ; parakāśa — manifestations ; sapta - dvīpe — on seven islands ; nava - khaṇḍe — in different sections, nine in number ; yāṅhāra vilāsa — the pastimes of whom .

Purport

The seven islands are mentioned in the Siddhāntaśiromaṇi:

bhūmer ardhaṁ kṣāra-sindhor udak-sthaṁ jambu-dvīpaṁ prāhur ācārya-varyāḥ ardhe ’nyasmin dvīpa-ṣaṭkasya yāmye kṣāra-kṣīrādy-ambudhīnāṁ niveśaḥ

śākaṁ tataḥ śālmalam atra kauśaṁ krauñcaṁ ca gomedaka-puṣkare ca dvayor dvayor antaram ekam ekaṁ samudrayor dvīpam udāharanti

The seven islands ( dvīpas ) are known as (1) Jambu, (2) Śāka, (3) Śālmalī, (4) Kuśa, (5) Krauñca, (6) Gomeda, or Plakṣa, and (7) Puṣkara. The planets are called dvīpas. Outer space is like an ocean of air. Just as there are islands in the watery ocean, these planets in the ocean of space are called dvīpas, or islands in outer space. There are nine khaṇḍas, known as (1) Bhārata, (2) Kinnara, (3) Hari, (4) Kuru, (5) Hiraṇmaya, (6) Ramyaka, (7) Ilāvṛta, (8) Bhadrāśva and (9) Ketumāla. These are different parts of Jambudvīpa. A valley between two mountains is called a khaṇḍa or varṣa.

Madhya-lila 20.219

Source

সর্বত্র প্রকাশ তাঁর — ভক্তে সুখ দিতে । জগতের অধর্ম নাশি’ ধর্ম স্থাপিতে ॥ ২১৯ ॥

sarvatra prakāśa tāṅra — bhakte sukha dite jagatera adharma nāśi’ dharma sthāpite

English translation

Translation

“The Lord is situated in all the universes in different forms just to please His devotees. Thus the Lord destroys irreligious principles and establishes religious principles.

Word meanings

sarvatra — everywhere ; prakāśa — manifestations ; tāṅra — His ; bhakte — to the devotees ; sukha dite — to give happiness ; jagatera — of the material world ; adharma — irreligious principles ; nāśi’ — destroying ; dharma — religious principles ; sthāpite — to establish .

Purport

In the material world, the Lord is situated in different arcā-mūrtis (Deities) in the temples just to decrease the material activities of the conditioned soul and increase his spiritual activities. Particularly in India there are many temples throughout the country. Devotees may take advantage of them and go see the Lord at Jagannātha Purī, Vṛndāvana, Prayāga, Mathurā, Hardwar and Viṣṇu-kāñcī. When the devotees travel to these places and see the Lord, they become very happy in devotional service.

Madhya-lila 20.220

Source

ইঁহার মধ্যে কারো হয় ‘অবতারে’ গণন । যৈছে বিষ্ণু, ত্রিবিক্রম, নৃসিংহ, বামন ॥ ২২০ ॥

iṅhāra madhye kāro haya ‘avatāre’ gaṇana yaiche viṣṇu, trivikrama, nṛsiṁha, vāmana

English translation

Translation

“Of these forms, some are considered incarnations. Examples are Lord Viṣṇu, Lord Trivikrama, Lord Nṛsiṁha and Lord Vāmana.

Word meanings

iṅhāra madhye — of Them ; kāro — of some ; haya — there is ; avatāre — as incarnations ; gaṇana — counting ; yaiche — as ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; trivikrama — Lord Trivikrama ; nṛsiṁha — Lord Nṛsiṁha ; vāmana — Lord Vāmana .

Madhya-lila 20.221

Source

অস্ত্রধৃতি-ভেদ — নাম-ভেদের কারণ । চক্রাদি-ধারণ-ভেদ শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২২১ ॥

astra-dhṛti-bheda — nāma-bhedera kāraṇa cakrādi-dhāraṇa-bheda śuna, sanātana

English translation

Translation

“My dear Sanātana, just hear from Me as I tell you how the different viṣṇu-mūrtis hold Their weapons, beginning with the disc, and how They are named differently according to the placement of the weapons in Their hands.

Word meanings

astra - dhṛti — of holding the weapons ; bheda — difference ; nāma - bhedera — of differences of names ; kāraṇa — the cause ; cakra - ādi — of weapons, beginning with the disc ; dhāraṇa — of holding ; bheda — differences ; śuna — please hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana .

Madhya-lila 20.222

Source

দক্ষিণাধো হস্ত হৈতে বামাধঃ পর্যন্ত । চক্রাদি অস্ত্রধারণ-গণনার অন্ত ॥ ২২২ ॥

dakṣiṇādho hasta haite vāmādhaḥ paryanta cakrādi astra-dhāraṇa-gaṇanāra anta

English translation

Translation

“The procedure for counting begins with the lower right hand and goes to the upper right hand, the upper left hand, and the lower left hand. Lord Viṣṇu is named according to the order of the weapons He holds in His hands.

Word meanings

dakṣiṇa - adhaḥ — the lower right ; hasta — hand ; haite — from ; vāma - adhaḥ — the lower left hand ; paryanta — up to ; cakra - ādi — beginning with the disc ; astra - dhāraṇa — of holding the weapons ; gaṇanāra — of counting ; anta — the end .

Madhya-lila 20.223

Source

সিদ্ধার্থ-সংহিতা করে চব্বিশ মূর্তি গণন । তার মতে কহি আগে চক্রাদি-ধারণ ॥ ২২৩ ॥

siddhārtha-saṁhitā kare cabbiśa mūrti gaṇana tāra mate kahi āge cakrādi-dhāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“According to the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā there are twenty-four forms of Lord Viṣṇu. First I shall describe, according to the opinion of that book, the location of the weapons, beginning with the disc.

Word meanings

siddhārtha - saṁhitā — the revealed scripture named the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā ; kare — does ; cabbiśa — twenty-four ; mūrti — forms ; gaṇana — counting ; tāra mate — according to the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā ; kahi — I shall describe ; āge — first ; cakra - ādi - dhāraṇa — holding of the weapons, beginning with the disc .

Purport

The twenty-four forms are (1) Vāsudeva, (2) Saṅkarṣaṇa, (3) Pradyumna, (4) Aniruddha, (5) Keśava, (6) Nārāyaṇa, (7) Mādhava, (8) Govinda, (9) Viṣṇu, (10) Madhusūdana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vāmana, (13) Śrīdhara, (14) Hṛṣīkeśa, (15) Padmanābha, (16) Dāmodara, (17) Puruṣottama, (18) Acyuta, (19) Nṛsiṁha, (20) Janārdana, (21) Hari, (22) Kṛṣṇa, (23) Adhokṣaja and (24) Upendra.

Madhya-lila 20.224

Source

বাসুদেব — গদাশঙ্খচক্রপদ্মধর । সঙ্কর্ষণ — গদাশঙ্খপদ্মচক্রকর ॥ ২২৪ ॥

vāsudeva — gadā-śaṅkha-cakra-padma-dhara saṅkarṣaṇa — gadā-śaṅkha-padma-cakra-kara

English translation

Translation

“In His lower right hand, Lord Vāsudeva holds a club, in the upper right hand a conchshell, in the upper left hand a disc and in the lower left hand a lotus flower. In His lower right hand, Saṅkarṣaṇa holds a club, in His upper right hand a conchshell, in His upper left hand a lotus flower and in His lower left hand a disc.

Word meanings

vāsudeva — Vāsudeva ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conchshell ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus flower ; dhara — holding ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conchshell ; padma — lotus flower ; cakra - kara — the disc in the hand .

Madhya-lila 20.225

Source

প্ৰদ্যুম্ন — চক্রশঙ্খগদাপদ্মধর । অনিরুদ্ধ — চক্রগদাশঙ্খপদ্মকর ॥ ২২৫ ॥

pradyumna — cakra-śaṅkha-gadā-padma-dhara aniruddha — cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-padma-kara

English translation

Translation

“Pradyumna holds the disc, conch, club and lotus. Aniruddha holds the disc, club, conch and lotus.

Word meanings

pradyumna — Lord Pradyumna ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; dhara — holding ; aniruddha — Lord Aniruddha ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma - kara — lotus flower in hand .

Madhya-lila 20.226

Source

পরব্যোমে বাসুদেবাদি — নিজ নিজ অস্ত্রধর । তাঁর মত কহি, যে-সব অস্ত্রকর ॥ ২২৬ ॥

paravyome vāsudevādi — nija nija astra-dhara tāṅra mata kahi, ye-saba astra-kara

English translation

Translation

“Thus in the spiritual sky the expansions, headed by Vāsudeva, hold weapons in Their own respective order. I am repeating the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā in describing Them.

Word meanings

para - vyome — in the spiritual sky ; vāsudeva - ādi — beginning with Lord Vāsudeva ; nija nija — Their own respective ; astra - dhara — holding of different weapons ; tāṅra mata kahi — I am speaking the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā ; ye - saba — all ; astra - kara — weapons in the different hands .

Madhya-lila 20.227

Source

শ্রীকেশব — পদ্মশঙ্খচক্রগদাধর । নারায়ণ — শঙ্খপদ্মগদাচক্রধর ॥ ২২৭ ॥

śrī-keśava — padma-śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dhara nārāyaṇa — śaṅkha-padma-gadā-cakra-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Keśava holds the lotus, conch, disc and club. Lord Nārāyaṇa holds the conch, lotus, club and disc.

Word meanings

śrī - keśava — Lord Keśava ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; dhara — holding ; nārāyaṇa — Lord Nārāyaṇa ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; cakra — disc ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.228

Source

শ্ৰীমাধব — গদাচক্রশঙ্খপদ্মকর । শ্রীগোবিন্দ — চক্রগদাপদ্মশঙ্খধর ॥ ২২৮ ॥

śrī-mādhava — gadā-cakra-śaṅkha-padma-kara śrī-govinda — cakra-gadā-padma-śaṅkha-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Mādhava holds the club, disc, conch and lotus. Lord Govinda holds the disc, club, lotus and conch.

Word meanings

śrī - mādhava — Lord Mādhava ; gadā — club ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma — lotus ; kara — in the hands ; śrī - govinda — Lord Govinda ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.229

Source

বিষ্ণুমূর্তি — গদাপদ্মশঙ্খচক্রকর । মধুসূদন — চক্রশঙ্খপদ্মগদাধর ॥ ২২৯ ॥

viṣṇu-mūrti — gadā-padma-śaṅkha-cakra-kara madhusūdana — cakra-śaṅkha-padma-gadā-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Viṣṇu holds the club, lotus, conch and disc. Lord Madhusūdana holds the disc, conch, lotus and club.

Word meanings

viṣṇu - mūrti — Lord Viṣṇu ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; cakra — disc ; kara — in the hands ; madhusūdana — Lord Madhusūdana ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.230

Source

ত্রিবিক্রম — পদ্মগদাচক্রশঙ্খকর । শ্রীবামন — শঙ্খচক্রগদাপদ্মধর ॥ ২৩০ ॥

trivikrama — padma-gadā-cakra-śaṅkha-kara śrī-vāmana — śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-padma-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Trivikrama holds the lotus, club, disc and conch. Lord Vāmana holds the conch, disc, club and lotus.

Word meanings

trivikrama — Lord Trivikrama ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; kara — in the hands ; śrī - vāmana — Lord Vāmana ; śaṅkha — conch ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.231

Source

শ্রীধর — পদ্মচক্রগদাশঙ্খকর । হৃষীকেশ — গদাচক্রপদ্মশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩১ ॥

śrīdhara — padma-cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-kara hṛṣīkeśa — gadā-cakra-padma-śaṅkha-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Śrīdhara holds the lotus, disc, club and conch. Lord Hṛṣīkeśa holds the club, disc, lotus and conch.

Word meanings

śrīdhara — Lord Śrīdhara ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; kara — in the hands ; hṛṣīkeśa — Lord Hṛṣīkeśa ; gadā — club ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.232

Source

পদ্মনাভ — শঙ্খপদ্মচক্রগদাকর । দামোদর — পদ্মচক্রগদাশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩২ ॥

padmanābha — śaṅkha-padma-cakra-gadā-kara dāmodara — padma-cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Padmanābha holds the conch, lotus, disc and club. Lord Dāmodara holds the lotus, disc, club and conch.

Word meanings

padmanābha — Lord Padmanābha ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; kara — in the hands ; dāmodara — Lord Dāmodara ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.233

Source

পুরুষোত্তম — চক্রপদ্মশঙ্খগদাধর । শ্রীঅচ্যুত — গদাপদ্মচক্রশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩৩ ॥

puruṣottama — cakra-padma-śaṅkha-gadā-dhara śrī-acyuta — gadā-padma-cakra-śaṅkha-dhara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Puruṣottama holds the disc, lotus, conch and club. Lord Acyuta holds the club, lotus, disc and conch.

Word meanings

puruṣottama — Lord Puruṣottama ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; dhara — holding ; śrī - acyuta — Lord Acyuta ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; dhara — holding .

Madhya-lila 20.234

Source

শ্ৰীনৃসিংহ — চক্রপদ্মগদাশঙ্খধর । জনার্দন — পদ্মচক্রশঙ্খগদাকর ॥ ২৩৪ ॥

śrī-nṛsiṁha — cakra-padma-gadā-śaṅkha-dhara janārdana — padma-cakra-śaṅkha-gadā-kara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Nṛsiṁha holds the disc, lotus, club and conch. Lord Janārdana holds the lotus, disc, conch and club.

Word meanings

śrī - nṛsiṁha — Lord Nṛsiṁha ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; dhara — holding ; janārdana — Lord Janārdana ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; kara — in the hands .

Madhya-lila 20.235

Source

শ্রীহরি — শঙ্খচক্রপদ্মগদাকর । শ্রীকৃষ্ণ — শঙ্খগদাপদ্মচক্রকর ॥ ২৩৫ ॥

śrī-hari — śaṅkha-cakra-padma-gadā-kara śrī-kṛṣṇa — śaṅkha-gadā-padma-cakra-kara

English translation

Translation

“Śrī Hari holds the conch, disc, lotus and club. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa holds the conch, club, lotus and disc.

Word meanings

śrī - hari — Lord Hari ; śaṅkha — conch ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; kara — in the hand ; śrī - kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; cakra — disc ; kara — in the hands .

Madhya-lila 20.236

Source

অধোক্ষজ — পদ্মগদাশঙ্খচক্রকর । উপেন্দ্র — শঙ্খগদাচক্রপদ্মকর ॥ ২৩৬ ॥

adhokṣaja — padma-gadā-śaṅkha-cakra-kara upendra — śaṅkha-gadā-cakra-padma-kara

English translation

Translation

“Lord Adhokṣaja holds the lotus, club, conch and disc. Lord Upendra holds the conch, club, disc and lotus.

Word meanings

adhokṣaja — Lord Adhokṣaja ; padma — lotus ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; cakra — disc ; kara — in the hands ; upendra — Lord Upendra ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; cakra — disc ; padma — lotus ; kara — in the hands .

Madhya-lila 20.237

Source

হয়শীর্ষ-পঞ্চরাত্রে কহে ষোলজন । তার মতে কহি এবে চক্রাদি-ধারণ ॥ ২৩৭ ॥

hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātre kahe ṣola-jana tāra mate kahi ebe cakrādi-dhāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“According to the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra, there are sixteen personalities. I shall now describe that opinion of how They hold the weapons.

Word meanings

hayaśīrṣa - pañcarātre — the revealed scripture named the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra ; kahe — says ; ṣola - jana — sixteen personalities ; tāra mate — according to this opinion ; kahi — I shall describe ; ebe — now ; cakra - ādi - dhāraṇa — the holding of weapons, beginning with the disc .

Purport

The sixteen personalities are as follows: (1) Vāsudeva, (2) Saṅkarṣaṇa, (3) Pradyumna, (4) Aniruddha, (5) Keśava, (6) Nārāyaṇa, (7) Mādhava, (8) Govinda, (9) Viṣṇu, (10) Madhusūdana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vāmana, (13) Śrīdhara, (14) Hṛṣīkeśa, (15) Padmanābha and (16) Dāmodara.

Madhya-lila 20.238

Source

কেশব-ভেদে পদ্মশঙ্খগদাচক্রধর । মাধব-ভেদে চক্রগদাশঙ্খপদ্মকর ॥ ২৩৮ ॥

keśava-bhede padma-śaṅkha-gadā-cakra-dhara mādhava-bhede cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-padma-kara

English translation

Translation

“Keśava is described differently as holding the lotus, conch, club and disc, and Mādhava is described as holding the disc, club, conch and lotus in His hands.

Word meanings

keśava - bhede — according to the different opinion about Lord Keśava ; padma — lotus ; śaṅkha — conch ; gadā — club ; cakra — and disc ; dhara — holding ; mādhava - bhede — according to the different opinion about the bodily features of Lord Mādhava ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; śaṅkha — conch ; padma — lotus ; kara — in the hands .

Madhya-lila 20.239

Source

নারায়ণ-ভেদে নানা অস্ত্র-ভেদ-ধর । ইত্যাদিক ভেদ এই সব অস্ত্রকর ॥ ২৩৯ ॥

nārāyaṇa-bhede nānā astra-bheda-dhara ityādika bheda ei saba astra-kara

English translation

Translation

“According to the Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra, Nārāyaṇa and others are also presented differently as holding the weapons in different hands.

Word meanings

nārāyaṇa - bhede — according to the different opinion about the bodily features of Lord Nārāyaṇa ; nānā — various ; astra — of weapons ; bheda - dhara — differences in holding ; iti - ādika — in this way ; bheda — differentiated ; ei saba — all these ; astra - kara — weapons in the hands .

Madhya-lila 20.240

Source

‘স্বয়ং ভগবান্’, আর ‘লীলা-পুরুষোত্তম’ । এই দুই নাম ধরে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ২৪০ ॥

‘svayaṁ bhagavān’, āra ‘līlā-puruṣottama’ ei dui nāma dhare vrajendra-nandana

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, indicated as the son of Mahārāja Nanda, has two names. One is svayaṁ bhagavān, and the other is līlā-puruṣottama.

Word meanings

svayam bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; āra — and ; līlā - puruṣottama — the Lord Puruṣottama of pastimes ; ei dui — these two ; nāma — names ; dhare — takes ; vrajendra - nandana — Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja .

Madhya-lila 20.241

Source

পুরীর আবরণরূপে পুরীর নবদেশে । নবব্যূহরূপে নবমূর্তি পরকাশে ॥ ২৪১ ॥

purīra āvaraṇa-rūpe purīra nava-deśe nava-vyūha-rūpe nava-mūrti parakāśe

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa personally surrounds Dvārakā-purī as its protector. In different parts of the city, in nine places, He expands in nine different forms.

Word meanings

purīra — of Dvārakā Purī ; āvaraṇa - rūpe — as a covering for the four sides ; purīra nava - deśe — in nine different parts of the city ; nava - vyūha - rūpe — in nine Deities ; nava - mūrti — nine forms ; parakāśe — manifests .

Madhya-lila 20.242

Source

চত্বারো বাসুদেবাদ্যা নারায়ণনৃসিংহকৌ । হয়গ্রীবো মহাক্রোড়ো ব্রহ্মা চেতি নবোদিতাঃ ॥ ২৪২ ॥

catvāro vāsudevādyā nārāyaṇa-nṛsiṁhakau hayagrīvo mahākroḍo brahmā ceti navoditāḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The nine personalities mentioned are Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, Nārāyaṇa, Nṛsiṁha, Hayagrīva, Varāha and Brahmā.’

Word meanings

catvāraḥ — four principal protectors ; vāsudeva - ādyāḥ — Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha ; nārāyaṇa — including Lord Nārāyaṇa ; nṛsiṁhakau — as well as Lord Nṛsiṁha ; hayagrīvaḥ — Lord Hayagrīva ; mahākroḍaḥ — Lord Varāha ; brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; ca — also ; iti — thus ; nava - uditāḥ — nine personalities .

Purport

This verse is found in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.451). The Brahmā mentioned herein is not a living entity. Sometimes, when there is a scarcity of living entities to take charge of Brahmā’s post, Mahā-Viṣṇu expands Himself as Lord Brahmā. This Brahmā is not considered to be a living entity; He is an expansion of Viṣṇu.

Madhya-lila 20.243

Source

প্রকাশ-বিলাসের এই কৈলুঁ বিবরণ । স্বাংশের ভেদ এবে শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২৪৩ ॥

prakāśa-vilāsera ei kailuṅ vivaraṇa svāṁśera bheda ebe śuna, sanātana

English translation

Translation

“I have already described the pastime and prakāśa forms. Now please hear about the different personal expansions.

Word meanings

prakāśa - vilāsera — of pastime forms and manifestations ; ei — this ; kailuṅ — I have made ; vivaraṇa — description ; svāṁśera — of personal expansions ; bheda — the differences ; ebe — now ; śuna — please hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana Gosvāmī .

Madhya-lila 20.244

Source

সঙ্কর্ষণ, মৎস্যাদিক, — দুই ভেদ তাঁর । সঙ্কর্ষণ — পুরুষাবতার, লীলাবতার আর ॥ ২৪৪ ॥

saṅkarṣaṇa, matsyādika, — dui bheda tāṅra saṅkarṣaṇa — puruṣāvatāra, līlāvatāra āra

English translation

Translation

“The first personal expansion is Saṅkarṣaṇa, and the others are incarnations like the fish incarnation. Saṅkarṣaṇa is an expansion of the Puruṣa, or Viṣṇu. The incarnations such as Matsya, the fish incarnation, appear in different yugas for specific pastimes.

Word meanings

saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; matsya - ādika — and incarnations such as the fish ; dui — two ; bheda — differentiations ; tāṅra — His ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; puruṣa - avatāra — incarnations of Viṣṇu ; līlā - avatāra — pastime incarnations ; āra — and .

Purport

The puruṣa-avatāras are the Lords of the universal creation. These are Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. There are also līlā-avatāras, and these include (1) Catuḥsana, or the four Kumāras, (2) Nārada, (3) Varāha, (4) Matsya, (5) Yajña, (6) Nara-Nārāyaṇa, (7) Kārdami Kapila, (8) Dattātreya, (9) Hayaśīrṣā, (10) Haṁsa, (11) Dhruvapriya, or Pṛśnigarbha, (12) Ṛṣabha, (13) Pṛthu, (14) Nṛsiṁha, (15) Kūrma, (16) Dhanvantari, (17) Mohinī, (18) Vāmana, (19) Bhārgava Paraśurāma, (20) Rāghavendra, (21) Vyāsa, (22) Pralambāri Balarāma, (23) Kṛṣṇa, (24) Buddha and (25) Kalki.

These twenty-five Personalities of Godhead are known as līlā-avatāras. Because they appear in each day of Brahmā, or in each kalpa (millennium), they are sometimes known as kalpa-avatāras. Of these incarnations, Haṁsa and Mohinī are neither permanent nor very well known, but They are listed among the prābhava-avatāras. Kapila, Dattātreya, Ṛṣabha, Dhanvantari and Vyāsa are eternally situated and very widely known. They are also counted among the prābhava incarnations. Kūrma, Matsya, Nārāyaṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Pṛśnigarbha and Baladeva, the killer of Pralambāsura, are counted among the vaibhava-avatāras.

Madhya-lila 20.245

Source

অবতার হয় কৃষ্ণের ষড়্বিধ প্রকার । পুরুষাবতার এক, লীলাবতার আর ॥ ২৪৫ ॥

avatāra haya kṛṣṇera ṣaḍ-vidha prakāra puruṣāvatāra eka, līlāvatāra āra

English translation

Translation

“There are six types of incarnations [avatāras] of Kṛṣṇa. One comprises the incarnations of Viṣṇu [puruṣa-avatāras], and another comprises the incarnations meant for the performance of pastimes [līlā-avatāras].

Word meanings

avatāra — incarnations ; haya — there are ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; ṣaṭ - vidha prakāra — six kinds ; puruṣa - avatāra — incarnations of Viṣṇu ; eka — one ; līlā - avatāra — incarnations for the execution of pastimes ; āra — also .

Madhya-lila 20.246

Source

গুণাবতার, আর মন্বন্তরাবতার । যুগাবতার, আর শক্ত্যাবেশাবতার ॥ ২৪৬ ॥

guṇāvatāra, āra manvantarāvatāra yugāvatāra, āra śaktyāveśāvatāra

English translation

Translation

“There are incarnations that control the material qualities [guṇa-avatāras], incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu [manvantara-avatāras], incarnations in different millenniums [yuga-avatāras] and incarnations of empowered living entities [śaktyāveśa-avatāras].

Word meanings

guṇa - avatāra — the incarnations who control the material qualities ; āra — also ; manu - antara - avatāra — the incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu ; yuga - avatāra — the incarnations according to different yugas ; āra — and ; śakti - āveśa - avatāra — empowered incarnations .

Purport

The guṇa-avatāras are three — Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Lord Viṣṇu ( Bhāg . 10.88.3). The avatāras who appear during the reign of each Manu, known as manvantara-avatāras, are listed as follows in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (Eighth Canto, chapters 1, 5 and 13): (1) Yajña, (2) Vibhu, (3) Satyasena, (4) Hari, (5) Vaikuṇṭha, (6) Ajita, (7) Vāmana, (8) Sārvabhauma, (9) Ṛṣabha, (10) Viṣvaksena, (11) Dharmasetu, (12) Sudhāmā, (13) Yogeśvara and (14) Bṛhadbhānu. All together these are fourteen in number, and of these, Yajña and Vāmana are also counted among the līlā-avatāras. All these manvantara incarnations are sometimes called vaibhava-avatāras.

The four yuga-avatāras are (1) śukla (white) in Satya-yuga ( Bhāg. 11.5.21 ), (2) rakta (red) in Tretā-yuga ( Bhāg. 11.5.24 ), (3) śyāma (dark blue) in Dvāpara-yuga ( Bhāg. 11.5.27 ) and (4) generally kṛṣṇa (black) but in special cases pīta (yellow) as Caitanya Mahāprabhu in Kali-yuga ( Bhāg. 11.5.32 and 10.8.13).

The śaktyāveśa-avatāras are categorized into (1) forms of divine absorption ( bhagavad-āveśa ), such as Kapiladeva or Ṛṣabhadeva, and (2) divinely empowered forms ( śaktyāveśa ), of whom seven are foremost: (1) Śeṣa Nāga in the Vaikuṇṭha world, empowered for the personal service of the Supreme Lord ( sva-sevana-śakti ), (2) Anantadeva, empowered to bear all the planets within the universe ( bhū-dhāraṇa-śakti ), (3) Lord Brahmā, empowered with the energy to create the cosmic manifestation ( sṛṣṭi-śakti ), (4) Catuḥsana, or the Kumāras, specifically empowered to distribute transcendental knowledge ( jñāna-śakti ), (5) Nārada Muni, empowered to distribute devotional service ( bhakti-śakti ), (6) Mahārāja Pṛthu, specifically empowered to rule and maintain the living entities ( pālana-śakti ) and (7) Paraśurāma, specifically empowered to cut down rogues and demons ( duṣṭa-damana-śakti ) .

Madhya-lila 20.247

Source

বাল্য, পৌগণ্ড হয় বিগ্রহের ধর্ম । এতরূপে লীলা করেন ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥

bālya, paugaṇḍa haya vigrahera dharma eta-rūpe līlā karena vrajendra-nandana

English translation

Translation

“Childhood and boyhood are the typical ages of the Deity. Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda, performed His pastimes as a child and as a boy.

Word meanings

bālya — childhood ; paugaṇḍa — boyhood ; haya — there are ; vigrahera — of the Deity ; dharma — characteristics ; eta - rūpe — in so many forms ; līlā — pastimes ; karena — executes ; vrajendra - nandana — Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja .

Madhya-lila 20.248

Source

অনন্ত অবতার কৃষ্ণের, নাহিক গণন । শাখা-চন্দ্র-ন্যায় করি দিগ্দরশন ॥ ২৪৮ ॥

ananta avatāra kṛṣṇera, nāhika gaṇana śākhā-candra-nyāya kari dig-daraśana

English translation

Translation

“There are innumerable incarnations of Kṛṣṇa, and there is no possibility of counting them. We can simply indicate them by giving the example of the moon and the branches of a tree.

Word meanings

ananta — unlimited ; avatāra — incarnations ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nāhika gaṇana — there is no possibility of counting ; śākhā - candra - nyāya — by the example of the moon and the branches of a tree ; kari — I make ; dik - daraśana — a slight indication .

Purport

Although the moon appears to be located in the branches of a tree, it is actually situated very far away. Similarly, none of the avatāras, or incarnations, of Lord Kṛṣṇa are within this material world, but they are visible by the causeless mercy of the Lord. We should not consider them to belong to this material world. As stated by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā ( Bg. 9.11 ):

avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto mama bhūta-maheśvaram

“Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature as the Supreme Lord of all that be.”

Avatāras descend of their own free will, and although they may act like ordinary human beings, they do not belong to this material world. Lord Kṛṣṇa and His avatāras can be understood only by the grace of the Lord.

nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo na medhayā na bahunā śrutena yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanūṁ svām

( Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23)

“The Supreme Lord is not obtained by means of expert explanations, vast intelligence or even much hearing. He is obtained only by one whom He Himself chooses. To such a person, He manifests His own form.”

athāpi te deva padāmbuja-dvaya- prasāda-leśānugṛhīta eva hi jānāti tattvaṁ bhagavan-mahimno na cānya eko ’pi ciraṁ vicinvan

( Bhāg. 10.14.29 )

“My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your lotus feet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those who speculate to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are unable to know You, even though they continue studying the Vedas for many years.”

Madhya-lila 20.249

Source

অবতারা হ্যসংখ্যেয়া হরেঃ সত্ত্বনিধের্দ্বিজাঃ । যথাঽবিদাসিনঃ কুল্যাঃ সরসঃ স্যুঃ সহস্রশঃ ॥ ২৪৯ ॥

avatārā hy asaṅkhyeyā hareḥ sattva-nidher dvijāḥ yathā ’vidāsinaḥ kulyāḥ sarasaḥ syuḥ sahasraśaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘O learned brāhmaṇas, just as hundreds and thousands of small rivulets issue from great reservoirs of water, innumerable incarnations flow from Śrī Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the reservoir of all power.’

Word meanings

avatārāḥ — all the incarnations ; hi — certainly ; asaṅkhyeyāḥ — beyond counting ; hareḥ — from the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; sattva - nidheḥ — who is the reservoir of spiritual energy ; dvijāḥ — O brāhmaṇas ; yathā — as ; avidāsinaḥ — containing a great reservoir of water ; kulyāḥ — small rivulets ; sarasaḥ — from a lake ; syuḥ — must be ; sahasraśaḥ — by hundreds and thousands of times .

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.26) .

Madhya-lila 20.250

Source

প্রথমেই করে কৃষ্ণ ‘পুরুষাবতার’ । সেইত পুরুষ হয় ত্রিবিধ প্রকার ॥ ২৫০ ॥

prathamei kare kṛṣṇa ‘puruṣāvatāra’ seita puruṣa haya trividha prakāra

English translation

Translation

“In the beginning, Kṛṣṇa incarnates Himself as the puruṣa-avatāras, or Viṣṇu incarnations. These are of three types.

Word meanings

prathamei — in the beginning ; kare — does ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; puruṣa - avatāra — the incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu) ; seita — that ; puruṣa — Viṣṇu ; haya — becomes ; tri - vidha prakāra — three different manifestations .

Purport

Up to this verse, the many types of expansions have been described. Now the manifestations of the Lord’s different potencies will be described.

Madhya-lila 20.251

Source

বিষ্ণোস্তু ত্রীণি রূপাণি পুরুষাখ্যান্যথো বিদুঃ । একন্তু মহতঃ স্রষ্টৃ দ্বিতীয়ং ত্বণ্ডসংস্থিতম্ । তৃতীয়ং সর্বভূতস্থং তানি জ্ঞাত্বা বিমুচ্যতে ॥ ২৫১ ॥

viṣṇos tu trīṇi rūpāṇi puruṣākhyāny atho viduḥ ekaṁ tu mahataḥ sraṣṭṛ dvitīyaṁ tv aṇḍa-saṁsthitam tṛtīyaṁ sarva-bhūta-sthaṁ tāni jñātvā vimucyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Viṣṇu has three forms called puruṣas. The first, Mahā-Viṣṇu, is the creator of the total material energy [mahat], the second is Garbhodaśāyī, who is situated within each universe, and the third is Kṣīrodaśāyī, who lives in the heart of every living being. He who knows these three becomes liberated from the clutches of māyā.’

Word meanings

viṣṇoḥ — of Lord Viṣṇu ; tu — certainly ; trīṇi — three ; rūpāṇi — forms ; puruṣa - ākhyāni — celebrated as the puruṣas ; atho — how ; viduḥ — they know ; ekam — one of them ; tu — but ; mahataḥ sraṣṭṛ — the creator of the total material energy ; dvitīyam — the second ; tu — but ; aṇḍa - saṁsthitam — situated within the universe ; tṛtīyam — the third ; sarva - bhūta - stham — within the hearts of all living entities ; tāni — these three ; jñātvā — knowing ; vimucyate — one becomes liberated .

Purport

This verse appears in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta ( Pūrva-khaṇḍa 2.9), where it has been quoted from the Sātvata-tantra.

Madhya-lila 20.252

Source

অনন্তশক্তি-মধ্যে কৃষ্ণের তিন শক্তি প্রধান । ‘ইচ্ছাশক্তি’, ‘জ্ঞানশক্তি’, ‘ক্রিয়াশক্তি’ নাম ॥ ২৫২ ॥

ananta-śakti-madhye kṛṣṇera tina śakti pradhāna ‘icchā-śakti’, ‘jñāna-śakti’, ‘kriyā-śakti’ nāma

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa has unlimited potencies, out of which three are chief — willpower, the power of knowledge and the creative energy.

Word meanings

ananta - śakti — of unlimited potencies ; madhye — in the midst ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; tina — three ; śakti — potencies ; pradhāna — are chief ; icchā - śakti — willpower ; jñāna - śakti — the power of knowledge ; kriyā - śakti — the creative energy ; nāma — named .

Madhya-lila 20.253

Source

ইচ্ছাশক্তিপ্রধান কৃষ্ণ — ইচ্ছায় সর্বকর্তা । জ্ঞানশক্তিপ্রধান বাসুদেব অধিষ্ঠাতা ॥ ২৫৩ ॥

icchā-śakti-pradhāna kṛṣṇa — icchāya sarva-kartā jñāna-śakti-pradhāna vāsudeva adhiṣṭhātā

English translation

Translation

“The predominator of the willing potency is Lord Kṛṣṇa, for by His supreme will everything comes into existence. In willing, there is a need for knowledge, and that knowledge is expressed through Vāsudeva.

Word meanings

icchā - śakti — of willpower ; pradhāna — predominator ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; icchāya — simply by willing ; sarva - kartā — the creator of everything ; jñāna - śakti - pradhāna — the predominator of the power of knowledge ; vāsudeva — Lord Vāsudeva ; adhiṣṭhātā — reservoir .

Madhya-lila 20.254

Source

ইচ্ছা-জ্ঞান-ক্রিয়া বিনা না হয় সৃজন । তিনের তিনশক্তি মেলি’ প্রপঞ্চ-রচন ॥ ২৫৪ ॥

icchā-jñāna-kriyā vinā nā haya sṛjana tinera tina-śakti meli’ prapañca-racana

English translation

Translation

“There is no possibility of creation without thinking, feeling, willing, knowledge and activity. The combination of the supreme will, knowledge and action brings about the cosmic manifestation.

Word meanings

icchā - jñāna - kriyā — thinking, feeling, willing, knowledge and activity ; vinā — without ; nā — not ; haya — there is ; sṛjana — creation ; tinera — of the three ; tina - śakti — three potencies ; meli’ — being amalgamated ; prapañca - racana — there is the cosmic manifestation .

Madhya-lila 20.255

Source

ক্রিয়াশক্তিপ্রধান সঙ্কর্ষণ বলরাম । প্রাকৃতাপ্রাকৃত-সৃষ্টি করেন নির্মাণ ॥ ২৫৫ ॥

kriyā-śakti-pradhāna saṅkarṣaṇa balarāma prākṛtāprākṛta-sṛṣṭi karena nirmāṇa

English translation

Translation

“Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa is Lord Balarāma. Being the predominator of the creative energy, He creates both the material and the spiritual world.

Word meanings

kriyā - śakti - pradhāna — the predominator of the creative energy ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; balarāma — Lord Balarāma ; prākṛta — material ; aprākṛta — spiritual ; sṛṣṭi — worlds ; karena — does ; nirmāṇa — creation .

Madhya-lila 20.256

Source

অহঙ্কারের অধিষ্ঠাতা কৃষ্ণের ইচ্ছায় । গোলোক, বৈকুণ্ঠ সৃজে চিচ্ছক্তিদ্বারায় ॥ ২৫৬ ॥

ahaṅkārera adhiṣṭhātā kṛṣṇera icchāya goloka, vaikuṇṭha sṛje cic-chakti-dvārāya

English translation

Translation

“That original Saṅkarṣaṇa [Lord Balarāma] is the cause of both the material and the spiritual creation. He is the predominating Deity of egotism, and by the will of Kṛṣṇa and the power of the spiritual energy, He creates the spiritual world, which consists of the planet Goloka Vṛndāvana and the Vaikuṇṭha planets.

Word meanings

ahaṅkārera — of egotism ; adhiṣṭhātā — the source, or predominating Deity ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; icchāya — by the will ; goloka — the supreme spiritual planet, known as Goloka ; vaikuṇṭha — other, lower planets, known as Vaikuṇṭhas ; sṛje — creates ; cit - śakti - dvārāya — by the spiritual energy .

Madhya-lila 20.257

Source

যদ্যপি অসৃজ্য নিত্য চিচ্ছক্তিবিলাস । তথাপি সঙ্কর্ষণ-ইচ্ছায় তাহার প্রকাশ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥

yadyapi asṛjya nitya cic-chakti-vilāsa tathāpi saṅkarṣaṇa-icchāya tāhāra prakāśa

English translation

Translation

“Although there is no question of creation as far as the spiritual world is concerned, the spiritual world is nonetheless manifested by the supreme will of Saṅkarṣaṇa. The spiritual world is the abode of the pastimes of the eternal spiritual energy.

Word meanings

yadyapi — although ; asṛjya — there is no question of creation ; nitya — eternal ; cit - śakti - vilāsa — pastimes of the eternal spiritual energy ; tathāpi — still ; saṅkarṣaṇa - icchāya — by the will of Saṅkarṣaṇa ; tāhāra — of the spiritual world ; prakāśa — manifestation .

Madhya-lila 20.258

Source

সহস্রপত্রং কমলং গোকুলাখ্যং মহৎপদম্ । তৎকর্ণিকারং তদ্ধাম তদনন্তাংশসম্ভবম্ ॥ ২৫৮ ॥

sahasra-patraṁ kamalaṁ gokulākhyaṁ mahat padam tat-karṇikāraṁ tad-dhāma tad anantāṁśa-sambhavam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Gokula, the supreme abode and planet, appears like a lotus flower that has a thousand petals. The whorl of that lotus is the abode of the Supreme Lord, Kṛṣṇa. This lotus-shaped supreme abode is created by the will of Lord Ananta.’

Word meanings

sahasra - patram — with thousands of petals ; kamalam — resembling a lotus flower ; gokula - ākhyam — named Gokula ; mahat padam — the supreme abode ; tat - karṇikāram — the whorl of that lotus flower ; tat - dhāma — the abode of the Lord ; tat — that ; ananta - aṁśa — from the expansion of the energy of Ananta ; sambhavam — creation .

Purport

This verse is quoted from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.2) .

Madhya-lila 20.259

Source

মায়া-দ্বারে সৃজে তেঁহো ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের গণ । জড়রূপা প্রকৃতি নহে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-কারণ ॥ ২৫৯ ॥

māyā-dvāre sṛje teṅho brahmāṇḍera gaṇa jaḍa-rūpā prakṛti nahe brahmāṇḍa-kāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“By the agency of the material energy, this same Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa creates all the universes. The dull material energy — known in modern language as nature — is not the cause of the material universe.

Word meanings

māyā - dvāre — by the agency of the external energy ; sṛje — creates ; teṅho — Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; brahmāṇḍera gaṇa — all the groups of universes ; jaḍa - rūpā — appearing dull ; prakṛti — the material energy ; nahe — is not ; brahmāṇḍa - kāraṇa — the cause of the cosmic manifestation .

Madhya-lila 20.260

Source

জড় হৈতে সৃষ্টি নহে ঈশ্বরশক্তি বিনে । তাহাতেই সঙ্কর্ষণ করে শক্তির আধানে ॥ ২৬০ ॥

jaḍa haite sṛṣṭi nahe īśvara-śakti vine tāhātei saṅkarṣaṇa kare śaktira ādhāne

English translation

Translation

“Without the Supreme Personality of Godhead’s energy, dull matter cannot create the cosmic manifestation. Its power does not arise from the material energy itself but is endowed by Saṅkarṣaṇa.

Word meanings

jaḍa haite — from the dull material energy ; sṛṣṭi nahe — the cosmic manifestation is not possible ; īśvara - śakti vine — without the help of the energy of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead ; tāhātei — in the material energy ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; kare — does ; śaktira — of the spiritual energy ; ādhāne — empowering .

Madhya-lila 20.261

Source

ঈশ্বরের শক্ত্যে সৃষ্টি করয়ে প্রকৃতি । লৌহ যেন অগ্নিশক্ত্যে পায় দাহ-শক্তি ॥ ২৬১ ॥

īśvarera śaktye sṛṣṭi karaye prakṛti lauha yena agni-śaktye pāya dāha-śakti

English translation

Translation

“Dull matter alone cannot create anything. The material energy produces the creation by the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Iron itself has no power to burn, but when iron is placed in fire, it is empowered to burn.

Word meanings

īśvarera śaktye — by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; sṛṣṭi — creation ; karaye — does ; prakṛti — material energy ; lauha — iron ; yena — as ; agni - śaktye — by the power of fire ; pāya — gets ; dāha - śakti — the power to burn .

Madhya-lila 20.262

Source

এতৌ হি বিশ্বস্য চ বীজযোনী রামো মুকুন্দঃ পুরুষঃ প্রধানম্ । অন্বীয় ভূতেষু বিলক্ষণস্য জ্ঞানস্য চেশাত ইমৌ পুরাণৌ ॥ ২৬২ ॥

etau hi viśvasya ca bīja-yonī rāmo mukundaḥ puruṣaḥ pradhānam anvīya bhūteṣu vilakṣaṇasya jñānasya ceśāta imau purāṇau

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa are the original efficient and material causes of the material world. As Mahā-Viṣṇu and the material energy, They enter into the material elements and create the diversities by multi-energies. Thus They are the cause of all causes.’

Word meanings

etau — these two, namely Rāma and Kṛṣṇa ; hi — certainly ; viśvasya — of the universe ; ca — and ; bīja - yonī — both the cause and ingredient ; rāmaḥ — Balarāma ; mukundaḥ — Kṛṣṇa ; puruṣaḥ — the original Mahā-Viṣṇu ; pradhānam — material energy ; anvīya — after entering ; bhūteṣu — into the material elements ; vilakṣaṇasya — of varieties of manifestation ; jñānasya — of knowledge ; ca — also ; īśāte — are the controlling power ; imau — both of Them ; purāṇau — are the original cause .

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.46.31) .

Madhya-lila 20.263

Source

সৃষ্টি-হেতু যেই মূর্তি প্রপঞ্চে অবতরে । সেই ঈশ্বরমূর্তি ‘অবতার’ নাম ধরে ॥ ২৬৩ ॥

sṛṣṭi-hetu yei mūrti prapañce avatare sei īśvara-mūrti ‘avatāra’ nāma dhare

English translation

Translation

“The form of the Lord that descends into the material world to create is called an avatāra, or incarnation.

Word meanings

sṛṣṭi - hetu — for the purpose of creation ; yei mūrti — which form of the Lord ; prapañce — in the material world ; avatare — descends ; sei — that ; īśvara - mūrti — form of the Lord ; avatāra — incarnation ; nāma dhare — takes the name .

Madhya-lila 20.264

Source

মায়াতীত পরব্যোমে সবার অবস্থান । বিশ্বে অবতরি’ ধরে ‘অবতার’ নাম ॥ ২৬৪ ॥

māyātīta paravyome sabāra avasthāna viśve avatari’ dhare ‘avatāra’ nāma

English translation

Translation

“All the expansions of Lord Kṛṣṇa are actually residents of the spiritual world. But when they descend into the material world, they are called incarnations [avatāras].

Word meanings

māyā - atīta — beyond the material nature ; para - vyome — in the spiritual sky ; sabāra — all of them ; avasthāna — residence ; viśve — within the material universe ; avatari’ — coming down ; dhare — take ; avatāra nāma — the name avatāra .

Madhya-lila 20.265

Source

সেই মায়া অবলোকিতে শ্রীসঙ্কর্ষণ । পুরুষরূপে অবতীর্ণ হইলা প্রথম ॥ ২৬৫ ॥

sei māyā avalokite śrī-saṅkarṣaṇa puruṣa-rūpe avatīrṇa ha-ilā prathama

English translation

Translation

“To glance over that material energy and empower her, Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa first incarnates as Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu.

Word meanings

sei māyā — that material energy ; avalokite — just to glance over ; śrī - saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; puruṣa - rūpe — in the original form of Mahā-Viṣṇu ; avatīrṇa — incarnated ; ha - ilā — became ; prathama — at first .

Madhya-lila 20.266

Source

জগৃহে পৌরুষং রূপং ভগবান্মহদাদিভিঃ । সম্ভূতং ষোড়শকলমাদৌ লোকসিসৃক্ষয়া ॥ ২৬৬ ॥

jagṛhe pauruṣaṁ rūpaṁ bhagavān mahad-ādibhiḥ sambhūtaṁ ṣoḍaśa-kalam ādau loka-sisṛkṣayā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In the beginning of the creation, the Lord expanded Himself in the form of the puruṣa incarnation, accompanied by all the ingredients of material creation. First He created the sixteen principal energies suitable for creation. This was for the purpose of manifesting the material universes.’

Word meanings

jagṛhe — accepted ; pauruṣam rūpam — the form of the puruṣa incarnation ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; mahat - ādibhiḥ — with the material energy, etc. ; sambhūtam — created ; ṣoḍaśa — sixteen ; kalam — elements ; ādau — in the beginning ; loka — of the material worlds ; sisṛkṣayā — with a desire for the creation .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.1) . For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 84.

Madhya-lila 20.267

Source

আদ্যোঽবতারঃ পুরুষঃ পরস্য কালঃ স্বভাবঃ সদসন্মনশ্চ । দ্রব্যং বিকারো গুণ ইন্দ্রিয়াণি বিরাট্ স্বরাট্ স্থাস্নু চরিষ্ণু ভূম্নঃ ॥ ২৬৭ ॥

ādyo ’vatāraḥ puruṣaḥ parasya kālaḥ svabhāvaḥ sad-asan manaś ca dravyaṁ vikāro guṇa indriyāṇi virāṭ svarāṭ sthāsnu cariṣṇu bhūmnaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Kāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu [Mahā-Viṣṇu] is the first incarnation of the Supreme Lord, and He is the master of eternal time, space, cause and effects, the mind, the elements, the material ego, the modes of nature, the senses, the universal form of the Lord, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and the sum total of all living beings, both moving and nonmoving.’

Word meanings

ādyaḥ avatāraḥ — the original incarnation ; puruṣaḥ — Kāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu ; parasya — of the Supreme Lord ; kālaḥ — time ; svabhāvaḥ — space ; sat - asat — cause and effect ; manaḥ ca — as well as the mind ; dravyam — the five elements ; vikāraḥ — transformation or the false ego ; guṇaḥ — modes of nature ; indriyāṇi — senses ; virāṭ — the universal form ; svarāṭ — Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu ; sthāsnu — immovable ; cariṣṇu — movable ; bhūmnaḥ — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.6.42) . For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 83.

Madhya-lila 20.268

Source

সেই পুরুষ বিরজাতে করেন শয়ন । ‘কারণাব্ধিশায়ী’ নাম জগৎকারণ ॥ ২৬৮ ॥

sei puruṣa virajāte karena śayana ‘kāraṇābdhiśāyī’ nāma jagat-kāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“That original Personality of Godhead, named Saṅkarṣaṇa, first lies down in the river Virajā, which serves as a border between the material and the spiritual world. As Kāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu, He is the original cause of the material creation.

Word meanings

sei puruṣa — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; virajāte — on the border known as Virajā ; karena śayana — lies down ; kāraṇa - abdhi - śāyī — Kāraṇābdhiśāyī ; nāma — named ; jagat - kāraṇa — is the original cause of material creation .

Madhya-lila 20.269

Source

কারণাব্ধি-পারে মায়ার নিত্য অবস্থিতি । বিরজার পারে পরব্যোমে নাহি গতি ॥ ২৬৯ ॥

kāraṇābdhi-pāre māyāra nitya avasthiti virajāra pāre paravyome nāhi gati

English translation

Translation

“The Virajā, or Causal Ocean, is the border between the spiritual and the material world. The material energy is situated on one shore of that ocean, and it cannot enter onto the other shore, which is the spiritual sky.

Word meanings

kāraṇa - abdhi - pāre — on one bank of the Causal Ocean ; māyāra — of the material energy ; nitya — eternal ; avasthiti — position ; virajāra pāre — on the other bank of the Virajā, or the Causal Ocean ; para - vyome — in the spiritual world or sky ; nāhi — there is not ; gati — admission .

Madhya-lila 20.270

Source

প্রবর্ততে যত্র রজস্তমস্তয়োঃ সত্ত্বষ্ণ মিশ্রং ন চ কালবিক্রমঃ । ন যত্র মায়া কিমুতাপরে হরে- রনুব্রতা যত্র সুরাসুরার্চিতাঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥

pravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoḥ sattvaṁ ca miśraṁ na ca kāla-vikramaḥ na yatra māyā kim utāpare harer anuvratā yatra surāsurārcitāḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In the spiritual world, there is neither the mode of passion, the mode of ignorance nor a mixture of both, nor is there adulterated goodness, the influence of time or māyā herself. Only the pure devotees of the Lord, who are worshiped both by demigods and by demons, reside in the spiritual world as the Lord’s associates.’

Word meanings

pravartate — exists ; yatra — where ; rajaḥ — the mode of passion ; tamaḥ — the mode of ignorance ; tayoḥ — of both of them ; sattvam ca — and the mode of goodness ; miśram — mixture ; na — not ; ca — also ; kāla - vikramaḥ — the influence of time or annihilation ; na — not ; yatra — where ; māyā — external energy ; kim — what ; uta — to speak ; apare — others ; hareḥ — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; anuvratāḥ — strict followers ; yatra — where ; sura — by demigods ; asura — and by demons ; arcitāḥ — being worshiped .

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.10) was spoken by Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī. He was answering the questions of Parīkṣit Mahārāja, who asked how the living entity falls down into the material world. Śukadeva Gosvāmī explained the cream of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four verses, which had been explained to Lord Brahmā at the end of the severe austerities he performed for one thousand celestial years. At that time, Brahmā was shown the spiritual world and its transcendental nature.

Madhya-lila 20.271

Source

মায়ার যে দুই বৃত্তি — ‘মায়া’ আর ‘প্রধান’ । ‘মায়া’ নিমিত্তহেতু, বিশ্বের উপাদান ‘প্রধান’ ॥ ২৭১ ॥

māyāra ye dui vṛtti — ‘māyā’ āra ‘pradhāna’ ‘māyā’ nimitta-hetu, viśvera upādāna ‘pradhāna’

English translation

Translation

“Māyā has two functions. One is called māyā, and the other is called pradhāna. Māyā refers to the efficient cause, and pradhāna refers to the ingredients that create the cosmic manifestation.

Word meanings

māyāra — of the material nature ; ye — which ; dui — two ; vṛtti — functions ; māyā — called māyā ; āra — and ; pradhāna — ingredients ; māyā — the word māyā ; nimitta - hetu — the efficient cause ; viśvera — of the material universe ; upādāna — ingredients ; pradhāna — is called pradhāna .

Purport

For a further explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 58.

Madhya-lila 20.272

Source

সেই পুরুষ মায়া-পানে করে অবধান । প্রকৃতি ক্ষোভিত করি’ করে বীর্যের আধান ॥ ২৭২ ॥

sei puruṣa māyā-pāne kare avadhāna prakṛti kṣobhita kari’ kare vīryera ādhāna

English translation

Translation

“When the Supreme Personality of Godhead glances over the material energy, she becomes agitated. At that time, the Lord injects the original semen of the living entities.

Word meanings

sei puruṣa — that Supreme Personality of Godhead ; māyā - pāne — toward māyā ; kare avadhāna — glances ; prakṛti — the material nature ; kṣobhita kari’ — making agitated ; kare — impregnates ; vīryera — of the semen ; ādhāna — injection .

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.10) , Kṛṣṇa says, bījaṁ māṁ sarva-bhūtānām: “I am the original seed of all existences.” This is also confirmed in another verse in the Bhagavad-gītā (14.4) :

sarva-yoniṣu kaunteya mūrtayaḥ sambhavanti yāḥ tāsāṁ brahma mahad yonir ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā

“It should be understood that all species of life, O son of Kuntī, are made possible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving father.”

For a further explanation, one may refer to the Brahma-saṁhitā (chapter five, verses 10-13). The Brahma-saṁhitā also states (5.51):

agnir mahī gaganam ambu marud diśaś ca kālas tathātma-manasīti jagat-trayāṇi yasmād bhavanti vibhavanti viśanti yaṁ ca govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

All material elements, as well as the spiritual sparks (individual souls), are emanating from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed by the Vedānta-sūtra (1.1): janmādy asya yataḥ. “The Absolute Truth is He from whom everything emanates.” He is the Supreme Truth: satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi ( Bhāg. 1.1.1 ). The absolute ultimate truth is Kṛṣṇa. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya/ janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ sva-rāṭ: “The Absolute Truth is a person who is directly and indirectly cognizant of the entire cosmic manifestation.” ( Bhāg. 1.1.1 )

The Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, educated Lord Brahmā from the heart ( Bhāg. 1.1.1 ): tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye. Therefore the Absolute Truth cannot be dull matter; the Absolute Truth must be the Supreme Person Himself. Sei puruṣa māyā-pāne kare avadhāna. Simply by His glance, material nature is impregnated with all living entities. According to their karma and fruitive activity, they emerge in different bodies. That is the explanation given by the Bhagavad-gītā (2.13) :

dehino ’smin yathā dehe kaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati

“As the embodied soul continuously passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. A sober person is not bewildered by such a change.”

Madhya-lila 20.273

Source

স্বাঙ্গ-বিশেষাভাসরূপে প্রকৃতি-স্পর্শন । জীব-রূপ ‘বীজ’ তাতে কৈলা সমর্পণ ॥ ২৭৩ ॥

svāṅga-viśeṣābhāsa-rūpe prakṛti-sparśana jīva-rūpa ‘bīja’ tāte kailā samarpaṇa

English translation

Translation

“To impregnate with the seeds of the living entities, the Lord Himself does not directly touch the material energy, but by His specific functional expansion He touches the material energy, and thus the living entities, who are His parts and parcels, are impregnated into material nature.

Word meanings

sva - aṅga - viśeṣa - ābhāsa - rūpe — in the form of a specific shadow from His personal body ; prakṛti - sparśana — the Lord glances over the material nature ; jīva - rūpa — having the form of the sparklike living entities, who are parts and parcels ; bīja — semen ; tāte — in that material nature ; kailā samarpaṇa — impregnated .

Purport

According to Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.7) :

mamaivāṁśo jīva-loke jīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ manaḥ-ṣaṣṭhānīndriyāni prakṛti-sthāni karṣati

“The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental parts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.”

In the present verse of the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, the word prakṛti-sparśana refers to the Lord’s glancing over material nature and placing the living entities in contact with dull matter. The glancing is performed by Mahā-Viṣṇu: sa aikṣata lokān nu sṛjā iti. ( Aitareya Upaniṣad 1.1.1) In the conditioned stage we impregnate according to the bodily conception — that is, by sexual intercourse — but the Supreme Lord does not need sexual intercourse to impregnate. The impregnation is performed simply by His glance. This is also explained in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.32) :

aṅgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛttimanti paśyanti pānti kalayanti ciraṁ jaganti ānanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Govinda can impregnate simply by glancing. In other words, His eyes can work as His genitals. He does not need genitals to beget a child. Indeed, Kṛṣṇa can beget any one of the living entities with any part of His body.

The word svāṅga-viśeṣābhāsa-rūpe, indicating the form by which the Lord begets living entities in the material world, is explained herein. He is Lord Śiva. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated that Lord Śiva, who is another form of Mahā-Viṣṇu, is like yogurt. Yogurt is nothing but milk, yet it is not milk. Similarly, Lord Śiva is considered the father of this universe, and material nature is considered the mother. The father and mother are known as Lord Śiva and goddess Durgā. Together, Lord Śiva’s genitals and the vagina of goddess Durgā are worshiped as the śiva-liṅga. This is the origin of the material creation. Thus Lord Śiva’s position is between that of the living entity and that of the Supreme Lord. In other words, Lord Śiva is neither the Supreme Personality of Godhead nor a living entity. He is the form through which the Supreme Lord works to beget living entities within this material world. As yogurt is prepared when milk is mixed with a culture, the form of Lord Śiva expands when the Supreme Personality of Godhead is in touch with material nature. The impregnation of material nature by the father, Lord Śiva, is wonderful because at one time innumerable living entities are conceived. Bhāgo jīvaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ sa cānantyāya kalpate ( Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.9). These living entities are very, very small:

keśāgra-śata-bhāgasya śatāṁśa-sadṛśātmakaḥ jīvaḥ sūkṣma-svarūpo ’yaṁ saṅkhyātīto hi cit-kaṇaḥ

“If we divide the tip of a hair into a hundred parts and then take one of these parts and divide it again into a hundred parts, that very fine division is the size of but one of the numberless living entities. They are all cit-kaṇa, particles of spirit, not matter.”

The innumerable brahmāṇḍas, or universes, come from the pores of the Lord’s body, and innumerable living entities also come from the pores of the transcendental body of the Lord. This is the process of material creation. Without the living entities, this material nature has no value. Both emanate from the pores of the transcendental body of Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu. They are different energies. The material nature is explained as follows by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.4) :

bhūmir āpo ’nalo vāyuḥ khaṁ mano buddhir eva ca ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me bhinnā prakṛtir aṣṭadhā

“Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego — all together these eight constitute My separated material energies.” Thus the material elements also come from the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they are a different type of energy from the living entities. Although the living entities also come from the Lord’s body, they are categorized as a superior energy:

apareyam itas tv anyāṁ prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

“Besides this inferior nature, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior nature.” ( Bg. 7.5 ) The inferior energy, matter, cannot act without the superior energy. All these things are very clearly explained in the Vedas. The materialistic theory that life develops from matter is incorrect. Life and matter come from the supreme living entity; therefore, being the source of both, that supreme living entity, Kṛṣṇa, is described in the Vedānta-sūtra as janmādy asya yataḥ (1.1), or the original source of everything, sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam. This is further explained in the following verse.

Madhya-lila 20.274

Source

দৈবাৎ ক্ষুভিতধর্মিণ্যাং স্বস্যাং যোনৌ পরঃ পুমান্ । আধত্ত বীর্যং সাহসূত মঽত্তত্ত্বং হিরণ্ময়ম্ ॥ ২৭৪ ॥

daivāt kṣubhita-dharmiṇyāṁ svasyāṁ yonau paraḥ pumān ādhatta vīryaṁ sāsūta mahat-tattvaṁ hiraṇmayam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘At a time beyond memory, after agitating the material nature into three qualities, the Supreme Personality of Godhead placed the semen of innumerable living entities within the womb of that material nature. Thus material nature gave birth to the total material energy, known as the hiraṇmaya-mahat-tattva, the original symbolic representation of the cosmic manifestation.’

Word meanings

daivāt — at a time beyond memory ; kṣubhita - dharmiṇyām — the material nature, which is subjected to agitation ; svasyām — which belongs to the Supreme as one of His energies ; yonau — in the womb from which the living entity takes his birth ; paraḥ pumān — the Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead ; ādhatta — impregnated ; vīryam — semen ; sā — that material nature ; asūta — produced ; mahat - tattvam — the total material energy ; hiraṇmayam — the original source for the emanation of varieties of material things .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.26.19) . Lord Kapila is explaining to His mother the relationship between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and material nature. He is informing her how the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original cause of the living entities who are conditioned by material nature. Over and above the twenty-eight elements of the material creation is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. Life comes not from matter but from life itself. As explained in the Vedas: nityo nityānāṁ cetanaś cetanānām ( Kaṭha Upaniṣad 2.2.13). The Supreme Lord is the original source of life.

Madhya-lila 20.275

Source

কালবৃত্ত্যা তু মায়ায়াং গুণময্যামধোক্ষজঃ । পুরুষেণাত্মভূতেন বীর্যমাধত্ত বীর্যবান্ ॥ ২৭৫ ॥

kāla-vṛttyā tu māyāyāṁ guṇa-mayyām adhokṣajaḥ puruṣeṇātma-bhūtena vīryam ādhatta vīryavān

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In due course of time, the Supreme Personality of Godhead [Mahā-Vaikuṇṭhanātha], by the agency of an expansion of His personal self [Mahā-Viṣṇu], placed the seed of the living entities entities within the womb of material nature.’

Word meanings

kāla - vṛttyā — in due course of time, as the immediate cause of creation ; tu — but ; māyāyām — within the material nature ; guṇa - mayyām — full of the three material modes of nature ( sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa ) ; adhokṣajaḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond material conceptions ; puruṣeṇa — by the enjoyer of material nature ; ātma - bhūtena — who is an expansion of His personal self ; vīryam — semen ; ādhatta — placed ; vīryavān — the omnipotent .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.5.26) . This verse tells how the living entities come in contact with material nature. Just as a woman cannot beget children without uniting with a man, material nature cannot beget living entities without being in union with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is a history of how the Absolute Lord becomes the father of all living entities. In every system of religion, it is accepted that God is the supreme father of all living entities. According to Christianity, the supreme father, God, provides the living entities with all of life’s necessities. Therefore they pray, “Give us this day our daily bread.” Any religion that does not accept the Supreme Lord as the absolute father is called kaitava-dharma, or a cheating religion. Such religious systems are rejected in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.2) : dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra. Only an atheist does not accept the omnipotent supreme father. If one accepts the omnipotent supreme father, he abides by His orders and becomes a religious person.

Madhya-lila 20.276

Source

তবে মহত্তত্ত্ব হৈতে ত্রিবিধ অহঙ্কার । যাহা হৈতে দেবতেন্দ্রিয়ভূতের প্রচার ॥ ২৭৬ ॥

tabe mahat-tattva haite trividha ahaṅkāra yāhā haite devatendriya-bhūtera pracāra

English translation

Translation

“First the total material energy is manifested, and from this arise the three types of egotism, which are the original sources from which all demigods [controlling deities], senses and material elements expand.

Word meanings

tabe — thereafter ; mahat - tattva haite — from the total material energy ; tri - vidha — three kinds of ; ahaṅkāra — egotism ; yāhā haite — from which ; devatā — of predominating deities ; indriya — of the senses ; bhūtera — and of material elements ; pracāra — expansion .

Purport

The three types of egotism ( ahaṅkāra ) are technically known as vaikārika, taijasa and tāmasa. The mahat-tattva is situated within the heart, or citta, and the predominating Deity of the mahat-tattva is Lord Vāsudeva ( Bhāg. 3.26.21 ). The mahat-tattva is transformed into three divisions: (1) vaikārika, egotism in goodness ( sāttvika-ahaṅkāra ), from which is manifested the eleventh sense organ, the mind, whose predominating Deity is Aniruddha ( Bhāg. 3.26.27-28); (2) taijasa, or egotism in passion ( rājasa-ahaṅkāra ), from which are manifested the active and knowledge-acquiring senses, along with the intelligence, whose predominating Deity is Lord Pradyumna ( Bhāg. 3.26.29-31); and (3) tāmasa, or egotism in ignorance, from which sound vibration ( śabda-tanmātra ) expands. From sound vibration, the sky ( ākāśa ) is manifested, and then the senses, beginning with the sense of hearing, are also manifested ( Bhāg. 3.26.32 ). Of these three types of egotism, Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa is the predominating Deity. In the philosophical discourse known as the Sāṅkhya-kārikā, it is stated, sāttvika ekādaśakaḥ pravartate vaikṛtād ahaṅkārāt — bhūtādes tan-mātraṁ tāmasa-taijasādy-ubhayam.

Madhya-lila 20.277

Source

সর্ব তত্ত্ব মিলি’ সৃজিল ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের গণ । অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড, তার নাহিক গণন ॥ ২৭৭ ॥

sarva tattva mili’ sṛjila brahmāṇḍera gaṇa ananta brahmāṇḍa, tāra nāhika gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“Combining all the different elements, the Supreme Lord created all the universes. Those universes are unlimited in number; there is no possibility of counting them.

Word meanings

sarva tattva — all different elements ; mili’ — combining ; sṛjila — created ; brahmāṇḍera gaṇa — all the universes ; ananta brahmāṇḍa — those universes are unlimited in number ; tāra nāhika gaṇana — there is no possibility of counting them .

Madhya-lila 20.278

Source

ইঁহো মহৎস্রষ্টা পুরুষ — ‘মহাবিষ্ণু’ নাম । অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড তাঁর লোমকূপে ধাম ॥ ২৭৮ ॥

iṅho mahat-sraṣṭā puruṣa — ‘mahā-viṣṇu’ nāma ananta brahmāṇḍa tāṅra loma-kūpe dhāma

English translation

Translation

“The first form of Lord Viṣṇu is called Mahā-Viṣṇu. He is the original creator of the total material energy. The innumerable universes emanate from the pores of His body.

Word meanings

iṅho — He ; mahat - sraṣṭā — the creator of the mahat-tattva, or total material energy ; puruṣa — the person ; mahā - viṣṇu nāma — called Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu ; ananta — unlimited ; brahmāṇḍa — universes ; tāṅra — of His body ; loma - kūpe — within the hair holes ; dhāma — are situated .

Madhya-lila 20.279-280

Source

গবাক্ষে উড়িয়া যৈছে রেণু আসে যায় । পুরুষ-নিশ্বাস-সহ ব্রহ্মাণ্ড বাহিরায় ॥ ২৭৯ ॥ পুনরপি নিশ্বাস-সহ যায় অভ্যন্তর । অনন্ত ঐশ্বর্য তাঁর, সব — মায়া-পার ॥ ২৮০ ॥

gavākṣe uḍiyā yaiche reṇu āse yāya puruṣa-niśvāsa-saha brahmāṇḍa bāhirāya punarapi niśvāsa-saha yāya abhyantara ananta aiśvarya tāṅra, saba — māyā-pāra

English translation

Translation

“These universes are understood to be floating in the air that Mahā-Viṣṇu exhales. They are like atomic particles that float in sunshine and pass through the holes of a screen. All these universes are thus created by the exhalation of Mahā-Viṣṇu, and when Mahā-Viṣṇu inhales, they re-enter His body. The unlimited opulences of Mahā-Viṣṇu are completely beyond material conception.

Word meanings

gavākṣe — from a hole at the top of a wall ; uḍiyā — floating ; yaiche — as ; reṇu — atomic particles ; āse yāya — come and go ; puruṣaniśvāsa - saha — with the exhaling of Mahā-Viṣṇu ; brahmāṇḍa — the universes ; bāhirāya — come outside ; punarapi — again ; niśvāsa - saha — by His inhalation ; yāya — go ; abhyantara — within ; ananta — unlimited ; aiśvarya — opulences ; tāṅra — of Him ; saba — everything ; māyā - pāra — beyond the material conception .

Madhya-lila 20.281

Source

যস্যৈক-নিশ্বসিতকালমথাবলম্ব্য জীবন্তি লোমবিলজা জগদণ্ডনাথাঃ । বিষ্ণুর্মহান্ স ইহ যস্য কলাবিশেষো গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ২৮১ ॥

yasyaika-niśvasita-kālam athāvalambya jīvanti loma-vila-jā jagad-aṇḍa-nāthāḥ viṣṇur mahān sa iha yasya kalā-viśeṣo govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The Brahmās and other lords of the mundane worlds appear from the pores of Mahā-Viṣṇu and remain alive for the duration of His one exhalation. I adore the primeval Lord, Govinda, of whom Mahā-Viṣṇu is a portion of a plenary portion.’

Word meanings

yasya — whose ; eka — one ; niśvasita — of breath ; kālam — time ; atha — thus ; avalambya — taking shelter of ; jīvanti — live ; loma - vila - jāḥ — grown from the hair holes ; jagat - aṇḍa - nāthāḥ — the masters of the universes (the Brahmās) ; viṣṇuḥ mahān — the Supreme Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu ; saḥ — that ; iha — here ; yasya — whose ; kalā - viśeṣaḥ — particular plenary portion or expansion ; govindam — Lord Govinda ; ādi - puruṣam — the original person ; tam — Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — worship .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.48) . For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 71.

Madhya-lila 20.282

Source

সমস্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণের ইঁহো অন্তর্যামী । কারণাব্ধিশায়ী — সব জগতের স্বামী ॥ ২৮২ ॥

samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇera iṅho antaryāmī kāraṇābdhiśāyī — saba jagatera svāmī

English translation

Translation

“Mahā-Viṣṇu is the Supersoul of all the universes. Lying on the Causal Ocean, He is the master of all material worlds.

Word meanings

samasta brahmāṇḍa - gaṇera — of the aggregate of the brahmāṇḍas, or universes ; iṅho — that Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu ; antaryāmī — the Supersoul ; kāraṇa - abdhi - śāyī — Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu, lying on the Causal Ocean ; saba jagatera — of all the universes ; svāmī — the Supreme Lord .

Madhya-lila 20.283

Source

এইত কহিলুঁ প্রথম পুরুষের তত্ত্ব । দ্বিতীয় পুরুষের এবে শুনহ মহত্ত্ব ॥ ২৮৩ ॥

eita kahiluṅ prathama puruṣera tattva dvitīya puruṣera ebe śunaha mahattva

English translation

Translation

“I have thus explained the truth of the first Personality of Godhead, Mahā-Viṣṇu. I shall now explain the glories of the second Personality of Godhead.

Word meanings

eita — thus ; kahiluṅ — I have explained ; prathama puruṣera — of the first incarnation of the Personality of Godhead ; tattva — the truth ; dvitīya puruṣera — of the second incarnation of the Personality of Godhead ; ebe — now ; śunaha — please hear ; mahattva — glories .

Madhya-lila 20.284

Source

সেই পুরুষ অনন্ত-কোটি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড সৃজিয়া । একৈক-মূর্ত্যে প্রবেশিলা বহু মূর্তি হঞা ॥ ২৮৪ ॥

sei puruṣa ananta-koṭi brahmāṇḍa sṛjiyā ekaika-mūrtye praveśilā bahu mūrti hañā

English translation

Translation

“After creating the total number of universes, which are unlimited, Mahā-Viṣṇu expanded Himself into unlimited forms and entered into each of them.

Word meanings

sei puruṣa — that Personality of Godhead, Mahā-Viṣṇu ; ananta - koṭi brahmāṇḍa — millions and trillions of brahmāṇḍas, or universes ; sṛjiyā — after creating ; eka - eka — in each one of them ; mūrtye — in a form ; praveśilā — entered ; bahu mūrti hañā — becoming many forms .

Madhya-lila 20.285

Source

প্রবেশ করিয়া দেখে, সব — অন্ধকার । রহিতে নাহিক স্থান, করিলা বিচার ॥ ২৮৫ ॥

praveśa kariyā dekhe, saba — andhakāra rahite nāhika sthāna, karilā vicāra

English translation

Translation

“When Mahā-Viṣṇu entered each of the limitless universes, He saw that there was darkness all around and that there was no place to stay. He therefore began to consider the situation.

Word meanings

praveśa kariyā — after entering ; dekhe — He sees ; saba — everywhere ; andhakāra — complete darkness ; rahite — to remain there ; nāhika sthāna — there was no place ; karilā vicāra — then He considered .

Madhya-lila 20.286

Source

নিজাঙ্গ-স্বেদজলে ব্রহ্মাণ্ডার্ধ ভরিল । সেই জলে শেষ-শয্যায় শয়ন করিল ॥ ২৮৬ ॥

nijāṅga-sveda-jale brahmāṇḍārdha bharila sei jale śeṣa-śayyāya śayana karila

English translation

Translation

“With the perspiration produced from His own body, the Lord filled half the universe with water. He then lay down on that water, on the bed of Lord Śeṣa.

Word meanings

nija - aṅga — from His own personal body ; sveda - jale — by emitting the water of perspiration ; brahmāṇḍa - ardha — half of the universe ; bharila — filled ; sei jale — on that water ; śeṣa - śayyāya — on the bed of Lord Śeṣa ; śayana karila — lay down .

Madhya-lila 20.287

Source

তাঁর নাভিপদ্ম হৈতে উঠিল এক পদ্ম । সেই পদ্মে হইল ব্রহ্মার জন্ম-সদ্ম ॥ ২৮৭ ॥

tāṅra nābhi-padma haite uṭhila eka padma sei padme ha-ila brahmāra janma-sadma

English translation

Translation

“A lotus flower then sprouted from the lotus navel of that Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. That lotus flower became Lord Brahmā’s birthplace.

Word meanings

tāṅra nābhi - padma haite — from His lotus navel ; uṭhila — grew ; eka — one ; padma — lotus flower ; sei padme — on that lotus flower ; ha - ila — there was ; brahmāra — of Lord Brahmā ; janma - sadma — the place of generation .

Madhya-lila 20.288

Source

সেই পদ্মনালে হইল চৌদ্দ ভুবন । তেঁহো ‘ব্রহ্মা’ হঞা সৃষ্টি করিল সৃজন ॥ ২৮৮ ॥

sei padma-nāle ha-ila caudda bhuvana teṅho ‘brahmā’ hañā sṛṣṭi karila sṛjana

English translation

Translation

“In the stem of that lotus flower, the fourteen worlds were generated. Then He became Lord Brahmā and manifested the entire universe.

Word meanings

sei padma - nāle — within the stem of that lotus ; ha - ila — was manifested ; caudda — fourteen ; bhuvana — planetary systems ; teṅho — He ; brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; hañā — having become ; sṛṣṭi — the material creation ; karila sṛjana — created .

Madhya-lila 20.289

Source

‘বিষ্ণু’-রূপ হঞা করে জগৎ পালনে । গুণাতীত বিষ্ণু — স্পর্শ নাহি মায়া-সনে ॥ ২৮৯ ॥

‘viṣṇu’-rūpa hañā kare jagat pālane guṇātīta viṣṇu — sparśa nāhi māyā-sane

English translation

Translation

“In this way, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Viṣṇu maintains the entire material world. Since He is always beyond the material qualities, the material nature cannot touch Him.

Word meanings

viṣṇu - rūpa — Lord Kṛṣṇa in His form as Viṣṇu ; hañā — becoming ; kare — does ; jagat pālane — maintenance of the material world ; guṇa - atīta — beyond the material qualities, transcendental ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; sparśa — touching ; nāhi — there is not ; māyā - sane — with māyā, the material energy .

Purport

The influence of the material energy cannot touch Lord Viṣṇu as she touches Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. Therefore it is said that Lord Viṣṇu is transcendental to the material qualities. The incarnations of the material qualities — Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā — are under the jurisdiction of the external energy. Lord Viṣṇu, however, is different. In the mantras of the Ṛg Veda it is said, oṁ tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam ( Ṛg Veda-saṁhitā 1.22.20). The words paramaṁ padam indicate that He is transcendental to the material qualities. Because Lord Viṣṇu is not within the jurisdiction of the material qualities, He is always superior to the living entities who are controlled by the material energy. This is one of the differences between the Supreme Lord and the living entities. Lord Brahmā is a very powerful living entity, and Lord Śiva is even more powerful. Therefore Lord Śiva is not accepted as a living entity, but at the same time he is not considered to be on the level of Lord Viṣṇu.

Madhya-lila 20.290

Source

‘রুদ্র’রূপ ধরি করে জগৎ সংহার । সৃষ্টি, স্থিতি, প্রলয় হয় ইচ্ছায় যাঁহার ॥ ২৯০ ॥

‘rudra’-rūpa dhari kare jagat saṁhāra sṛṣṭi, sthiti, pralaya haya icchāya yāṅhāra

English translation

Translation

“The Supreme Lord in His form of Rudra [Lord Śiva] brings about the dissolution of this material creation. In other words, only by His will are there creation, maintenance and dissolution of the whole cosmic manifestation.

Word meanings

rudra - rūpa dhari — accepting the form of Lord Śiva ; kare — performs ; jagat saṁhāra — dissolution of the universal creation ; sṛṣṭi — creation ; sthiti — maintenance ; pralaya — and dissolution ; haya — take place ; icchāya — by the will ; yāṅhāra — of whom .

Madhya-lila 20.291

Source

ব্রহ্মা, বিষ্ণু, শিব — তাঁর গুণ-অবতার । সৃষ্টি-স্থিতি-প্রলয়ের তিনের অধিকার ॥ ২৯১ ॥

brahmā, viṣṇu, śiva — tāṅra guṇa-avatāra sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera tinera adhikāra

English translation

Translation

“Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva are His three incarnations of the material qualities. Creation, maintenance and destruction respectively are under the charge of these three personalities.

Word meanings

brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; śiva — Lord Śiva ; tāṅra — of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu ; guṇa - avatāra — incarnations of the material qualities ; sṛṣṭi - sthiti - pralayera — of the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolution ; tinera adhikāra — there is control by the three deities (Lord Brahmā, Lord Viṣṇu and Lord Śiva) .

Madhya-lila 20.292

Source

হিরণ্যগর্ভ-অন্তর্যামী — গর্ভোদকশায়ী । ‘সহস্রশীর্ষাদি’ করি’ বেদে যাঁরে গাই ॥ ২৯২ ॥

hiraṇyagarbha-antaryāmī — garbhodakaśāyī ‘sahasra-śīrṣādi’ kari’ vede yāṅre gāi

English translation

Translation

“Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, known within the universe as Hiraṇyagarbha and the antaryāmī, or Supersoul, is glorified in the Vedic hymns, beginning with the hymn that starts with the word ‘sahasra-śīrṣā.’

Word meanings

hiraṇyagarbha — named Hiraṇyagarbha ; antaryāmī — the Supersoul ; garbha - udaka - śāyī — Lord Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu ; sahasra - śīrṣā - ādi kari’ — by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā ( Ṛg Veda-saṁhitā 10.90.1) ; vede yāṅre gāi — unto whom the Vedas pray .

Madhya-lila 20.293

Source

এই ত’ দ্বিতীয়-পুরুষ — ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের ঈশ্বর । মায়ার ‘আশ্রয়’ হয়, তবু মায়া-পার ॥ ২৯৩ ॥

ei ta’ dvitīya-puruṣa — brahmāṇḍera īśvara māyāra ‘āśraya’ haya, tabu māyā-pāra

English translation

Translation

“This second Personality of Godhead, known as Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, is the master of each and every universe and the shelter of the external energy. Nonetheless, He remains beyond the touch of the external energy.

Word meanings

ei ta’ — in this way ; dvitīya - puruṣa — the second Personality of Godhead ; brahmāṇḍera īśvara — the master of the universe ; māyāra — of the external, material energy ; āśraya haya — becomes the shelter ; tabu — still ; māyā - pāra — is beyond the touch of the material energy .

Madhya-lila 20.294

Source

তৃতীয়-পুরুষ বিষ্ণু — ‘গুণ-অবতার’ । দুই অবতার-ভিতর গণনা তাঁহার ॥ ২৯৪ ॥

tṛṭīya-puruṣa viṣṇu — ‘guṇa-avatāra’ dui avatāra-bhitara gaṇanā tāṅhāra

English translation

Translation

“The third expansion of Viṣṇu is Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who is the incarnation of the quality of goodness. He is to be counted within both types of incarnations [puruṣa-avatāras and guṇa-avatāras].

Word meanings

tṛtīya - puruṣa — the third Personality ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; guṇa - avatāra — the incarnation of the material quality of goodness ; dui avatāra - bhitara — within the two incarnations ; gaṇanā tāṅhāra — He is designated .

Madhya-lila 20.295

Source

বিরাট্ ব্যষ্টি-জীবের তেঁহো অন্তর্যামী । ক্ষীরোদকশায়ী তেঁহো — পালনকর্তা, স্বামী ॥ ২৯৫ ॥

virāṭ vyaṣṭi-jīvera teṅho antaryāmī kṣīrodakaśāyī teṅho — pālana-kartā, svāmī

English translation

Translation

“Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu is the universal form of the Lord and is the Supersoul within every living entity. He is known as Kṣīrodakaśāyī because He is the Lord who lies on the ocean of milk. He is the maintainer and master of the universe.

Word meanings

virāṭ — the universal form ; vyaṣṭi - jīvera — of all other living entities ; teṅho — He ; antaryāmī — the Supersoul ; kṣīra - udaka - śāyī — Lord Viṣṇu who lies down on the ocean of milk ; teṅho — He ; pālana - kartā — the maintainer ; svāmī — the master .

Madhya-lila 20.296

Source

পুরুষাবতারের এই কৈলুঁ নিরূপণ । লীলাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২৯৬ ॥

puruṣāvatārera ei kailuṅ nirūpaṇa līlāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana

English translation

Translation

“O Sanātana, I have definitively described the three puruṣa-avatāras of Viṣṇu. Now please hear from Me about the pastime incarnations.

Word meanings

puruṣa - avatārera — of all the puruṣa-avatāras ; ei — this ; kailuṅ nirūpaṇa — I have described ; līlā - avatāra — incarnations for pastimes ; ebe — now ; śuna — please hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana .

Madhya-lila 20.297

Source

লীলাবতার কৃষ্ণের না যায় গণন । প্রধান করিয়া কহি দিগ্দরশন ॥ ২৯৭ ॥

līlāvatāra kṛṣṇera nā yāya gaṇana pradhāna kariyā kahi dig-daraśana

English translation

Translation

“No one can count the innumerable pastime incarnations of Lord Kṛṣṇa, but I shall describe the principal ones.

Word meanings

līlā - avatāra — incarnations for pastimes ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nā yāya gaṇana — are not countable ; pradhāna kariyā — chiefly ; kahi — let Me describe ; dik - daraśana — by a sample indication .

Madhya-lila 20.298

Source

মৎস্য, কূর্ম, রঘুনাথ, নৃসিংহ, বামন । বরাহাদি — লেখা যাঁর না যায় গণন ॥ ২৯৮ ॥

matsya, kūrma, raghunātha, nṛsiṁha, vāmana varāhādi — lekhā yāṅra nā yāya gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“Some of the pastime incarnations are the fish incarnation, the tortoise incarnation, Lord Rāmacandra, Lord Nṛsiṁha, Lord Vāmana and Lord Varāha. There is no end to them.

Word meanings

matsya — the fish incarnation ; kūrma — the tortoise incarnation ; raghunātha — Lord Rāmacandra ; nṛsiṁha — the man-lion incarnation ; vāmana — the dwarf incarnation ; varāha - ādi — the hog incarnation and others ; lekhā — describing ; yāṅra — of which incarnations ; nā yāya gaṇana — cannot be counted .

Madhya-lila 20.299

Source

মৎস্যাশ্বকচ্ছপনৃসিংহ-বরাহ-হংস- রাজন্যবিপ্রবিবুধেষু কৃতাবতারঃ । ত্বং পাসি নস্ত্রিভুবনঞ্চ তথাধুনেশ ভারং ভুবো হর যদূত্তম বন্দনং তে ॥ ২৯৯ ॥

matsyāśva-kacchapa-nṛsiṁha-varāha-haṁsa- rājanya-vipra-vibudheṣu kṛtāvatāraḥ tvaṁ pāsi nas tri-bhuvanaṁ ca tathādhuneśa bhāraṁ bhuvo hara yadūttama vandanaṁ te

English translation

Translation

“ ‘O Lord of the universe, best of the Yadu dynasty, we are offering our prayers unto You mainly to diminish the heavy burden of the universe. Indeed, You diminished this burden formerly by incarnating in the form of a fish, a horse [Hayagrīva], a tortoise, a lion [Lord Nṛsiṁha], a boar [Lord Varāha] and a swan. You also incarnated as Lord Rāmacandra, Paraśurāma and Vāmana, the dwarf. You have always protected us demigods and the universe in this way. Now please continue.’

Word meanings

matsya — in the form of a fish ; aśva — in the form of a horse ; kacchapa — in the form of a tortoise ; nṛsiṁha — in the form of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva ; varāha — in the form of a boar ; haṁsa — in the form of a swan ; rājanya — in the form of Lord Rāmacandra ; vipra — in the form of Lord Paraśurāma ; vibudheṣu — and in the form of Vāmanadeva ; kṛta - avatāraḥ — who have accepted incarnation ; tvam — You ; pāsi — please protect ; naḥ — us demigods ; tri - bhuvanam ca — and the three worlds ; tathā — as well ; adhunā — now ; īśa — O Lord ; bhāram — the burden ; bhuvaḥ — of the universe ; hara — kindly take away ; yadu - uttama — O best of the Yadu dynasty ; vandanam te — to You we offer our prayers .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.40) .

Madhya-lila 20.300

Source

লীলাবতারের কৈলুঁ দিগ্দরশন । গুণাবতারের এবে শুন বিবরণ ॥ ৩০০ ॥

līlāvatārera kailuṅ dig-daraśana guṇāvatārera ebe śuna vivaraṇa

English translation

Translation

“I have given a few examples of pastime incarnations. Now I will describe the guṇa-avatāras, the incarnations of the material qualities. Please listen.

Word meanings

līlā - avatārera — of the incarnations of pastimes ; kailuṅ — I have done ; dik - daraśana — indicating the direction only ; guṇa - avatārera — of incarnations of the material qualities ; ebe — now ; śuna vivaraṇa — hear the description .

Madhya-lila 20.301

Source

ব্রহ্মা, বিষ্ণু, শিব, — তিন গুণ অবতার । ত্রিগুণ অঙ্গীকরি’ করে সৃষ্ট্যাদি-ব্যবহার ॥ ৩০১ ॥

brahmā, viṣṇu, śiva, — tina guṇa avatāra tri-guṇa aṅgīkari’ kare sṛṣṭy-ādi-vyavahāra

English translation

Translation

“There are three functions within this material world. Everything here is created, everything is maintained for some time, and everything is finally dissolved. The Lord therefore incarnates Himself as the controllers of the three qualities — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa [goodness, passion and ignorance]. Thus the transactions of the material world take place.

Word meanings

brahmā, viṣṇu, śiva — Lord Brahmā, Lord Viṣṇu and Lord Śiva ; tina — three ; guṇa avatāra — the incarnations of the material qualities ; tri - guṇa — the three qualities of material nature ; aṅgīkari’ — accepting ; kare — does ; sṛṣṭi - ādi - vyavahāra — transactions in reference to the creation, maintenance and dissolution .

Madhya-lila 20.302

Source

ভক্তিমিশ্রকৃতপুণ্যে কোন জীবোত্তম । রজোগুণে বিভাবিত করি’ তাঁর মন ॥ ৩০২ ॥

bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye kona jīvottama rajo-guṇe vibhāvita kari’ tāṅra mana

English translation

Translation

“Because of his past pious activities mixed with devotional service, the first-class living entity is influenced by the mode of passion within his mind.

Word meanings

bhakti - miśra - kṛta - puṇye — because of pious activities mixed with devotional service ; kona — someone ; jīva - uttama — the best of the living entities ; rajaḥ - guṇe — by the mode of passion ; vibhāvita — influenced ; kari’ — making ; tāṅra — his ; mana — mind .

Madhya-lila 20.303

Source

গর্ভোদকশায়িদ্বারা শক্তি সঞ্চারি’ । ব্যষ্টি সৃষ্টি করে কৃষ্ণ ব্রহ্মা-রূপ ধরি’ ॥ ৩০৩ ॥

garbhodakaśāyi-dvārā śakti sañcāri’ vyaṣṭi sṛṣṭi kare kṛṣṇa brahmā-rūpa dhari’

English translation

Translation

“Such a devotee is empowered by Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. In this way, an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa in the form of Brahmā engineers the total creation of the universe.

Word meanings

garbha - udaka - śāyi - dvārā — by Lord Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu ; śakti sañcāri’ — giving him special powers ; vyaṣṭi — total ; sṛṣṭi — creation ; kare — does ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; brahmā - rūpa dhari’ — accepting the form of Lord Brahmā .

Purport

The Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu puruṣa-avatāra expansion of Lord Viṣṇu accepts the material modes — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa — and thus incarnates as Lord Viṣṇu, Brahmā and Śiva. These are incarnations of the material qualities. Among the many superior living entities qualified with pious activities and devotional service, one, called Lord Brahmā, is infused with the quality of passion by the supreme will of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. Thus Lord Brahmā becomes the incarnation of the creative energy of the Lord.

Madhya-lila 20.304

Source

ভাস্বান্ যথাশ্মসকলেষু নিজেষু তেজঃ স্বীয়ং কিয়ৎ প্রকটয়ত্যপি তদ্বদত্র । ব্রহ্মা য এষ জগদণ্ডবিধানকর্তা গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩০৪ ॥

bhāsvān yathāśma-sakaleṣu nijeṣu tejaḥ svīyaṁ kiyat prakaṭayaty api tadvad atra brahmā ya eṣa jagad-aṇḍa-vidhāna-kartā govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The sun manifests his brilliance in a gem, although it is stone. Similarly, the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, manifests His special power in a pious living entity. Thus the living entity becomes Brahmā and manages the affairs of the universe. Let me worship Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead.’

Word meanings

bhāsvān — the illuminating sun ; yathā — as ; aśma - sakaleṣu — in various types of precious stones ; nijeṣu — his own ; tejaḥ — brilliance ; svīyam — his own ; kiyat — to some extent ; prakaṭayati — manifests ; api — also ; tadvat — similarly ; atra — here ; brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; yaḥ — who is ; eṣaḥ — the Lord ; jagat - aṇḍa - vidhāna - kartā — becomes the chief of the universe ; govindam ādi - puruṣam — Lord Govinda, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead ; tam — Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — worship .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.49) .

Madhya-lila 20.305

Source

কোন কল্পে যদি যোগ্য জীব নাহি পায় । আপনে ঈশ্বর তবে অংশে ‘ব্ৰহ্মা’ হয় ॥ ৩০৫ ॥

kona kalpe yadi yogya jīva nāhi pāya āpane īśvara tabe aṁśe ‘brahmā’ haya

English translation

Translation

“If in a kalpa a suitable living entity is not available to take charge of Brahmā’s post, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself personally expands and becomes Lord Brahmā.

Word meanings

kona kalpe — in some lifetime of Brahmā ; yadi — if ; yogya — suitable ; jīva — living entity ; nāhi — not ; pāya — is available ; āpane — personally ; īśvara — the Supreme Lord ; tabe — then ; aṁśe — by His plenary expansion ; brahmā haya — becomes Lord Brahmā .

Purport

One day of Brahmā consists of the four yugas multiplied a thousand times — or, according to solar calculations, 4,320,000,000 years — and such also is the duration of his night. One year of Brahmā’s life consists of 360 such days and nights, and Brahmā lives for one hundred such years. Such is the life of a Brahmā.

Madhya-lila 20.306

Source

যস্যাঙ্ঘ্রিপঙ্কজরজোঽখিললোকপালৈ- র্মৌল্যুত্তমৈর্ধৃতমুপাসিত-তীর্থতীর্থম্ । ব্রহ্মা ভবোঽহমপি যস্য কলাঃ কলায়াঃ শ্রীশ্চোদ্বহেম চিরমস্য নৃপাসনং ক্ব ॥ ৩০৬ ॥

yasyāṅghri-paṅkaja-rajo ’khila-loka-pālair mauly-uttamair dhṛtam upāsita-tīrtha-tīrtham brahmā bhavo ’ham api yasya kalāḥ kalāyāḥ śrīś codvahema ciram asya nṛpāsanaṁ kva

English translation

Translation

“ ‘What is the value of a throne to Lord Kṛṣṇa? The masters of the various planetary systems accept the dust of His lotus feet on their crowned heads. That dust makes the holy places sacred, and even Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva, Lakṣmī and I Myself, who are all portions of His plenary portion, eternally carry that dust on our heads.’

Word meanings

yasya — whose ; aṅghri - paṅkaja — lotuslike feet ; rajaḥ — the dust ; akhila - loka — of the universal planetary systems ; pālaiḥ — by the masters ; mauli - uttamaiḥ — with valuable turbans on their heads ; dhṛtam — accepted ; upāsita — worshiped ; tīrtha - tīrtham — the sanctifier of the holy places ; brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; bhavaḥ — Lord Śiva ; aham api — even I ; yasya — of whom ; kalāḥ — portions ; kalāyāḥ — of a plenary portion ; śrīḥ — the goddess of fortune ; ca — and ; udvahema — we carry ; ciram — eternally ; asya — of Him ; nṛpa - āsanam — the throne of a king ; kva — where .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.68.37) . When the Kauravas flattered Baladeva so that He would become their ally and spoke ill of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Lord Baladeva became angry and spoke this verse.

Madhya-lila 20.307

Source

নিজাংশ-কলায় কৃষ্ণ তমো-গুণ অঙ্গীকরি’ । সংহারার্থে মায়া-সঙ্গে রুদ্র-রূপ ধরে ॥ ৩০৭ ॥

nijāṁśa-kalāya kṛṣṇa tamo-guṇa aṅgīkari’ saṁhārārthe māyā-saṅge rudra-rūpa dhari

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expands a portion of His plenary portion and, accepting the association of the material mode of ignorance, assumes the form of Rudra to dissolve the cosmic manifestation.

Word meanings

nija - aṁśa — of His personal plenary expansion ; kalāya — by an expansion known as kalā ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; tamaḥ - guṇa — the material mode of darkness ; aṅgīkari’ — accepting ; saṁhāra - arthe — for the purpose of dissolution ; māyā - saṅge — in association with the external energy ; rudra - rūpa — the form of Rudra ; dhari — assumes .

Purport

This is a description of the Rudra form, which is another expansion of Kṛṣṇa. Only viṣṇu-mūrtis are expansions of Kṛṣṇa’s personal and plenary portions. Mahā-Viṣṇu, who lies on the Causal Ocean, is an expansion of Saṅkarṣaṇa. When Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu accepts the material modes of nature for the purpose of dissolving the cosmic manifestation, His form is called Rudra. As already explained, Lord Viṣṇu is the controller of māyā. How, then, can He associate with māyā ? The conclusion is that the incarnation of Lord Śiva or Lord Brahmā indicates the absence of the supreme power of Viṣṇu. When the supreme power is not there, it is possible to associate with māyā, the external energy. Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva are to be considered creations of māyā.

Madhya-lila 20.308

Source

মায়াসঙ্গ-বিকারী রুদ্র — ভিন্নাভিন্ন রূপ । জীবতত্ত্ব নহে, নহে কৃষ্ণের ‘স্বরূপ’ ॥ ৩০৮ ॥

māyā-saṅga-vikārī rudra — bhinnābhinna rūpa jīva-tattva nahe, nahe kṛṣṇera ‘svarūpa’

English translation

Translation

“Rudra, Lord Śiva, has various forms, which are transformations brought about by association with māyā. Although Rudra is not on a level with the jīva-tattvas, he still cannot be considered a personal expansion of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

māyā - saṅga — by association with māyā ; vikārī — transformed ; rudra — the form of Rudra ; bhinna - abhinna rūpa — having different types of forms ; jīva - tattva nahe — still he is not called jīva-tattva ; nahe — nor ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svarūpa — personal form .

Purport

Rudra is simultaneously one with and different from the viṣṇu-tattva. Due to his association with māyā, he is different from the viṣṇu-tattva, but at the same time he is an expansion of Kṛṣṇa’s personal form. This situation is called bhedābheda-tattva or acintya-bhedābheda-tattva, simultaneously one and different.

Madhya-lila 20.309

Source

দুগ্ধ যেন অম্লযোগে দধিরূপ ধরে । দুগ্ধান্তর বস্তু নহে, দুগ্ধ হৈতে নারে ॥ ৩০৯ ॥

dugdha yena amla-yoge dadhi-rūpa dhare dugdhāntara vastu nahe, dugdha haite nāre

English translation

Translation

“Milk is transformed into yogurt when it associates with a yogurt culture. Thus yogurt is nothing but milk, but still it is not milk.

Word meanings

dugdha — milk ; yena — as ; amla - yoge — in association with a sour substance ; dadhi - rūpa — the form of yogurt ; dhare — takes ; dugdha - antara — something other than milk ; vastu — substance ; nahe — is not ; dugdha — milk ; haite — to be ; nāre — is not able .

Purport

Of the three deities supervising the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the universe, Lord Viṣṇu is never separate from the original Viṣṇu. However, Lord Śiva and Brahmā, due to their association with māyā, are different from Viṣṇu. Viṣṇu cannot be transformed into any form of material energy. Whenever there is association with māyā, the personality involved must be different from Lord Viṣṇu. Therefore Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā are called guṇa-avatāras, for they associate with the material qualities. The conclusion is that Rudra is not exactly Lord Viṣṇu but rather a transformation of Viṣṇu. Therefore, he does not come within the category of the viṣṇu-tattvas. Thus he is inconceivably one with Viṣṇu and different from Him. The example given in this verse is very clear. Milk is compared to Viṣṇu. As soon as milk touches a sour substance, it becomes yogurt, or Lord Śiva. Although yogurt is constitutionally milk, it cannot be used in place of milk.

Madhya-lila 20.310

Source

ক্ষীরং যথা দধি বিকারবিশেষযোগাৎ সংজায়তে ন তু ততঃ পৃথগস্তি হেতোঃ । যঃ শম্ভুতামপি তথা সমুপৈতি কার্যাদ্ গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩১০ ॥

kṣīraṁ yathā dadhi vikāra-viśeṣa-yogāt sañjāyate na tu tataḥ pṛthag asti hetoḥ yaḥ śambhutām api tathā samupaiti kāryād govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Milk changes into yogurt when mixed with a yogurt culture, but actually it is constitutionally nothing but milk. Similarly, Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, assumes the form of Lord Śiva [Śambhu] for the special purpose of material transactions. I offer my obeisances at His lotus feet.’

Word meanings

kṣīram — milk ; yathā — as ; dadhi — yogurt ; vikāra - viśeṣa — with a special transforming agent ; yogāt — by mixing ; sañjāyate — is transformed into ; na — not ; tu — but ; tataḥ — from the milk ; pṛthak — separated ; asti — is ; hetoḥ — which is the cause ; yaḥ — who ; śambhutām — the nature of Lord Śiva ; api — even though ; tathā — as ; samupaiti — accepts ; kāryāt — for the matter of some particular business ; govindam — unto Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; ādi - puruṣam — the original person ; tam — unto Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — offer my respectful obeisances .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.45) .

Madhya-lila 20.311

Source

‘শিব’ — মায়াশক্তিসঙ্গী, তমোগুণাবেশ । মায়াতীত, গুণাতীত ‘বিষ্ণু’ — পরমেশ ॥ ৩১১ ॥

‘śiva’ — māyā-śakti-saṅgī, tamo-guṇāveśa māyātīta, guṇātīta ‘viṣṇu’ — parameśa

English translation

Translation

“Lord Śiva is an associate of the external energy; therefore he is absorbed in the material quality of darkness. Lord Viṣṇu is transcendental to māyā and the qualities of māyā. Therefore He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Word meanings

śiva — Lord Śiva ; māyā - śakti - saṅgī — an associate of the external energy ; tamaḥ - guṇa - āveśa — absorbed by the quality of ignorance ; māyā - atīta — transcendental to the external energy ; guṇa - atīta — transcendental to the qualities of matter ; viṣṇu — Viṣṇu ; parama - īśa — the Supreme Lord .

Purport

Viṣṇu is beyond the range of the material manifestation, and He is not within the control of the material energy. He is the supreme independent Personality of Godhead. This is admitted even by Śaṅkarācārya: nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt ( Gītā-bhāṣya ) . In his constitutional form, Śiva is a mahā-bhāgavata, a supreme devotee of the Lord, but because he accepts māyā’s association — especially the quality of ignorance — he is not free from māyā’s influence. Such an intimate association is completely absent in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu. Lord Śiva accepts māyā, but in the presence of Lord Viṣṇu, māyā does not exist. Consequently Lord Śiva has to be considered a product of māyā. When Lord Śiva is free from māyā’s influence, he is in the position of a mahā-bhāgavata, a supreme devotee of Lord Viṣṇu. Vaiṣṇavānāṁ yathā śambhuḥ.

Madhya-lila 20.312

Source

শিবঃ শক্তিযুক্তঃ শশ্বৎ ত্রিলিঙ্গো গুণসংবৃতঃ । বৈকারিকস্তৈজসশ্চ তামসশ্চেত্যহং ত্রিধা ॥ ৩১২ ॥

śivaḥ śakti-yuktaḥ śaśvat tri-liṅgo guṇa-saṁvṛtaḥ vaikārikas taijasaś ca tāmasaś cety ahaṁ tridhā

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The truth about Lord Śiva is that he is always covered with three material coverings — vaikārika, taijasa and tāmasa. Because of these three modes of material nature, he always associates with the external energy and egotism itself.’

Word meanings

śivaḥ — Lord Śiva ; śakti - yuktaḥ — associated with material nature ; śaśvat — eternally ; tri - liṅgaḥ — in three features ; guṇa - saṁvṛtaḥ — covered by the modes of nature ; vaikārikaḥ — one is called vaikārika ; taijasaḥ ca — another is called taijasa ; tāmasaḥ ca — as well as tāmasa ; iti — thus ; aham — egotism ; tri - dhā — three kinds .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.88.3) .

Madhya-lila 20.313

Source

হরির্হি নির্গুণঃ সাক্ষাৎ পুরুষঃ প্ৰকৃতেঃ পরঃ । স সর্বদৃগুপদ্রষ্টা তং ভজন্নির্গুণো ভবেৎ ॥ ৩১৩ ॥

harir hi nirguṇaḥ sākṣāt puruṣaḥ prakṛteḥ paraḥ sa sarva-dṛg upadraṣṭā taṁ bhajan nirguṇo bhavet

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Śrī Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is situated beyond the range of material nature; therefore He is the supreme transcendental person. He can see everything inside and outside; therefore He is the supreme overseer of all living entities. If someone takes shelter at His lotus feet and worships Him, he also attains a transcendental position.’

Word meanings

hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu ; hi — certainly ; nirguṇaḥ — transcendental to all material qualities ; sākṣāt — directly ; puruṣaḥ — the supreme enjoyer ; prakṛteḥ — material nature ; paraḥ — beyond ; saḥ — He ; sarva - dṛk — the seer of everything ; upadraṣṭā — the overseer of everything ; tam — Him ; bhajan — by worshiping ; nirguṇaḥ — transcendental to material qualities ; bhavet — one becomes .

Purport

This is also a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.88.5) .

Madhya-lila 20.314

Source

পালনার্থ স্বাংশ বিষ্ণুরূপে অবতার । সত্ত্বগুণ দ্ৰষ্টা, তাতে গুণমায়া-পার ॥ ৩১৪ ॥

pālanārtha svāṁśa viṣṇu-rūpe avatāra sattva-guṇa draṣṭā, tāte guṇa-māyā-pāra

English translation

Translation

“For the maintenance of the universe, Lord Kṛṣṇa descends as His personal plenary expansion in the form of Viṣṇu. He is the director of the mode of goodness; therefore He is transcendental to the material energy.

Word meanings

pālana - artha — for maintenance ; svāṁśa — personal plenary expansion ; viṣṇu - rūpe — in the form of Lord Viṣṇu ; avatāra — incarnation ; sattva - guṇa — of the mode of goodness ; draṣṭā — director ; tāte — therefore ; guṇa - māyā - pāra — transcendental to the material modes of nature .

Madhya-lila 20.315

Source

স্বরূপ — ঐশ্বর্যপূর্ণ, কৃষ্ণসম প্রায় । কৃষ্ণ অংশী, তেঁহো অংশ, বেদে হেন গায় ॥ ৩১৫ ॥

svarūpa — aiśvarya-pūrṇa, kṛṣṇa-sama prāya kṛṣṇa aṁśī, teṅho aṁśa, vede hena gāya

English translation

Translation

“Lord Viṣṇu is in the category of svāṁśa because He has opulences almost equal to Kṛṣṇa’s. Kṛṣṇa is the original person, and Lord Viṣṇu is His personal expansion. This is the verdict of all Vedic literatures.

Word meanings

svarūpa — personal expansion ; aiśvarya - pūrṇa — full of all opulences ; kṛṣṇa - sama — equal to Kṛṣṇa ; prāya — almost ; kṛṣṇa aṁśī — Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; teṅho — Lord Viṣṇu ; aṁśa — personal expansion ; vede — the Vedas ; hena — thus ; gāya — sing .

Purport

Although an incarnation of the material energy, Lord Brahmā is nonetheless the director of the material mode of passion. Similarly, Lord Śiva, although simultaneously one with and different from Lord Kṛṣṇa, is still the incarnation of the mode of darkness. However, Lord Viṣṇu is Kṛṣṇa’s personal expansion; therefore He is the director of the mode of goodness and is always transcendentally situated, beyond the jurisdiction of the modes of material nature. Lord Viṣṇu is the original personal expansion of Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa is the original source of all incarnations. As far as power is concerned, Lord Viṣṇu is as powerful as Lord Kṛṣṇa because He possesses all the opulences.

Madhya-lila 20.316

Source

দীপার্চিরেব হি দশান্তরমভ্যুপেত্য দীপায়তে বিবৃতহেতুসমানধর্মা । যস্তাদৃগেব হি চ বিষ্ণুতয়া বিভাতি গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩১৬ ॥

dīpārcir eva hi daśāntaram abhyupetya dīpāyate vivṛta-hetu-samāna-dharmā yas tādṛg eva hi ca viṣṇutayā vibhāti govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘When the flame of one candle is expanded to another candle and placed in a different position, it burns separately, and its illumination is as powerful as the original candle’s. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, expands Himself in different forms as Viṣṇu, who is equally luminous, powerful and opulent. Let me worship that Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda.’

Word meanings

dīpa - arciḥ — the flame of a lamp ; eva — as ; hi — certainly ; daśā - antaram — another lamp ; abhyupetya — expanding ; dīpāyate — illuminates ; vivṛta - hetu — with its expanded cause ; samāna - dharmā — equally powerful ; yaḥ — who ; tādṛk — similarly ; eva — certainly ; hi — certainly ; ca — also ; viṣṇutayā — by His expansion as Lord Viṣṇu ; vibhāti — illuminates ; govindam — to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; ādi - puruṣam — the supreme original person ; tam — to Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — offer my worshipful respect .

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.46) .

Madhya-lila 20.317

Source

ব্রহ্মা, শিব — আজ্ঞাকারী ভক্ত-অবতার । পালনার্থে বিষ্ণু — কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-আকার ॥ ৩১৭ ॥

brahmā, śiva — ājñā-kārī bhakta-avatāra pālanārthe viṣṇu — kṛṣṇera svarūpa-ākāra

English translation

Translation

“The conclusion is that Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva are simply devotee incarnations who carry out orders. However, Lord Viṣṇu, the maintainer, is the personal feature of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

brahmā — Lord Brahmā ; śiva — Lord Śiva ; ājñā - kārī — order-carriers ; bhakta - avatāra — incarnations of devotees ; pālana - arthe — for maintenance ; viṣṇu — Lord Viṣṇu ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svarūpa - ākāra — in the form of a personal feature .

Madhya-lila 20.318

Source

সৃজামি তন্নিযুক্তোঽহং হরো হরতি তদ্বশঃ । বিশ্বং পুরুষরূপেণ পরিপাতি ত্রিশক্তিধৃক্ ॥ ৩১৮ ॥

sṛjāmi tan-niyukto ’haṁ haro harati tad-vaśaḥ viśvaṁ puruṣa-rūpeṇa paripāti tri-śakti-dhṛk

English translation

Translation

“[Lord Brahmā said:] ‘I am engaged by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to create. Following His orders, Lord Śiva dissolves everything. The Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu maintains all the affairs of material nature. Thus the supreme controller of the three modes of material nature is Lord Viṣṇu.’

Word meanings

sṛjāmi — create ; tat - niyuktaḥ — engaged by Him ; aham — I ; haraḥ — Lord Śiva ; harati — annihilates ; tat - vaśaḥ — under His control ; viśvam — the whole universe ; puruṣa - rūpeṇa — in the form of Lord Viṣṇu ; paripāti — maintains ; tri - śakti - dhṛk — the controller of the three modes of material nature .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.6.32) . Lord Brahmā gave this information to Devarṣi Nārada when he was receiving instructions from Lord Brahmā to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramātmā. After describing the universal form of the Lord, Lord Brahmā explained that his position and Lord Śiva’s position are controlled by Lord Viṣṇu.

Madhya-lila 20.319

Source

মন্বন্তরাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন । অসংখ্য গণন তাঁর, শুনহ কারণ ॥ ৩১৯ ॥

manvantarāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana asaṅkhya gaṇana tāṅra, śunaha kāraṇa

English translation

Translation

“O Sanātana, now just hear about the incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu [manvantara-avatāras]. They are unlimited, and no one can count them. Just hear of their source.

Word meanings

manu - antara - avatāra — the incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu ; ebe — now ; śuna — hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana Gosvāmī ; asaṅkhya — unlimited ; gaṇana — counting ; tāṅra — of them ; śunaha — just hear ; kāraṇa — the cause .

Madhya-lila 20.320

Source

ব্রহ্মার এক দিনে হয় চৌদ্দ মন্বন্তর । চৌদ্দ অবতার তাহাঁ করেন ঈশ্বর ॥ ৩২০ ॥

brahmāra eka-dine haya caudda manvantara caudda avatāra tāhāṅ karena īśvara

English translation

Translation

“In one day of Brahmā, there are fourteen changes of the Manus, and during the reign of each of those fourteen Manus, an incarnation is manifested by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Word meanings

brahmāra eka - dine — in one day of Brahmā ; haya — there are ; caudda — fourteen ; manu - antara — changes of Manu ; caudda — fourteen ; avatāra — incarnations ; tāhāṅ — in that time ; karena — manifests ; īśvara — the Supreme Personality of Godhead .

Purport

From this verse it can be calculated that in one month (30 days) of Brahmā’s life there are 420 manvantara-avatāras and that in one year (360 days) of his life there are 5,040 manvantara incarnations. Thus for the one hundred years of Brahmā’s life, there is a total of 504,000 manvantara-avatāras. In addition, the Manus themselves are considered partial incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Madhya-lila 20.321

Source

চৌদ্দ এক দিনে, মাসে চারিশত বিশ । ব্রহ্মার বৎসরে পঞ্চসহস্র চল্লিশ ॥ ৩২১ ॥

caudda eka dine, māse cāri-śata biśa brahmāra vatsare pañca-sahasra calliśa

English translation

Translation

“There are 14 manvantara-avatāras in one day of Brahmā, 420 in one month, and 5,040 in one year.

Word meanings

caudda — 14 ; eka dine — in one day ; māse — in one month ; cāri - śata biśa — 420 ; brahmāra vatsare — in one year of Brahmā ; pañca - sahasra calliśa — 5,040 avatāras .

Madhya-lila 20.322

Source

শতেক বৎসর হয় ‘জীবন’ ব্রহ্মার । পঞ্চলক্ষ চারিসহস্র মন্বন্তরাবতার ॥ ৩২২ ॥

śateka vatsara haya ‘jīvana’ brahmāra pañca-lakṣa cāri-sahasra manvantarāvatāra

English translation

Translation

“During the hundred years of Brahmā’s life, there are 504,000 manvantara-avatāras.

Word meanings

śateka vatsara haya — there are one hundred years ; jīvana — the duration of life ; brahmāra — of Brahmā ; pañca - lakṣa — 500,000 ; cāri - sahasra — 4,000 ; manu - antara - avatāra — incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu .

Madhya-lila 20.323

Source

অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে ঐছে করহ গণন । মহাবিষ্ণু একশ্বাসে ব্রহ্মার জীবন ॥ ৩২৩ ॥

ananta brahmāṇḍe aiche karaha gaṇana mahā-viṣṇu eka-śvāse brahmāra jīvana

English translation

Translation

“The number of manvantara-avatāras for only one universe has been given. One can only imagine how many manvantara-avatāras exist in the innumerable universes. And all these universes and Brahmās exist only during one exhalation of Mahā-Viṣṇu.

Word meanings

ananta brahmāṇḍe — in innumerable universes ; aiche — in that way ; karaha gaṇana — just try to count ; mahā - viṣṇu — Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu ; eka - śvāse — by one exhalation ; brahmāra jīvana — the duration of life of one Brahmā .

Madhya-lila 20.324

Source

মহাবিষ্ণুর নিশ্বাসের নাহিক পর্যন্ত । এক মন্বন্তরাবতারের দেখ লেখার অন্ত ॥ ৩২৪ ॥

mahā-viṣṇura niśvāsera nāhika paryanta eka manvantarāvatārera dekha lekhāra anta

English translation

Translation

“There is no limit to the exhalations of Mahā-Viṣṇu. Just see how impossible it is to speak or write of only the manvantara-avatāras!

Word meanings

mahā - viṣṇura — of Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu ; niśvāsera — of the exhalations ; nāhika paryanta — there is no limit ; eka manvantara - avatārera — of only one feature of the Lord, namely the manvantara-avatāras ; dekha — just see ; lekhāra anta — it is beyond the power of writing .

Madhya-lila 20.325

Source

স্বায়ংভুবে ‘যজ্ঞ’, স্বারোচিষে ‘বিভু’ নাম । ঔত্তমে ‘সত্যসেন’, তামসে ‘হরি’ অভিধান ॥ ৩২৫ ॥

svāyaṁbhuve ‘yajña’, svārociṣe ‘vibhu’ nāma auttame ‘satyasena’, tāmase ‘hari’ abhidhāna

English translation

Translation

“In the Svāyambhuva-manvantara, the avatāra is named Yajña. In the Svārociṣa-manvantara, he is named Vibhu. In the Auttama-manvantara, He is named Satyasena, and in the Tāmasa-manvantara, He is named Hari.

Word meanings

svāyaṁbhuve — in the Svāyambhuva-manvantara ; yajña — the avatāra named Yajña ; svārociṣe — in the Svārociṣa-manvantara ; vibhu — the avatāra Vibhu ; nāma — named ; auttame — in the Auttama-manvantara ; satyasena — the avatāra named Satyasena ; tāmase — in the Tāmasa-manvantara ; hari — Hari ; abhidhāna — named .

Madhya-lila 20.326

Source

রৈবতে ‘বৈকুণ্ঠ’, চাক্ষুষে ‘অজিত’, বৈবস্বতে ‘বামন’ । সাবর্ণ্যে ‘সার্বভৌম’, দক্ষসাবর্ণ্যে ‘ঋষভ’ গণন ॥ ৩২৬ ॥

raivate ‘vaikuṇṭha’, cākṣuṣe ‘ajita’, vaivasvate ‘vāmana’ sāvarṇye ‘sārvabhauma’, dakṣa-sāvarṇye ‘ṛṣabha’ gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“In the Raivata-manvantara, the avatāra is named Vaikuṇṭha, and in the Cākṣuṣa-manvantara, He is named Ajita. In the Vaivasvata-manvantara, He is named Vāmana, and in the Sāvarṇya-manvantara, He is named Sārvabhauma. In the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantara, he is named Ṛṣabha.

Word meanings

raivate — in the Raivata-manvantara ; vaikuṇṭha — the avatāra named Vaikuṇṭha ; cākṣuṣe — in the Cākṣuṣa-manvantara ; ajita — the avatāra named Ajita ; vaivasvate — in the Vaivasvata-manvantara ; vāmana — the avatāra named Vāmana ; sāvarṇye — in the Sāvarṇya-manvantara ; sārvabhauma — the avatāra named Sārvabhauma ; dakṣa - sāvarṇye — in the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantara ; ṛṣabha — the avatāra named Ṛṣabha ; gaṇana — named .

Madhya-lila 20.327

Source

ব্রহ্মসাবর্ণ্যে ‘বিষ্বক্সেন’, ‘ধর্মসেতু’ ধর্মসাবর্ণ্যে । রুদ্রসাবর্ণ্যে ‘সুধামা’, ‘যোগেশ্বর’ দেবসাবর্ণ্যে ॥ ৩২৭ ॥

brahma-sāvarṇye ‘viṣvaksena’, ‘dharmasetu’ dharma-sāvarṇye rudra-sāvarṇye ‘sudhāmā’, ‘yogeśvara’ deva-sāvarṇye

English translation

Translation

“In the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantara, the avatāra is named Viṣvaksena, and in the Dharma-sāvarṇya, he is named Dharmasetu. In the Rudra-sāvarṇya he is named Sudhāmā, and in the Deva-sāvarṇya, he is named Yogeśvara.

Word meanings

brahma - sāvarṇye — in the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantara ; viṣvaksena — the avatāra named Viṣvaksena ; dharmasetu — the avatāra named Dharmasetu ; dharma - sāvarṇye — in the Dharma-sāvarṇya-manvantara ; rudra - sāvarṇye — in the Rudra-sāvarṇya-manvantara ; sudhāmā — the avatāra named Sudhāmā ; yogeśvara — the avatāra named Yogeśvara ; deva - sāvarṇye — in the Deva-sāvarṇya-manvantara .

Madhya-lila 20.328

Source

ইন্দ্রসাবর্ণ্যে ‘বৃহদ্ভানু’ অভিধান । এই চৌদ্দ মন্বন্তরে চৌদ্দ ‘অবতার’ নাম ॥ ৩২৮ ॥

indra-sāvarṇye ‘bṛhadbhānu’ abhidhāna ei caudda manvantare caudda ‘avatāra’ nāma

English translation

Translation

“In the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantara, the avatāra is named Bṛhadbhānu. These are the names of the fourteen avatāras in the fourteen manvantaras.

Word meanings

indra - sāvarṇye — in the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantara ; bṛhadbhānu — the avatāra named Bṛhadbhānu ; abhidhāna — named ; ei caudda manvantare — in the fourteen manvantaras ; caudda — fourteen ; avatāra — of the incarnations ; nāma — different names .

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, in his Anubhāṣya, gives a list of Manus and their fathers’ names: (1) Svāyambhuva Manu, the son of Lord Brahmā; (2) Svārociṣa, the son of Svarocis, or Agni, the predominating deity of fire; (3) Uttama, the son of King Priyavrata; (4) Tāmasa, the brother of Uttama; (5) Raivata, the twin brother of Tāmasa; (6) Cākṣuṣa, the son of the demigod Cakṣus; (7) Vaivasvata, the son of Vivasvān, the sun-god (whose name is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gītā [4.1]); (8) Sāvarṇi, a son born to the sun-god and his wife Chāyā; (9) Dakṣa-sāvarṇi, the son of the demigod Varuṇa; (10) Brahma-sāvarṇi, the son of Upaśloka; (11-14) Rudra-sāvarṇi, Dharma-sāvarṇi, Deva-sāvarṇi and Indra-sāvarṇi, the sons of Rudra, Ruci, Satyasahā and Bhūti respectively.

Madhya-lila 20.329

Source

যুগাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন । সত্য-ত্রেতা-দ্বাপর-কলি-যুগের গণন ॥ ৩২৯ ॥

yugāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“O Sanātana, now hear from Me about the yuga-avatāras, the incarnations for the millenniums. First of all, there are four yugas — Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yuga.

Word meanings

yuga - avatāra — incarnation of millenniums ; ebe — now ; śuna — hear ; sanātana — O Sanātana Gosvāmī ; satya - tretā - dvāpara - kali - yugera — of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yuga ; gaṇana — the chronological order .

Madhya-lila 20.330

Source

শুক্ল-রক্ত-কৃষ্ণ-পীত — ক্রমে চারি বর্ণ । চারি বর্ণ ধরি’ কৃষ্ণ করেন যুগধর্ম ॥ ৩৩০ ॥

śukla-rakta-kṛṣṇa-pīta — krame cāri varṇa cāri varṇa dhari’ kṛṣṇa karena yuga-dharma

English translation

Translation

“In the four yugas — Satya, Tretā, Dvāpara and Kali — the Lord incarnates in four colors: white, red, black and yellow respectively. These are the colors of the incarnations in different millenniums.

Word meanings

śukla — white ; rakta — red ; kṛṣṇa — black ; pīta — yellow ; krame — one after another ; cāri varṇa — four colors ; cāri varṇa dhari’ — accepting these four colors ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; karena yuga - dharma — manifests His pastimes in different millenniums .

Madhya-lila 20.331

Source

আসন্ বর্ণাস্ত্রয়ো হ্যস্য গৃহ্ণতোঽনুযুগং তনূঃ । শুক্লো রক্তস্তথা পীত ইদানীং কৃষ্ণতাং গতঃ ॥ ৩৩১ ॥

āsan varṇās trayo hy asya gṛhṇato ’nu-yugaṁ tanūḥ śuklo raktas tathā pīta idānīṁ kṛṣṇatāṁ gataḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘This child formerly had three colors according to the prescribed color for different millenniums. Formerly He was white, red and yellow, and now He has assumed a blackish color.’

Word meanings

āsan — there were ; varṇāḥ — colors ; trayaḥ — three ; hi — certainly ; asya — of your son ; gṛhṇataḥ — accepting ; anu - yugam — according to the millennium ; tanūḥ — body ; śuklaḥ — white ; raktaḥ — red ; tathā — as well as ; pītaḥ — yellow ; idānīm — just now ; kṛṣṇatām gataḥ — He has assumed a blackish hue .

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.8.13) was spoken by Garga Muni when performing the name-giving ceremony for Kṛṣṇa at the house of Nanda Mahārāja. The following two verses are also from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.21, 24).

Madhya-lila 20.332

Source

কৃতে শুক্লশ্চতুর্বাহুর্জটিলো বল্কলাম্বরঃ । কৃষ্ণাজিনোপবীতাক্ষান্ বিভ্রদ্দণ্ডকমণ্ডলূ ॥ ৩৩২ ॥

kṛte śuklaś catur-bāhur jaṭilo valkalāmbaraḥ kṛṣṇājinopavītākṣān bibhrad daṇḍa-kamaṇḍalū

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In Satya-yuga the Lord appeared in a body colored white, with four arms and matted hair. He wore tree bark and bore a black antelope skin. He wore a sacred thread and a garland of rudrākṣa beads. He carried a rod and a waterpot, and He was a brahmacārī.’

Word meanings

kṛte — in Satya-yuga ; śuklaḥ — having a white color and bearing the name Śukla ; catuḥ - bāhuḥ — having four arms ; jaṭilaḥ — with a bunch of hair ; valkala - ambaraḥ — wearing a garment made of tree bark ; kṛṣṇa - ajina — black-colored antelope skin ; upavīta — sacred thread ; akṣān — a garland of beads for chanting ; bibhrat — carried ; daṇḍa - kamaṇḍalū — a rod and waterpot .

Madhya-lila 20.333

Source

ত্রেতায়াং রক্তবর্ণোঽসৌ চতুর্বাহুস্ত্রিমেখলঃ । হিরণ্যকেশস্ত্রয্যাত্মা স্রুক্স্রুবাদ্যুপলক্ষণঃ ॥ ৩৩৩ ॥

tretāyāṁ rakta-varṇo ’sau catur-bāhus tri-mekhalaḥ hiraṇya-keśas trayy-ātmā sruk-sruvādy-upalakṣaṇaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In Tretā-yuga, the Lord appeared in a body that had a reddish hue and four arms. There were three distinctive lines on His abdomen, and His hair was golden. His form manifested the Vedic knowledge, and He bore the symbols of a sacrificial spoon, ladle and so on.’

Word meanings

tretāyām — in Tretā-yuga ; rakta - varṇaḥ — of a reddish color ; asau — He ; catuḥ - bāhuḥ — with four arms ; tri - mekhalaḥ — having three circles on the abdomen ; hiraṇya - keśaḥ — hair colored like gold ; trayī - ātmā — whose form manifests the Vedas ; sruk - sruva - ādi - upalakṣaṇaḥ — decorated with the sacrificial spoon, ladle and so on .

Madhya-lila 20.334

Source

সত্যযুগে ধর্ম-ধ্যান করায় ‘শুক্ল’-মূর্তি ধরি’ । কর্দমকে বর দিলা যেঁহো কৃপা করি’ ॥ ৩৩৪ ॥

satya-yuge dharma-dhyāna karāya ‘śukla’-mūrti dhari’ kardamake vara dilā yeṅho kṛpā kari’

English translation

Translation

“As the white incarnation, the Lord taught religion and meditation. He offered benedictions to Kardama Muni, and in this way He showed His causeless mercy.

Word meanings

satya - yuge — in the millennium of Satya-yuga ; dharma - dhyāna — religious principles and meditation ; karāya — induces ; śukla — whitish ; mūrti — form ; dhari’ — accepting ; kardamake — to Kardama Muni ; vara dilā — gave benedictions ; yeṅho — who ; kṛpā kari’ — out of causeless mercy .

Purport

Kardama Muni was one of the prajāpatis. He married Devahūti, the daughter of Manu, and their son was Kapiladeva. The Supreme Lord was very pleased with Kardama Muni’s austerities, and He appeared before Kardama Muni in a whitish body. This happened in the Satya-yuga millennium, when people were accustomed to practicing meditation.

Madhya-lila 20.335

Source

কৃষ্ণ-‘ধ্যান’ করে লোক জ্ঞান-অধিকারী । ত্রেতার ধর্ম ‘যজ্ঞ’ করায় ‘রক্ত’-বর্ণ ধরি’ ॥ ৩৩৫ ॥

kṛṣṇa-‘dhyāna’ kare loka jñāna-adhikārī tretāra dharma ‘yajña’ karāya ‘rakta’-varṇa dhari’

English translation

Translation

“In Satya-yuga the people were generally advanced in spiritual knowledge and could meditate upon Kṛṣṇa very easily. The people’s occupational duty in Tretā-yuga was to perform great sacrifices. This was induced by the Personality of Godhead in His reddish incarnation.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - dhyāna — meditation upon Kṛṣṇa ; kare — perform ; loka — the people ; jñāna - adhikārī — who are advanced in spiritual knowledge ; tretāra — of Tretā-yuga ; dharma — the occupational duty ; yajña — performance of sacrifices ; karāya — induces ; rakta - varṇa dhari’ — assuming a reddish color .

Madhya-lila 20.336

Source

‘কৃষ্ণপদার্চন’ হয় দ্বাপরের ধর্ম । ‘কৃষ্ণ’-বর্ণে করায় লোকে কৃষ্ণার্চন-কর্ম ॥ ৩৩৬ ॥

‘kṛṣṇa-padārcana’ haya dvāparera dharma ‘kṛṣṇa’-varṇe karāya loke kṛṣṇārcana-karma

English translation

Translation

“In Dvāpara-yuga the people’s occupational duty was to worship the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore Lord Kṛṣṇa, appearing in a blackish body, personally induced people to worship Him.

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - pada - arcana — worshiping the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa ; haya — is ; dvāparera — of Dvāpara millennium ; dharma — the occupational duty ; kṛṣṇa - varṇe — in a blackish color ; karāya — induces ; loke — to the people ; kṛṣṇa - arcana - karma — the activities of worshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa .

Madhya-lila 20.337

Source

দ্বাপরে ভগবান্ শ্যামঃ পীতবাসা নিজায়ুধঃ । শ্রীবৎসাদিভিরঙ্কৈশ্চ লক্ষণৈরুপলক্ষিতঃ ॥ ৩৩৭ ॥

dvāpare bhagavān śyāmaḥ pīta-vāsā nijāyudhaḥ śrī-vatsādibhir aṅkaiś ca lakṣaṇair upalakṣitaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In Dvāpara-yuga the Personality of Godhead appears in a blackish hue. He is dressed in yellow, He holds His own weapons, and He is decorated with the Kaustubha jewel and the mark of Śrīvatsa. That is how His symptoms are described.’

Word meanings

dvāpare — in Dvāpara-yuga ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; śyāmaḥ — blackish ; pīta - vāsāḥ — having yellow clothes ; nija — own ; āyudhaḥ — having weapons ; śrī - vatsa - ādibhiḥ — such as Śrīvatsa ; aṅkaiḥ — by bodily markings ; ca — and ; lakṣaṇaiḥ — by external characteristics such as the Kaustubha jewel ; upalakṣitaḥ — characterized .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.27) . The śyāma color is not exactly blackish. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura compares it to the color of the atasī flower. It is not that Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself appears in a blackish color in all the Dvāpara-yugas. In other Dvāpara-yugas, previous to Lord Kṛṣṇa’s appearance, the Supreme Lord appeared in a greenish body by His own personal expansion. This is mentioned in the Viṣṇu Purāṇa, Hari-vaṁśa and Mahābhārata.

Madhya-lila 20.338

Source

নমস্তে বাসুদেবায় নমঃ সঙ্কর্ষণায় চ । প্রদ্যুম্নায়ানিরুদ্ধায় তুভ্যং ভগবতে নমঃ ॥ ৩৩৮ ॥

namas te vāsudevāya namaḥ saṅkarṣaṇāya ca pradyumnāyāniruddhāya tubhyaṁ bhagavate namaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expanded as Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.’

Word meanings

namaḥ — let me offer my respectful obeisances ; te — unto You ; vāsudevāya — Lord Vāsudeva ; namaḥ — respectful obeisances ; saṅkarṣaṇāya ca — also to Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; pradyumnāya — to Lord Pradyumna ; aniruddhāya — unto Aniruddha ; tubhyam — unto You ; bhagavate — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; namaḥ — my respectful obeisances .

Purport

This is a prayer from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.29) spoken by Karabhājana Muni when he was questioned by Mahārāja Nimi, the King of Videha, about the incarnations in specific yugas and their method of worship. Karabhājana Muni was one of the nine Yogendras, and he met the King to inform him about future incarnations.

Madhya-lila 20.339

Source

এই মন্ত্রে দ্বাপরে করে কৃষ্ণার্চন । ‘কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন’ — কলিযুগের ধর্ম ॥ ৩৩৯ ॥

ei mantre dvāpare kare kṛṣṇārcana ‘kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana’ — kali-yugera dharma

English translation

Translation

“By this mantra, the people worship Lord Kṛṣṇa in Dvāpara-yuga. In Kali-yuga the occupational duty of the people is to chant congregationally the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

Word meanings

ei mantre — by this mantra ; dvāpare — in the Age of Dvāpara ; kare — perform ; kṛṣṇa - arcana — the worship of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa - nāma - saṅkīrtana — chanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kali - yugera dharma — the occupational duty in the Age of Kali .

Purport

As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.51) :

kaler doṣa-nidhe rājann asti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya mukta-bandhaḥ paraṁ vrajet

“My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom.” Thus in Kali-yuga one worships Lord Kṛṣṇa by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. To propagate this movement, Lord Kṛṣṇa personally appeared as Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. That is described in the following verse.

Madhya-lila 20.340

Source

‘পীত’-বর্ণ ধরি’ তবে কৈলা প্রবর্তন । প্রেমভক্তি দিলা লোকে লঞা ভক্তগণ ॥ ৩৪০ ॥

‘pīta’-varṇa dhari’ tabe kailā pravartana prema-bhakti dilā loke lañā bhakta-gaṇa

English translation

Translation

“In the Age of Kali, Lord Kṛṣṇa assumes a golden color and, accompanied by His personal devotees, introduces hari-nāma-saṅkīrtana, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. By this process He delivers love for Kṛṣṇa to the general populace.

Word meanings

pīta - varṇa dhari’ — assuming the color yellow ; tabe — thereafter ; kailā pravartana — introduced the saṅkīrtana movement ; prema - bhakti dilā — He distributed love of Kṛṣṇa ; loke — to the people in general ; lañā bhakta - gaṇa — accompanied by His devotees .

Madhya-lila 20.341

Source

ধর্ম প্রবর্তন করে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন । প্রেমে গায় নাচে লোক করে সঙ্কীর্তন ॥ ৩৪১ ॥

dharma pravartana kare vrajendra-nandana preme gāya nāce loka kare saṅkīrtana

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja, personally introduces the occupational duty of the Age of Kali. He personally chants and dances in ecstatic love, and thus the entire world chants congregationally.

Word meanings

dharma pravartana kare — introduces a particular type of religious activity ; vrajendra - nandana — Kṛṣṇa Himself ; preme — in love ; gāya — chants ; nāce — dances ; loka — all people ; kare — perform ; saṅkīrtana — congregational chanting .

Madhya-lila 20.342

Source

কৃষ্ণবর্ণং ত্বিষাঽকৃষ্ণং সাঙ্গোপাঙ্গাস্ত্রপার্ষদম্ । যজ্ঞৈঃ সঙ্কীর্তন-প্রায়ৈর্যজন্তি হি সুমেধসঃ ॥ ৩৪২ ॥

kṛṣṇa-varṇaṁ tviṣākṛṣṇaṁ sāṅgopāṅgāstra-pārṣadam yajñaiḥ saṅkīrtana-prāyair yajanti hi su-medhasaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘In the Age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to worship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of Kṛṣṇa. Although His complexion is not blackish, He is Kṛṣṇa Himself. He is accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.’

Word meanings

kṛṣṇa - varṇam — repeating the syllables kṛṣ-ṇa ; tviṣā — with a luster ; akṛṣṇam — not black (golden) ; sa - aṅga — with associates ; upa - aṅga — servitors ; astra — weapons ; pārṣadam — confidential companions ; yajñaiḥ — by sacrifice ; saṅkīrtana - prāyaiḥ — consisting chiefly of congregational chanting ; yajanti — they worship ; hi — certainly ; su - medhasaḥ — intelligent persons .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.32) . See also Ādi-līlā, chapter three, text 52.

Madhya-lila 20.343

Source

আর তিনযুগে ধ্যানাদিতে যেই ফল হয় । কলিযুগে কৃষ্ণনামে সেই ফল পায় ॥ ৩৪৩ ॥

āra tina-yuge dhyānādite yei phala haya kali-yuge kṛṣṇa-nāme sei phala pāya

English translation

Translation

“In the other three yugas — Satya, Tretā and Dvāpara — people perform different types of spiritual activities. Whatever results they achieve in that way, they can achieve in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

Word meanings

āra tina - yuge — in the three other yugas ; dhyāna - ādite — by processes beginning with meditation ; yei — whatever ; phala — result ; haya — there is ; kali - yuge — in this Age of Kali ; kṛṣṇa - nāme — by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra ; sei phala pāya — one gets the same achievement .

Madhya-lila 20.344

Source

কলের্দোষনিধে রাজন্নস্তি হ্যেকো মহান্ গুণঃ । কীর্তনাদেব কৃষ্ণস্য মুক্তবন্ধঃ পরং ব্ৰজেৎ ॥ ৩৪৪ ॥

kaler doṣa-nidhe rājann asti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya mukta-bandhaḥ paraṁ vrajet

English translation

Translation

“ ‘My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom.’

Word meanings

kaleḥ — of the Age of Kali ; doṣa - nidhe — in the ocean of faults ; rājan — O King ; asti — there is ; hi — certainly ; ekaḥ — one ; mahān — very great ; guṇaḥ — good quality ; kīrtanāt — by chanting ; eva — certainly ; kṛṣṇasya — of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa ; mukta - bandhaḥ — liberated from material bondage ; param — to the transcendental, spiritual kingdom ; vrajet — one can go .

Purport

As mentioned above, this verse is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 12.3.51 .

Madhya-lila 20.345

Source

কৃতে যদ্ধ্যায়তো বিষ্ণুং ত্রেতায়াং যজতো মখৈঃ । দ্বাপরে পরিচর্যায়াং কলৌ তদ্ধরিকীর্তনাৎ ॥ ৩৪৫ ॥

kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Whatever result was obtained in Satya-yuga by meditating on Viṣṇu, in Tretā-yuga by performing sacrifices and in Dvāpara-yuga by serving the Lord’s lotus feet can also be obtained in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.’

Word meanings

kṛte — in Satya-yuga ; yat — which ; dhyāyataḥ — from meditation ; viṣṇum — on Lord Viṣṇu ; tretāyām — in Tretā-yuga ; yajataḥ — from worshiping ; makhaiḥ — by performing sacrifices ; dvāpare — in the Age of Dvāpara ; paricaryāyām — by worshiping the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa ; kalau — in the Age of Kali ; tat — that same result (can be achieved) ; hari - kīrtanāt — simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra .

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.52) . At the present moment in Kali-yuga there are many false meditators who concoct some imaginary form and try to meditate upon it. It has become fashionable to meditate, but people know nothing about the object of meditation. That is explained here. Yad dhyāyato viṣṇum. One has to meditate upon Lord Viṣṇu or Lord Kṛṣṇa. Without referring to the śāstras, so-called meditators aim at impersonal objects. Lord Kṛṣṇa has condemned them in the Bhagavad-gītā (12.5) :

kleśo ’dhikataras teṣām avyaktāsakta-cetasām avyaktā hi gatir duḥkhaṁ dehavadbhir avāpyate

“For those whose minds are attached to the unmanifested, impersonal feature of the Supreme, advancement is very troublesome. To make progress in that discipline is always difficult for those who are embodied.” Not knowing how to meditate, foolish people simply suffer, and there is no benefit derived from their spiritual activities.

The same idea expressed in this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam can be found in the following verse from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.2.17), Padma Purāṇa ( Uttara-khaṇḍa 72.25) and Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa (38.97).

Madhya-lila 20.346

Source

ধ্যায়ন্ কৃতে যজন্ যজ্ঞৈস্ত্রেতায়াং দ্বাপরেঽর্চয়ন্ । যদাপ্নোতি তদাপ্নোতি কলৌ সঙ্কীর্ত্য কেশবম্ ॥ ৩৪৬ ॥

dhyāyan kṛte yajan yajñais tretāyāṁ dvāpare ’rcayan yad āpnoti tad āpnoti kalau saṅkīrtya keśavam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Whatever is achieved by meditation in Satya-yuga, by the performance of yajña in Tretā-yuga or by the worship of Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet in Dvāpara-yuga is also obtained in the Age of Kali simply by chanting the glories of Lord Keśava.’

Word meanings

dhyāyan — meditating ; kṛte — in Satya-yuga ; yajan — worshiping ; yajñaiḥ — by the performance of great sacrifices ; tretāyām — in Tretā-yuga ; dvāpare — in Dvāpara-yuga ; arcayan — worshiping the lotus feet ; yat — whatever ; āpnoti — is achieved ; tat — that ; āpnoti — is obtained ; kalau — in the Age of Kali ; saṅkīrtya — simply by chanting ; keśavam — the pastimes and qualities of Lord Keśava .

Madhya-lila 20.347

Source

কলিং সভাজয়ন্ত্যার্যা গুণজ্ঞাঃ সারভাগিনঃ । যত্র সঙ্কীর্তনেনৈব সর্বস্বার্থোঽভিলভ্যতে ॥ ৩৪৭ ॥

kaliṁ sabhājayanty āryā guṇa-jñāḥ sāra-bhāginaḥ yatra saṅkīrtanenaiva sarva-svārtho ’bhilabhyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Those who are advanced and highly qualified and are interested in the essence of life know the good qualities of Kali-yuga. Such people worship the Age of Kali because in this age one can advance in spiritual knowledge and attain life’s goal simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.’

Word meanings

kalim — Kali-yuga ; sabhājayanti — worship ; āryāḥ — advanced people ; guṇa - jñāḥ — appreciating this good quality of Kali-yuga ; sāra - bhāginaḥ — persons who accept the essence of life ; yatra — in which age ; saṅkīrtanena — simply by performing the saṅkīrtana-yajña, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra ; eva — certainly ; sarva - sva - arthaḥ — all interests of life ; abhilabhyate — are achieved .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.36) spoken by the great sage Karabhājana Ṛṣi, one of the nine Yogendras. The sage was informing Mahārāja Nimi about the people’s duty to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to different processes in different yugas.

Madhya-lila 20.348

Source

পূর্ববৎ লিখি যবে গুণাবতারগণ । অসংখ্য সংখ্যা তাঁর, না হয় গণন ॥ ৩৪৮ ॥

pūrvavat likhi yabe guṇāvatāra-gaṇa asaṅkhya saṅkhyā tāṅra, nā haya gaṇana

English translation

Translation

“As stated before when I described the incarnations of the material modes [guṇa-avatāras], one should consider that these incarnations also are unlimited and that no one can count them.

Word meanings

pūrva - vat — as previously ; likhi — I write ; yabe — when ; guṇa - avatāra - gaṇa — incarnations of the material modes of nature ; asaṅkhya — innumerable ; saṅkhyā — counting ; tāṅra — of them ; nā haya gaṇana — not actually countable .

Madhya-lila 20.349

Source

চারিযুগাবতারে এই ত’ গণন । শুনি’ ভঙ্গি করি’ তাঁরে পুছে সনাতন ॥ ৩৪৯ ॥

cāri-yugāvatāre ei ta’ gaṇana śuni’ bhaṅgi kari’ tāṅre puche sanātana

English translation

Translation

“Thus I have given a description of the incarnations of the four different yugas.” After hearing all this, Sanātana Gosvāmī gave an indirect hint to the Lord.

Word meanings

cāri - yuga - avatāre — of the incarnations in the four different yugas ; ei ta’ gaṇana — such enumeration ; śuni’ — hearing ; bhaṅgi kari’ — giving a hint ; tāṅre — unto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; puche — inquired ; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī .

Madhya-lila 20.350

Source

রাজমন্ত্রী সনাতন — বুদ্ধ্যে বৃহস্পতি । প্রভুর কৃপাতে পুছে অসঙ্কোচ-মতি ॥ ৩৫০ ॥

rāja-mantrī sanātana — buddhye bṛhaspati prabhura kṛpāte puche asaṅkoca-mati

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī had been a minister under Nawab Hussain Shah, and he was undoubtedly as intelligent as Bṛhaspati, the chief priest of the heavenly kingdom. Due to the Lord’s unlimited mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī questioned Him without hesitation.

Word meanings

rāja - mantrī sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī was formerly an intelligent minister for Nawab Hussain Shah ; buddhye — in intelligence ; bṛhaspati — exactly like Bṛhaspati, the priest in the heavenly kingdom ; prabhura kṛpāte — because of the unlimited mercy of the Lord ; puche — inquires ; asaṅkoca - mati — without hesitation .

Madhya-lila 20.351

Source

‘অতি ক্ষুদ্র জীব মুঞি নীচ, নীচাচার । কেমনে জানিব কলিতে কোন্ অবতার ?’ ৩৫১ ॥

‘ati kṣudra jīva muñi nīca, nīcācāra kemane jāniba kalite kon avatāra?’

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “I am a very insignificant living entity. I am low and poorly behaved. How can I understand who is the incarnation for this Age of Kali?”

Word meanings

ati — very ; kṣudra — unimportant, insignificant ; jīva — living entity ; muñi — I ; nīca — low ; nīca - ācāra — having very abominable behavior ; kemane — how ; jāniba — shall I know ; kalite — in this age ; kon avatāra — who is the incarnation .

Purport

This verse is very important in reference to the incarnations of God. At present there are especially many rascals prevalent in India who proclaim themselves incarnations of God or goddesses. Thus they are fooling and bluffing foolish people. On behalf of the general populace, Sanātana Gosvāmī presented himself as a foolish, lowborn, poorly behaved person, although he was a most exalted personality. Inferior people cannot accept the real God, yet they are very eager to accept an imitation God who can simply bluff foolish people. All this is going on in this Age of Kali. To guide these foolish people, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu answers the question as follows.

Madhya-lila 20.352

Source

প্রভু কহে, — “অন্যাবতার শাস্ত্র-দ্বারে জানি । কলিতে অবতার তৈছে শাস্ত্রবাক্যে মানি ॥ ৩৫২ ॥

prabhu kahe, — “anyāvatāra śāstra-dvāre jāni kalite avatāra taiche śāstra-vākye māni

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “As in other ages an incarnation is accepted according to the directions of the śāstras, in this Age of Kali an incarnation of God should be accepted in that way.

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; anya - avatāra — the incarnations in other yugas ; śāstra - dvāre jāni — one has to accept by reference to the śāstras ; kalite — in this Age of Kali ; avatāra — incarnation ; taiche — similarly ; śāstra - vākye māni — one has to accept according to the description of revealed scriptures .

Purport

According to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, this is the way an incarnation should be accepted. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, sādhu-śāstra-guru-vākya, cittete kariyā aikya. One should accept a thing as genuine by studying the words of saintly people, the spiritual master and the śāstra. The actual center is the śāstra, the revealed scripture. If a spiritual master does not speak according to the revealed scripture, he is not to be accepted. Similarly, if a saintly person does not speak according to the śāstra, he is not a saintly person. The śāstra is the center for all. Unfortunately, at the present moment, people do not refer to the śāstras; therefore they accept rascals as incarnations, and consequently they have made incarnations into a very cheap thing. Intelligent people who follow Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions and the instructions of the ācārya, the bona fide spiritual master, will not accept a pretender as an incarnation of God. In Kali-yuga, the only incarnation is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Imitation incarnations take advantage of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The Lord appeared within the past five hundred years, played as the son of a brāhmaṇa from Nadia and introduced the saṅkīrtana movement. Imitating Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and ignoring the śāstra, rascals present themselves as incarnations and introduce their rascaldom as a religious process. As we have repeatedly said, religion can be given only by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. From the discussions in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, we can understand that in different ages the Supreme Lord introduces different systems and different religious duties. In this Age of Kali, the only incarnation of Kṛṣṇa is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and He introduced the religious duty of Kali-yuga, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.

Madhya-lila 20.353

Source

সর্বজ্ঞ মুনির বাক্য — শাস্ত্র-‘পরমাণ’ । আমা-সবা জীবের হয় শাস্ত্রদ্বারা ‘জ্ঞান’ ॥ ৩৫৩ ॥

sarvajña munira vākya — śāstra-‘paramāṇa’ āmā-sabā jīvera haya śāstra-dvārā ‘jñāna’

English translation

Translation

“The Vedic literatures composed by the omniscient Mahāmuni Vyāsadeva are evidence of all spiritual existence. Only through these revealed scriptures can all conditioned souls attain knowledge.

Word meanings

sarva - jña munira vākya — the words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva) ; śāstra - paramāṇa — evidence of revealed scriptures ; āmā - sabā — all of us ; jīvera — of the conditioned souls ; haya — there is ; śāstra - dvārā — through the medium of revealed scriptures ; jñāna — knowledge .

Purport

Foolish people try to concoct knowledge by manufacturing something in their brains. That is not the real way of knowledge. Knowledge is śabda-pramāṇa, evidence from the Vedic literature. Śrīla Vyāsadeva is called Mahāmuni. He is also known as Vedavyāsa because he has compiled so many śāstras. He has divided the Vedas into four divisions — Sāma, Ṛg, Yajur and Atharva. He has expanded the Vedas into eighteen Purāṇas and has summarized Vedic knowledge in the Vedānta-sūtra. He also compiled the Mahābhārata, which is accepted as the fifth Veda. The Bhagavad-gītā is contained within the Mahābhārata. Therefore the Bhagavad-gītā is also Vedic literature ( smṛti ) . Some of the Vedic literatures are called śrutis, and some are called smṛtis. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī recommends in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.101):

śruti-smṛti-purāṇādi- pañcarātra-vidhiṁ vinā aikāntikī harer bhaktir utpātāyaiva kalpate

Unless one refers to śāstra ( śruti, smṛti and purāṇādi ), one’s spiritual activity simply disturbs society. There is no king or government to check people, and therefore society has fallen into a chaotic condition as far as spiritual understanding is concerned. Taking advantage of this chaotic condition, many rascals have appeared and proclaimed themselves incarnations of God. As a result, the entire population is indulging in sinful activities such as illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating. Out of many sinful people, many so-called incarnations of God are emerging. This is a very regrettable situation, especially in India.

Madhya-lila 20.354

Source

অবতার নাহি কহে — ‘আমি অবতার’ । মুনি সব জানি’ করে লক্ষণ-বিচার ॥ ৩৫৪ ॥

avatāra nāhi kahe — ‘āmi avatāra’ muni saba jāni’ kare lakṣaṇa-vicāra

English translation

Translation

“An actual incarnation of God never says ‘I am God’ or ‘I am an incarnation of God.’ The great sage Vyāsadeva, knowing all, has already recorded the characteristics of the avatāras in the śāstras.

Word meanings

avatāra — the actual incarnation of Godhead ; nāhi — never ; kahe — says ; āmi avatāra — I am an incarnation ; muni — the great sage Mahāmuni Vyāsadeva ; saba jāni’ — knowing all (past, present and future) ; kare lakṣaṇa - vicāra — describes the symptoms of the avatāras .

Purport

In this verse it is clearly stated that a real incarnation of God never claims to be a real incarnation. According to the symptoms described in the śāstra, one can understand who is an avatāra and who is not.

Madhya-lila 20.355

Source

যস্যাবতারা জ্ঞায়ন্তে শরীরেষ্বশরীরিণঃ । তৈস্তৈরতুল্যাতিশয়ৈর্বীর্যৈর্দেহিষ্বসঙ্গতৈঃ ॥ ৩৫৫ ॥

yasyāvatārā jñāyante śarīreṣv aśarīriṇaḥ tais tair atulyātiśayair vīryair dehiṣv asaṅgataiḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The Lord does not have a material body, yet He descends among human beings in His transcendental body as an incarnation. Therefore it is very difficult for us to understand who is an incarnation. Only by His extraordinary prowess and uncommon activities, which are impossible for embodied living entities, can one partially understand the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Word meanings

yasya — whose ; avatārāḥ — incarnations ; jñāyante — can be known ; śarīriṣu — among the living entities ; aśarīriṇaḥ — of the Lord, who has no material body ; taiḥ taiḥ — all those ; atulya — incomparable ; atiśayaiḥ — extraordinary ; vīryaiḥ — by prowess ; dehiṣu — among the living entities ; asaṅgataiḥ — impossible .

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.10.34).

Madhya-lila 20.356

Source

‘স্বরূপ’-লক্ষণ, আর ‘তটস্থ-লক্ষণ’ । এই দুই লক্ষণে ‘বস্তু’ জানে মুনিগণ ॥ ৩৫৬ ॥

‘svarūpa’-lakṣaṇa, āra ‘taṭastha-lakṣaṇa’ ei dui lakṣaṇe ‘vastu’ jāne muni-gaṇa

English translation

Translation

“By two symptoms — personal characteristics and marginal characteristics — the great sages can understand an object.

Word meanings

svarūpa - lakṣaṇa — the personal characteristics ; āra — and ; taṭastha - lakṣaṇa — the marginal characteristics ; ei dui lakṣaṇe — by these two symptoms ; vastu — an object ; jāne — know ; muni - gaṇa — the great sages .

Madhya-lila 20.357

Source

আকৃতি, প্রকৃতি, স্বরূপ, — স্বরূপ-লক্ষণ । কার্যদ্বারা জ্ঞান, — এই তটস্থ-লক্ষণ ॥ ৩৫৭ ॥

ākṛti, prakṛti, svarūpa, — svarūpa-lakṣaṇa kārya-dvārā jñāna, — ei taṭastha-lakṣaṇa

English translation

Translation

“Bodily features, nature and form are the personal characteristics. Knowledge of His activities provides the marginal characteristics.

Word meanings

ākṛti — bodily features ; prakṛti — nature ; svarūpa — form ; svarūpa - lakṣaṇa — personal symptoms ; kārya - dvārā — by activities ; jñāna — knowledge ; ei — this ; taṭastha - lakṣaṇa — the marginal symptoms .

Madhya-lila 20.358

Source

ভাগবতারম্ভে ব্যাস মঙ্গলাচরণে । ‘পরমেশ্বর’ নিরূপিল এই দুই লক্ষণে ॥ ৩৫৮ ॥

bhāgavatārambhe vyāsa maṅgalācaraṇe ‘parameśvara’ nirūpila ei dui lakṣaṇe

English translation

Translation

“In the auspicious invocation at the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śrīla Vyāsadeva has described the Supreme Personality of Godhead by these symptoms.

Word meanings

bhāgavata - ārambhe — in the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam ; vyāsa — the great author Vyāsadeva ; maṅgala - ācaraṇe — in the auspicious invocation ; parama - īśvara — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; nirūpila — has described ; ei dui lakṣaṇe — by these two characteristics, namely svarūpa (personal) and taṭastha (marginal) symptoms .

Madhya-lila 20.359

Source

জন্মাদ্যস্য যতোঽন্বয়াদিতরতশ্চার্থেষ্বভিজ্ঞঃ স্বরাট্ তেনে ব্রহ্ম হৃদা য আদিকবয়ে মুহ্যন্তি যৎ সূরয়ঃ । তেজোবারিমৃদাং যথা বিনিময়ো যত্র ত্রিসর্গোঽমৃষা ধাম্না স্বেন সদা নিরস্তকুহকং সত্যং পরং ধীমহি ॥ ৩৫৯ ॥

janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ svarāṭ tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo ’mṛṣā dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

English translation

Translation

“ ‘O my Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, O all-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. I meditate upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa because He is the Absolute Truth and the primeval cause of all causes of the creation, sustenance and destruction of the manifested universes. He is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations, and He is independent because there is no other cause beyond Him. It is He only who first imparted the Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmājī, the original living being. By Him even the great sages and demigods are placed into illusion, as one is bewildered by the illusory representations of water seen in fire, or land seen on water. Only because of Him do the material universes, temporarily manifested by the reactions of the three modes of nature, appear factual, although they are unreal. I therefore meditate upon Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally existent in the transcendental abode, which is forever free from the illusory representations of the material world. I meditate upon Him, for He is the Absolute Truth.’

Word meanings

janma - ādi — creation, maintenance and dissolution ; asya — of this (the universe) ; yataḥ — from whom ; anvayāt — directly from the spiritual connection ; itarataḥ — indirectly from the lack of material contact ; ca — also ; artheṣu — in all affairs ; abhijñaḥ — perfectly cognizant ; sva - rāṭ — independent ; tene — imparted ; brahma — the Absolute Truth ; hṛdā — through the heart ; yaḥ — who ; ādi - kavaye — unto Lord Brahmā ; muhyanti — are bewildered ; yat — in whom ; sūrayaḥ — great personalities like Lord Brahmā and other demigods or great brāhmaṇas ; tejaḥ - vāri - mṛdām — of fire, water and earth ; yathā — as ; vinimayaḥ — the exchange ; yatra — in whom ; tri - sargaḥ — the material creation of three modes ; amṛṣā — factual ; dhāmnā — with the abode ; svena — His own personal ; sadā — always ; nirasta - kuhakam — devoid of all illusion ; satyam — the truth ; param — absolute ; dhīmahi — let us meditate upon .

Purport

This verse, quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.1) , links the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with the Vedānta-sūtra with the words janmādy asya yataḥ. It is stated that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva, is the Absolute Truth beyond the material creation. This has been accepted by all ācāryas. Even Śaṅkarācārya, the most elevated impersonalist, says in the beginning of his commentary on the Bhagavad-gītā: nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt. When this material creation is not yet manifested from the mahat-tattva, it is called avyakta, and when it is demonstrated from that total energy, it is called vyakta. Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is beyond this vyakta-avyakta, manifested and unmanifested material nature. This is the chief qualification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead when He assumes a particular incarnation. Kṛṣṇa tells Arjuna that although they both took birth many, many times before, Kṛṣṇa remembers everything about His previous appearances but Arjuna does not remember. Since Kṛṣṇa is beyond the cosmic creation, He is in the exalted position of being able to remember everything in the past. Everything within the cosmic creation has a material body, but Kṛṣṇa, being beyond the material cosmic creation, always has a spiritual body. He imparted Vedic knowledge into the heart of Brahmā. Although Brahmā is the most important and exalted personality within this universe, he could not remember what he did in his past life. Kṛṣṇa had to remind him through the heart. When Lord Brahmā was thus inspired, he was able to create the entire universe. Remembering everything about the past and inspiring Lord Brahmā to create are vivid examples of the characteristics called svarūpa-lakṣaṇa and taṭastha-lakṣaṇa.

Madhya-lila 20.360

Source

এই শ্লোকে ‘পরং’-শব্দে ‘কৃষ্ণ’-নিরূপণ । ‘সত্যং’ শব্দে কহে তাঁর স্বরূপ-লক্ষণ ॥ ৩৬০ ॥

ei śloke ‘paraṁ’-śabde ‘kṛṣṇa’-nirūpaṇa ‘satyaṁ’ śabde kahe tāṅra svarūpa-lakṣaṇa

English translation

Translation

“In this invocation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the word ‘param’ indicates Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the word ‘satyam’ indicates His personal characteristics.

Word meanings

ei śloke — in this verse ; param - śabde — by the word param, or supreme ; kṛṣṇa — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nirūpaṇa — there is an indication ; satyam śabde — by the word satyam, or Absolute Truth ; kahe — indicates ; tāṅra — His ; svarūpa - lakṣaṇa — personal characteristics .

Madhya-lila 20.361

Source

বিশ্বসৃষ্ট্যাদি কৈল, বেদ ব্রহ্মাকে পড়াইল । অর্থাভিজ্ঞতা, স্বরূপশক্ত্যে মায়া দূর কৈল ॥ ৩৬১ ॥

viśva-sṛṣṭy-ādi kaila, veda brahmāke paḍāila arthābhijñatā, svarūpa-śaktye māyā dūra kaila

English translation

Translation

“In that same verse it is stated that the Lord is the creator, maintainer and annihilator of the cosmic manifestation and that He enabled Lord Brahmā to create the universe by infusing him with the knowledge of the Vedas. It is also stated that the Lord has full knowledge, directly and indirectly, that He knows past, present and future, and that His personal energy is separate from māyā, the illusory energy.

Word meanings

viśva - sṛṣṭi - ādi — creation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifestation ; kaila — performed ; veda — the Vedic knowledge ; brahmāke — unto Lord Brahmā ; paḍāila — instructed ; artha - abhijñatā — having full knowledge of past, present and future ; svarūpa - śaktye — by His personal energy ; māyā — the illusory energy ; dūra kaila — separated .

Madhya-lila 20.362

Source

এই সব কার্য — তাঁর তটস্থ-লক্ষণ । অন্য অবতার ঐছে জানে মুনিগণ ॥ ৩৬২ ॥

ei saba kārya — tāṅra taṭastha-lakṣaṇa anya avatāra aiche jāne muni-gaṇa

English translation

Translation

“All these activities are His marginal characteristics. Great saintly persons understand the incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the indications of the two characteristics known as svarūpa and taṭastha. All the incarnations of Kṛṣṇa should be understood in this way.

Word meanings

ei saba kārya — all these activities ; tāṅra — His ; taṭastha - lakṣaṇa — marginal characteristics ; anya avatāra — another incarnation ; aiche — in that same way ; jāne — know ; muni - gaṇa — the great saintly persons like Vyāsadeva .

Madhya-lila 20.363

Source

অবতার-কালে হয় জগতে গোচর । এই দুই লক্ষণে কেহ জানয়ে ঈশ্বর ॥” ৩৬৩ ॥

avatāra-kāle haya jagate gocara ei dui lakṣaṇe keha jānaye īśvara”

English translation

Translation

“At the time of Their appearance, the incarnations of the Lord are known in the world because people can consult the śāstras to understand an incarnation’s chief characteristics, known as svarūpa and taṭastha. In this way the incarnations become known to great saintly persons.”

Word meanings

avatāra - kāle — at the time of incarnation ; haya — there is ; jagate — in the world ; gocara — information ; ei dui lakṣaṇe — by these two characteristics, namely svarūpa and taṭastha ; keha — some persons ; jānaye — know ; īśvara — the incarnation of the Supreme Lord .

Madhya-lila 20.364

Source

সনাতন কহে, — “যাতে ঈশ্বর-লক্ষণ । পীতবর্ণ, কার্য — প্রেমদান-সঙ্কীর্তন ॥ ৩৬৪ ॥

sanātana kahe, — “yāte īśvara-lakṣaṇa pīta-varṇa, kārya — prema-dāna-saṅkīrtana

English translation

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “The color of the personality in whom the characteristics of the Lord are found is yellowish. His activities include the distribution of love of Godhead and the chanting of the holy names of the Lord.

Word meanings

sanātana kahe — Sanātana said ; yāte — in whom ; īśvara - lakṣaṇa — the characteristics of the Lord are found ; pīta - varṇa — yellowish color ; kārya — activities ; prema - dāna — distributing love of Godhead ; saṅkīrtana — and chanting the holy name of the Lord congregationally .

Madhya-lila 20.365

Source

কলিকালে সেই ‘কৃষ্ণাবতার’ নিশ্চয় । সুদৃঢ় করিয়া কহ, যাউক সংশয় ॥” ৩৬৫ ॥

kali-kāle sei ‘kṛṣṇāvatāra’ niścaya sudṛḍha kariyā kaha, yāuka saṁśaya”

English translation

Translation

“The incarnation of Kṛṣṇa for this age is indicated by these symptoms. Please confirm this definitely so that all my doubts will go away.”

Word meanings

kali - kāle — in the Age of Kali ; sei — that personality ; kṛṣṇa - avatāra — the incarnation of Kṛṣṇa ; niścaya — certainly ; su - dṛḍha kariyā — firmly ; kaha — kindly inform me ; yāuka saṁśaya — so that all doubts may go away .

Purport

Sanātana Gosvāmī wanted to confirm the fact that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the incarnation of Kṛṣṇa for this age. According to the śāstra, in Kali-yuga the Lord would assume a golden or yellow color and would distribute love of Kṛṣṇa and the saṅkīrtana movement. In accordance with the śāstra and saintly persons, these characteristics were vividly displayed by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and it was therefore clear that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa. He was confirmed by the śāstras, and His characteristics were accepted by saintly people. Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu could not escape Sanātana Gosvāmī’s argument, He remained silent on this point and thereby indirectly accepted Sanātana’s statement. By this we can clearly understand that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the direct incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Madhya-lila 20.366

Source

প্রভু কহে, — চতুরালি ছাড়, সনাতন । শক্ত্যাবেশাবতারের শুন বিবরণ ॥ ৩৬৬ ॥

prabhu kahe, — caturāli chāda, sanātana śaktyāveśāvatārera śuna vivaraṇa

English translation

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “O Sanātana, you must give up your intelligent tricks. Now just try to understand the description of the śaktyāveśa-avatāras.

Word meanings

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied ; caturāli — very intelligent argument ; chāḍa — give up ; sanātana — O Sanātana ; śakti - āveśa - avatārera — of the especially empowered incarnations ; śuna — hear ; vivaraṇa — the description .

Madhya-lila 20.367

Source

শক্ত্যাবেশাবতার কৃষ্ণের অসংখ্য গণন । দিগ্দরশন করি মুখ্য মুখ্য জন ॥ ৩৬৭ ॥

śaktyāveśāvatāra kṛṣṇera asaṅkhya gaṇana dig-daraśana kari mukhya mukhya jana

English translation

Translation

“There are unlimited śaktyāveśa-avatāras of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Let Me describe the chief among them.

Word meanings

śakti - āveśa - avatāra — incarnations especially empowered by the Lord ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; asaṅkhya gaṇana — unlimited and innumerable ; dik - daraśana kari — let Me describe some of them ; mukhya mukhya jana — who are counted as the chief .

Madhya-lila 20.368

Source

শক্ত্যাবেশ দুইরূপ — ‘মুখ্য’, ‘গৌণ’ দেখি । সাক্ষাৎশক্ত্যে ‘অবতার’, আভাসে ‘বিভূতি’ লিখি ॥ ৩৬৮ ॥

śaktyāveśa dui-rūpa — ‘mukhya’, ‘gauṇa’ dekhi sākṣāt-śaktye ‘avatāra’, ābhāse ‘vibhūti’ likhi

English translation

Translation

“Empowered incarnations are of two types — primary and secondary. The primary ones are directly empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are called incarnations. The secondary ones are indirectly empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are called vibhūti.

Word meanings

śakti - āveśa — empowered incarnations ; dui - rūpa — two categories ; mukhya — primary ; gauṇa — secondary ; dekhi — I see ; sākṣāt - śaktye — when there is direct power ; avatāra — they are called incarnations ; ābhāse — when there is indication ; vibhūti likhi — they are called vibhūti, or possessing special favor .

Madhya-lila 20.369

Source

‘সনকাদি’, ‘নারদ’, ‘পৃথু’, ‘পরশুরাম’ । জীবরূপ ‘ব্রহ্মার’ আবেশাবতার-নাম ॥ ৩৬৯ ॥

‘sanakādi’, ‘nārada’, ‘pṛthu’ ‘paraśurāma’ jīva-rūpa ‘brahmāra’ āveśāvatāra-nāma

English translation

Translation

“Some śaktyāveśa-avatāras are the four Kumāras, Nārada, Mahārāja Pṛthu and Paraśurāma. When a living being is empowered to act as Lord Brahmā, he is also considered a śaktyāveśa-avatāra.

Word meanings

sanaka - ādi — the four Kumāras ; nārada — Nārada ; pṛthu — Mahārāja Pṛthu ; paraśurāma — Paraśurāma ; jīva - rūpa — as the living entity ; brahmāra — of Lord Brahmā ; āveśa - avatāra - nāma — all of them are called empowered incarnations .

Madhya-lila 20.370

Source

বৈকুণ্ঠে ‘শেষ’ — ধরা ধরয়ে ‘অনন্ত’ । এই মুখ্যাবেশাবতার — বিস্তারে নাহি অন্ত ॥ ৩৭০ ॥

vaikuṇṭhe ‘śeṣa’ — dharā dharaye ‘ananta’ ei mukhyāveśāvatāra — vistāre nāhi anta

English translation

Translation

“Lord Śeṣa in the spiritual world of Vaikuṇṭha and, in the material world, Lord Ananta, who carries innumerable planets on His hoods, are two primary empowered incarnations. There is no need to count the others, for they are unlimited.

Word meanings

vaikuṇṭhe — in the spiritual world ; śeṣa — Lord Śeṣa ; dharā dharaye — carries innumerable planets ; ananta — Ananta ; ei — these ; mukhya - āveśa - avatāra — primary directly empowered incarnations ; vistāre — in expanding them ; nāhi — there is not ; anta — limit .

Madhya-lila 20.371

Source

সনকাদ্যে ‘জ্ঞান’-শক্তি, নারদে শক্তি ‘ভক্তি’ । ব্রহ্মায় ‘সৃষ্টি’-শক্তি, অনন্তে ‘ভূ-ধারণ’-শক্তি ॥ ৩৭১ ॥

sanakādye ‘jñāna’-śakti, nārade śakti ‘bhakti’ brahmāya ‘sṛṣṭi’-śakti, anante ‘bhū-dhāraṇa’-śakti

English translation

Translation

“The power of knowledge was invested in the four Kumāras, and the power of devotional service was invested in Nārada. The power of creation was invested in Lord Brahmā, and the power to carry innumerable planets was invested in Lord Ananta.

Word meanings

sanaka - ādye — in the four Kumāras ; jñāna - śakti — the power of knowledge ; nārade — in Nārada Muni ; śakti — the power ; bhakti — of devotional service ; brahmāya — in Lord Brahmā ; sṛṣṭi - śakti — the power of creation ; anante — in Lord Ananta ; bhū - dhāraṇa - śakti — the power to carry the planets .

Madhya-lila 20.372

Source

শেষে ‘স্ব-সেবন’-শক্তি, পৃথুতে ‘পালন’ । পরশুরামে ‘দুষ্টনাশক-বীর্যসঞ্চারণ’ ॥ ৩৭২ ॥

śeṣe ‘sva-sevana’-śakti, pṛthute ‘pālana’ paraśurāme ‘duṣṭa-nāśaka-vīrya-sañcāraṇa’

English translation

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead invested the power of personal service in Lord Śeṣa, and He invested the power to rule the earth in King Pṛthu. Lord Paraśurāma received the power to kill rogues and miscreants.

Word meanings

śeṣe — in Lord Śeṣa ; sva - sevana śakti — the power to serve the Lord personally ; pṛthute — in King Pṛthu ; pālana — the power to rule ; paraśurāme — in Paraśurāma ; duṣṭa - nāśaka - vīrya — the extraordinary power to kill rogues and miscreants ; sañcāraṇa — investing .

Purport

Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.8) , paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām. Sometimes the Lord invests His power to rule in a king like Pṛthu and enables such a king to kill rogues and miscreants. He also invests His power in incarnations like Paraśurāma.

Madhya-lila 20.373

Source

জ্ঞানশক্ত্যাদিকলয়া যত্রাবিষ্টো জনার্দনঃ । ত আবেশা নিগদ্যন্তে জীবা এব মহত্তমাঃ ॥ ৩৭৩ ॥

jñāna-śakty-ādi-kalayā yatrāviṣṭo janārdanaḥ ta āveśā nigadyante jīvā eva mahattamāḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Whenever the Lord is present in someone by portions of His various potencies, the living entity representing the Lord is called a śaktyāveśa-avatāra — that is, an incarnation invested with special power.’

Word meanings

jñāna - śakti - ādi - kalayā — by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreants ; yatra — wherever ; āviṣṭaḥ — is entered ; janārdanaḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu ; te — they ; āveśāḥ — empowered ; nigadyante — are called ; jīvāḥ — living entities ; eva — although ; mahat - tamāḥ — most exalted devotees .

Purport

This verse is found in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.18).

Madhya-lila 20.374

Source

‘বিভূতি’ কহিয়ে যৈছে গীতা-একাদশে । জগৎ ব্যাপিল কৃষ্ণশক্ত্যাভাসাবেশে ॥ ৩৭৪ ॥

‘vibhūti’ kahiye yaiche gītā-ekādaśe jagat vyāpila kṛṣṇa-śakty-ābhāsāveśe

English translation

Translation

“As explained in the eleventh chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā, Kṛṣṇa has spread Himself all over the universe in many personalities through specific powers, known as vibhūti.

Word meanings

vibhūti — specific power ; kahiye — we say ; yaiche — just like ; gītā — of the Bhagavad-gītā ; ekādaśe — in the eleventh chapter ; jagat — throughout the whole universe ; vyāpila — He expanded ; kṛṣṇa - śakti - ābhāsa - āveśe — by the reflection of His power .

Purport

The expansion of specific māyā powers is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.7.39) .

Madhya-lila 20.375

Source

যদ্যদ্বিভূতিমৎ সত্ত্বং শ্রীমদূর্জিতমেব বা । তত্তদেবাবগচ্ছ ত্বং মম তেজোহংশসম্ভবম্ ॥ ৩৭৫ ॥

yad yad vibhūtimat sattvaṁ śrīmad ūrjitam eva vā tat tad evāvagaccha tvaṁ mama tejo-’ṁśa-sambhavam

English translation

Translation

“ ‘Know that all opulent, beautiful and glorious creations spring from but a spark of My splendor.’

Word meanings

yat yat — whatever and wherever ; vibhūti - mat — extraordinarily opulent ; sattvam — living entity ; śrī - mat — full of wealth ; ūrjitam — full of power ; eva — certainly ; vā — or ; tat tat — there ; eva — certainly ; avagaccha — should know ; tvam — you ; mama — of Me ; tejaḥ — of power ; aṁśa — of a part ; sambhavam — exhibition .

Purport

This is a statement made by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.41) .

Madhya-lila 20.376

Source

অথবা বহুনৈতেন কিং জ্ঞাতেন তবার্জুন । বিষ্টভ্যাহমিদং কৃৎস্নমেকাংশেন স্থিতো জগৎ ॥ ৩৭৬ ॥

atha vā bahunaitena kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam ekāṁśena sthito jagat

English translation

Translation

“ ‘But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.’

Word meanings

atha vā — or ; bahunā — much ; etena — with this ; kim — what use ; jñātena — being known ; tava — by you ; arjuna — O Arjuna ; viṣṭabhya — pervading ; aham — I ; idam — this ; kṛtsnam — entire ; eka - aṁśena — with one portion ; sthitaḥ — situated ; jagat — universe .

Purport

This is also a statement made by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.42) .

Madhya-lila 20.377

Source

এইত কহিলুঁ শক্ত্যাবেশ-অবতার । বাল্য-পৌগণ্ড-ধর্মের শুনহ বিচার ॥ ৩৭৭ ॥

eita kahiluṅ śakty-āveśa-avatāra bālya-paugaṇḍa-dharmera śunaha vicāra

English translation

Translation

“Thus I have explained specifically empowered incarnations. Now please hear about the characteristics of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s childhood, boyhood and youth.

Word meanings

eita — thus ; kahiluṅ — I have explained ; śakti - āveśa - avatāra — the incarnations specifically empowered ; bālya — in childhood ; paugaṇḍa — in boyhood ; dharmera — of the characteristics ; śunaha — now hear ; vicāra — the consideration .

Madhya-lila 20.378

Source

কিশোরশেখর-ধর্মী ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন । প্রকটলীলা করিবারে যবে করে মন ॥ ৩৭৮ ॥

kiśora-śekhara-dharmī vrajendra-nandana prakaṭa-līlā karibāre yabe kare mana

English translation

Translation

“As the son of Mahārāja Nanda, Lord Kṛṣṇa is by nature the paragon of kiśora [youth]. He chooses to exhibit His pastimes at that age.

Word meanings

kiśora - śekhara — topmost of youth ; dharmī — whose natural position ; vrajendra - nandana — the son of Mahārāja Nanda ; prakaṭa - līlā — manifested pastimes ; karibāre — to perform ; yabe — when ; kare — makes ; mana — mind .

Madhya-lila 20.379

Source

আদৌ প্রকট করায় মাতা-পিতা-ভক্তগণে । পাছে প্রকট হয় জন্মাদিক-লীলাক্রমে ॥ ৩৭৯ ॥

ādau prakaṭa karāya mātā-pitā — bhakta-gaṇe pāche prakaṭa haya janmādika-līlā-krame

English translation

Translation

“Before His personal appearance, the Lord causes some of His devotees to appear as His mother, father and intimate associates. He then appears later as if He were taking birth and growing from a baby to a child and gradually into a youth.

Word meanings

ādau — first ; prakaṭa — manifest ; karāya — He makes ; mātā - pitā — His mother and father ; bhakta - gaṇe — similar devotees ; pāche — after that ; prakaṭa haya — are manifested ; janma - ādika - līlā - krame — such pastimes as birth, in order .

Madhya-lila 20.380

Source

বয়সো বিবিধত্বেঽপি সর্বভক্তিরসাশ্রয়ঃ । ধর্মী কিশোর এবাত্র নিত্যলীলা-বিলাসবান্ ॥ ৩৮০ ॥

vayaso vividhatve ’pi sarva-bhakti-rasāśrayaḥ dharmī kiśora evātra nitya-līlā-vilāsavān

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The Supreme Personality of Godhead is eternally enjoying Himself, and He is the shelter of all kinds of devotional service. Although His ages are various, His age known as kiśora [pre-youth] is best of all.’

Word meanings

vayasaḥ — of age ; vividhatve — in varieties ; api — although ; sarva — of all kinds ; bhakti - rasa - āśrayaḥ — the shelter of devotional service ; dharmī — whose constitutional nature ; kiśoraḥ — in the age before youth ; eva — certainly ; atra — in this ; nitya - līlā — of eternal pastimes ; vilāsa - vān — the supreme enjoyer .

Purport

This verse is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.1.63).

Madhya-lila 20.381

Source

পূতনা-বধাদি যত লীলা ক্ষণে ক্ষণে । সব লীলা নিত্য প্রকট করে অনুক্রমে ॥ ৩৮১ ॥

pūtanā-vadhādi yata līlā kṣaṇe kṣaṇe saba līlā nitya prakaṭa kare anukrame

English translation

Translation

“When Lord Kṛṣṇa appears, from moment to moment He exhibits His different pastimes, beginning with the killing of Pūtanā. All these pastimes are eternally being demonstrated one after another.

Word meanings

pūtanā - vadha - ādi — killing of the demons like Pūtanā ; yata — all ; līlā — pastimes ; kṣaṇe kṣaṇe — one moment after another ; saba līlā — all these pastimes ; nitya — eternally ; prakaṭa — manifesting ; kare — does ; anukrame — one after another .

Madhya-lila 20.382

Source

অনন্ত ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড, তার নাহিক গণন । কোন লীলা কোন ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ডে হয় প্রকটন ॥ ৩৮২ ॥

ananta brahmāṇḍa, tāra nāhika gaṇana kona līlā kona brahmāṇḍe haya prakaṭana

English translation

Translation

“The consecutive pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are being manifested in one of the innumerable universes moment after moment. There is no possibility of counting the universes, but in any case some pastime of the Lord is being manifested at every moment in one universe or another.

Word meanings

ananta brahmāṇḍa — innumerable universes ; tāra — of which ; nāhika gaṇana — there is no counting ; kona līlā — some pastimes ; kona brahmāṇḍe — in some universe ; haya — there is ; prakaṭana — manifestation .

Madhya-lila 20.383

Source

এইমত সব লীলা — যেন গঙ্গাধার । সে-সে লীলা প্রকট করে ব্রজেন্দ্রকুমার ॥ ৩৮৩ ॥

ei-mata saba līlā — yena gaṅgā-dhāra se-se līlā prakaṭa kare vrajendra-kumāra

English translation

Translation

“Thus the Lord’s pastimes are like the flowing Ganges water. In this way all the pastimes are manifested by the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Word meanings

ei - mata — in this way ; saba līlā — all pastimes ; yena — like ; gaṅgā - dhāra — the flowing of the water of the Ganges ; se - se — those ; līlā — pastimes ; prakaṭa kare — demonstrates ; vrajendra - kumāra — the son of Mahārāja Nanda .

Madhya-lila 20.384

Source

ক্রমে বাল্য-পৌগণ্ড-কৈশোরতা-প্রাপ্তি । রাস-আদি লীলা করে, কৈশোরে নিত্যস্থিতি ॥ ৩৮৪ ॥

krame bālya-paugaṇḍa-kaiśoratā-prāpti rāsa-ādi līlā kare, kaiśore nitya-sthiti

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth. When He reaches pre-youth, He continues to exist eternally to perform His rāsa dance and other pastimes.

Word meanings

krame — gradually ; bālya — childhood ; paugaṇḍa — boyhood ; kaiśoratā — youth ; prāpti — development ; rāsa — dancing with the gopīs ; ādi — and others ; līlā — pastimes ; kare — performs ; kaiśore — in His age of pre-youth ; nitya - sthiti — eternally existing .

Purport

The comparison made here is very interesting. Kṛṣṇa does not grow like an ordinary human being, even though He exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth. When He reaches the age of pre-youth, kaiśora, He does not grow any older. He simply remains in His kaiśora age. He is therefore described in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.33) as nava-yauvana:

advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

This nava-yauvana, or pre-youth, is the eternal transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa never grows older than nava-yauvana.

Madhya-lila 20.385

Source

‘নিত্যলীলা’ কৃষ্ণের সর্বশাস্ত্রে কয় । বুঝিতে না পারে লীলা কেমনে ‘নিত্য’ হয় ॥ ৩৮৫ ॥

‘nitya-līlā’ kṛṣṇera sarva-śāstre kaya bujhite nā pāre līlā kemane ‘nitya’ haya

English translation

Translation

“Descriptions of Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes are in all the revealed scriptures. But one cannot understand how they are continuing eternally.

Word meanings

nitya - līlā — eternal pastimes ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sarva - śāstre kaya — described in every śāstra ; bujhite nā pāre — not able to understand ; līlā — pastimes ; kemane — how ; nitya haya — are eternal .

Madhya-lila 20.386

Source

দৃষ্টান্ত দিয়া কহি তবে লোক যদি জানে । কৃষ্ণলীলা — নিত্য, জ্যোতিশ্চক্র-প্রমাণে ॥ ৩৮৬ ॥

dṛṣṭānta diyā kahi tabe loka yadi jāne kṛṣṇa-līlā — nitya, jyotiścakra-pramāṇe

English translation

Translation

“Let me give an example by which people may understand Lord Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes. An example can be found in the zodiac.

Word meanings

dṛṣṭānta diyā — giving an example ; kahi — let Me say ; tabe — then ; loka — people ; yadi — if ; jāne — can understand ; kṛṣṇa - līlā — pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nitya — eternal ; jyotiḥ - cakra — of the zodiac ; pramāṇe — by evidence .

Madhya-lila 20.387

Source

জ্যোতিশ্চক্রে সূর্য যেন ফিরে রাত্রি-দিনে । সপ্তদ্বীপাম্বুধি লঙ্ঘি’ ফিরে ক্রমে ক্রমে ॥ ৩৮৭ ॥

jyotiścakre sūrya yena phire rātri-dine sapta-dvīpāmbudhi laṅghi’ phire krame krame

English translation

Translation

“The sun moves across the zodiac day and night and crosses the oceans between the seven islands one after the other.

Word meanings

jyotiḥ - cakre — in the zodiac ; sūrya — of the sun ; yena — as ; phire — moves ; rātri - dine — the day and night ; sapta - dvīpa - ambudhi — the oceans of the islands ; laṅghi’ — crossing ; phire — rotates ; krame krame — one after another .

Madhya-lila 20.388

Source

রাত্রি-দিনে হয় ষষ্টিদণ্ড-পরিমাণ । তিনসহস্র ছয়শত ‘পল’ তার মান ॥ ৩৮৮ ॥

rātri-dine haya ṣaṣṭi-daṇḍa-parimāṇa tina-sahasra chaya-śata ‘pala’ tāra māna

English translation

Translation

“According to Vedic astronomical calculations, the rotation of the sun consists of sixty daṇḍas, and it is divided into thirty-six hundred palas.

Word meanings

rātri - dine — during the whole day and night ; haya — there is ; ṣaṣṭi - daṇḍa — of sixty daṇḍas (a measure of time) ; parimāṇa — duration ; tina - sahasra — three thousand ; chaya - śata — six hundred ; pala — palas ; tāra — of that ; māna — measurement .

Madhya-lila 20.389

Source

সূর্যোদয় হৈতে ষষ্টিপল-ক্রমোদয় । সেই এক দণ্ড, অষ্ট দণ্ডে ‘প্রহর’ হয় ॥ ৩৮৯ ॥

sūryodaya haite ṣaṣṭi-pala-kramodaya sei eka daṇḍa, aṣṭa daṇḍe ‘prahara’ haya

English translation

Translation

“The sun rises in steps consisting of sixty palas. Sixty palas equal one daṇḍa, and eight daṇḍas comprise one prahara.

Word meanings

sūrya - udaya haite — beginning from the sunrise ; ṣaṣṭi - pala — sixty palas ; krama - udaya — gradually rising higher and higher ; sei — that ; eka daṇḍa — one daṇḍa ; aṣṭa daṇḍe — in eight daṇḍas ; prahara haya — there is a prahara .

Madhya-lila 20.390

Source

এক-দুই-তিন-চারি প্রহরে অস্ত হয় । চারিপ্রহর রাত্রি গেলে পুনঃ সূর্যোদয় ॥ ৩৯০ ॥

eka-dui-tina-cāri prahare asta haya cāri-prahara rātri gele punaḥ sūryodaya

English translation

Translation

“The day and the night are divided into eight praharas — four belonging to the day and four belonging to the night. After eight praharas, the sun rises again.

Word meanings

eka - dui - tina - cāri — one, two, three, four ; prahare — in praharas ; asta haya — the sun sets in the evening ; cāri - prahara — generally after four praharas ; rātri — the night ; gele — when it passes ; punaḥ — again ; sūrya - udaya — the sun rises .

Madhya-lila 20.391

Source

ঐছে কৃষ্ণের লীলা-মণ্ডল চৌদ্দমন্বন্তরে । ব্রহ্মাণ্ডমণ্ডল ব্যাপি’ ক্রমে ক্রমে ফিরে ॥ ৩৯১ ॥

aiche kṛṣṇera līlā-maṇḍala caudda-manvantare brahmāṇḍa-maṇḍala vyāpi’ krame krame phire

English translation

Translation

“Just as there is an orbit of the sun, there is an orbit of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes, which are manifested one after the other. During the lifetime of fourteen Manus, this orbit expands through all the universes, and gradually it returns. Thus Kṛṣṇa moves with His pastimes through all the universes, one after another.

Word meanings

aiche — in the same way ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; līlā - maṇḍala — groups of different pastimes ; caudda - manvantare — in the duration of fourteen Manus ; brahmāṇḍa - maṇḍala — all of the universes ; vyāpi’ — spreading through ; krame krame — gradually ; phire — return .

Madhya-lila 20.392

Source

সওয়াশত বৎসর কৃষ্ণের প্রকট-প্রকাশ । তাহা যৈছে ব্রজ-পুরে করিলা বিলাস ॥ ৩৯২ ॥

saoyāśata vatsara kṛṣṇera prakaṭa-prakāśa tāhā yaiche vraja-pure karilā vilāsa

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa remains within a universe for 125 years, and He enjoys His pastimes both in Vṛndāvana and Dvārakā.

Word meanings

saoyāśata — 125 ; vatsara — years ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prakaṭa - prakāśa — manifestation of the appearance ; tāhā — that ; yaiche — like ; vraja - pure — in Vṛndāvana and Dvārakā ; karilā vilāsa — enjoys the pastimes .

Madhya-lila 20.393

Source

অলাতচক্রপ্রায় সেই লীলাচক্র ফিরে । সব লীলা সব ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে ক্রমে উদয় করে ॥ ৩৯৩ ॥

alāta-cakra-prāya sei līlā-cakra phire saba līlā saba brahmāṇḍe krame udaya kare

English translation

Translation

“The cycle of His pastimes turns like a wheel of fire. Thus Kṛṣṇa exhibits His pastimes one after the other in every universe.

Word meanings

alāta - cakra - prāya — exactly like a wheel of fire ; sei — that ; līlā - cakra — the cycle of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes ; phire — turns ; saba līlā — all these pastimes ; saba brahmāṇḍe — in all the universes ; krame — one after another ; udaya kare — are manifested .

Madhya-lila 20.394

Source

জন্ম, বাল্য, পৌগণ্ড, কৈশোর প্রকাশ । পূতনা-বধাদি করি’ মৌষলান্ত বিলাস ॥ ৩৯৪ ॥

janma, bālya, paugaṇḍa, kaiśora prakāśa pūtanā-vadhādi kari’ mauṣalānta vilāsa

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes — appearance, childhood, boyhood and youth — are all manifested, beginning with the killing of Pūtanā and extending to the end of the mauṣala-līlā, the annihilation of the Yadu dynasty. All of these pastimes are rotating in every universe.

Word meanings

janma — birth ; bālya — childhood ; paugaṇḍa — boyhood ; kaiśora — pre-youth ; prakāśa — manifestation ; pūtanā - vadha - ādi — killing the demons, beginning from Pūtanā ; kari’ — manifesting ; mauṣala - anta — until the end of the mauṣala pastimes ; vilāsa — pastimes .

Madhya-lila 20.395

Source

কোন ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ডে কোন লীলার হয় অবস্থান । তাতে লীলা ‘নিত্য’ কহে আগম-পুরাণ ॥ ৩৯৫ ॥

kona brahmāṇḍe kona līlāra haya avasthāna tāte līlā ‘nitya’ kahe āgama-purāṇa

English translation

Translation

“Since all Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are taking place continuously, at every moment some pastime is existing in one universe or another. Consequently these pastimes are called eternal by the Vedas and Purāṇas.

Word meanings

kona brahmāṇḍe — in some universe ; kona līlāra — some pastimes ; haya — there is ; avasthāna — the presence ; tāte — therefore ; līlā — pastimes ; nitya — eternal ; kahe — explains ; āgama - purāṇa — the Vedas and Purāṇas .

Madhya-lila 20.396

Source

গোলোক, গোকুল-ধাম — ‘বিভু’ কৃষ্ণসম । কৃষ্ণেচ্ছায় ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণে তাহার সংক্রম ॥ ৩৯৬ ॥

goloka, gokula-dhāma — ‘vibhu’ kṛṣṇa-sama kṛṣṇecchāya brahmāṇḍa-gaṇe tāhāra saṅkrama

English translation

Translation

“The spiritual abode known as Goloka, which is a pasturing land for surabhi cows, is as powerful and opulent as Kṛṣṇa. By the will of Kṛṣṇa, the original Goloka and Gokula dhāmas are manifested with Him in all the universes.

Word meanings

goloka — the planet known as Goloka ; gokula - dhāma — the spiritual land, the pasturing fields for the surabhi cows ; vibhu — opulent and powerful ; kṛṣṇa - sama — as much as Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa - icchāya — by the supreme will of Kṛṣṇa ; brahmāṇḍa - gaṇe — in each of the universes ; tāhāra — of the Goloka and Gokula dhāmas ; saṅkrama — appearance .

Madhya-lila 20.397

Source

অতএব গোলোকস্থানে নিত্য বিহার । ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণে ক্রমে প্রাকট্য তাহার ॥ ৩৯৭ ॥

ataeva goloka-sthāne nitya vihāra brahmāṇḍa-gaṇe krame prākaṭya tāhāra

English translation

Translation

“The eternal pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are continuously taking place in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet. These same pastimes are gradually manifested within the material world, in each and every brahmāṇḍa.

Word meanings

ataeva — therefore ; goloka - sthāne — in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet ; nitya vihāra — eternal pastimes ; brahmāṇḍa - gaṇe — within the material universes ; krame — gradually ; prākaṭya — manifestation ; tāhāra — of them .

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura elucidates this complicated explanation of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are always present in the material world in one of the many universes. These pastimes appear in the universes one after the other, just as the sun moves across the sky and measures the time. Kṛṣṇa’s appearance may be manifested in this universe at one moment, and immediately after His birth, this pastime is manifested in the next universe. After His killing of Pūtanā is manifested in this universe, it is next manifested in another universe. Thus all the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are eternally existing both in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet and in the material universes. The 125 years calculated in our solar system to be Kṛṣṇa’s lifetime equal one moment for Kṛṣṇa. One moment these pastimes are manifested in one universe, and the next moment they are manifested in the next universe. There are unlimited universes, and Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are manifested one moment after the other in all of them. This rotation is explained through the example of the sun’s moving across the sky. Kṛṣṇa appears and disappears in innumerable universes, just as the sun appears and disappears during the day. Although the sun appears to rise and set, it is continuously shining somewhere on the earth. Similarly, although Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes seem to appear and disappear, they are continuously existing in one brahmāṇḍa (universe) or another. Thus all of Kṛṣṇa’s līlās are present simultaneously throughout the innumerable universes. By our limited senses we cannot appreciate this; therefore Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes are very difficult for us to understand. One should try to understand how they are taking place by understanding the example of the sun. Although the Lord is appearing constantly in the material universes, His pastimes are eternally present in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana. Therefore these pastimes are called nitya-līlā (eternally present pastimes). Because we cannot see what is going on in other universes, it is a little difficult for us to understand how Kṛṣṇa is eternally manifesting His pastimes. There are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahmā, and this time calculation is also taking place in other universes. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are manifested before fourteen Manus expire. Although it is a little difficult to understand the eternal pastimes of Kṛṣṇa in this way, we must accept the verdict of the Vedic literatures.

There are two types of devotees — the sādhaka, who is preparing for perfection, and the siddha, who is already perfect. As far as those who are already perfect are concerned, Lord Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9) , tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna: “After giving up this material body, such a devotee comes to Me.” After leaving the material body, the perfect devotee takes birth from the womb of a gopī on a planet where Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are going on. This may be in this universe or another universe. This statement is found in the Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi, which is commented upon by Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura. When a devotee becomes perfect, he is transferred to a universe where Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are taking place. Kṛṣṇa’s eternal associates go wherever Kṛṣṇa manifests His pastimes. As stated before, first the father and mother of Kṛṣṇa appear, then the other associates. Quitting his material body, the perfect devotee also goes to associate with Kṛṣṇa and His other associates.

Madhya-lila 20.398

Source

ব্রজে কৃষ্ণ — সর্বৈশ্বর্যপ্ৰকাশে ‘পূর্ণতম’ । পুরীদ্বয়ে, পরব্যোমে — ‘পূর্ণতর,’ ‘পূর্ণ’ ॥ ৩৯৮ ॥

vraje kṛṣṇa — sarvaiśvarya-prakāśe ‘pūrṇatama’ purī-dvaye, paravyome — ‘pūrṇatara’, ‘pūrṇa’

English translation

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa is complete in the spiritual sky [Vaikuṇṭha], He is more complete in Mathurā and Dvārakā, and He is most complete in Vṛndāvana, Vraja, due to His manifesting all His opulences.

Word meanings

vraje — in Vṛndāvana ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sarva - aiśvarya - prakāśe — manifestation of His full opulence ; pūrṇa - tama — most complete ; purī - dvaye — in Dvārakā and Mathurā ; para - vyome — and in the spiritual world ; pūrṇa - tara — more complete ; pūrṇa — complete .

Purport

This is confirmed in the following three verses from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.1.221-223).

Madhya-lila 20.399

Source

হরিঃ পূর্ণতমঃ পূর্ণতরঃ পূর্ণ ইতি ত্রিধা । শ্রেষ্ঠমধ্যাদিভিঃ শব্দৈর্নাট্যে যঃ পরিপঠ্যতে ॥ ৩৯৯ ॥

hariḥ pūrṇatamaḥ pūrṇa- taraḥ pūrṇa iti tridhā śreṣṭha-madhyādibhiḥ śabdair nāṭye yaḥ paripaṭhyate

English translation

Translation

“ ‘This is stated in the dramatic literatures as “perfect,” “more perfect” and “most perfect.” Thus Lord Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself in three ways — perfect, more perfect and most perfect.

Word meanings

hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; pūrṇa - tamaḥ — most complete ; pūrṇa - taraḥ — more complete ; pūrṇaḥ — complete ; iti — thus ; tridhā — three stages ; śreṣṭha — best ; madhya - ādibhiḥ — middle, etc. ; śabdaiḥ — by the words ; nāṭye — in books on dramatics ; yaḥ — who ; paripaṭhyate — is proclaimed .

Madhya-lila 20.400

Source

প্রকাশিতাখিলগুণঃ স্মৃতঃ পূর্ণতমো বুধৈঃ । অসর্বব্যঞ্জকঃ পূর্ণতরঃ পূর্ণোঽল্পদর্শকঃ ॥ ৪০০ ॥

prakāśitākhila-guṇaḥ smṛtaḥ pūrṇatamo budhaiḥ asarva-vyañjakaḥ pūrṇa- taraḥ pūrṇo ’lpa-darśakaḥ

English translation

Translation

“ ‘When the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not manifest all His transcendental qualities, He is called complete. When all the qualities are manifested, but not fully, He is called more complete. When He manifests all His qualities in fullness, He is called most complete. This is the version of all learned scholars in the devotional science.

Word meanings

prakāśita - akhila - guṇaḥ — having all transcendental qualities manifested ; smṛtaḥ — is understood ; pūrṇa - tamaḥ — most perfect ; budhaiḥ — by learned scholars ; asarva - vyañjakaḥ — having qualities not fully manifested ; pūrṇa - taraḥ — more perfect ; pūrṇaḥ — perfect ; alpa - darśakaḥ — still less fully manifested .

Madhya-lila 20.401

Source

কৃষ্ণস্য পূর্ণতমতা ব্যক্তাভূদ্গোকুলান্তরে । পূর্ণতা পূর্ণতরতা দ্বারকা-মথুরাদিষু ॥ ৪০১ ॥

kṛṣṇasya pūrṇatamatā vyaktābhūd gokulāntare pūrṇatā pūrṇataratā dvārakā-mathurādiṣu

English translation

Translation

“ ‘The most complete qualities of Kṛṣṇa are manifested within Vṛndāvana, and His complete and more complete qualities are manifested in Dvārakā and Mathurā.’

Word meanings

kṛṣṇasya — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; pūrṇa - tamatā — being most perfect ; vyaktā — manifested ; abhūt — became ; gokula - antare — in the domain of Gokula Vṛndāvana ; pūrṇatā — completeness ; pūrṇa - taratā — more completeness ; dvārakā — in Dvārakā ; mathurā - ādiṣu — and Mathurā, and so on .

Madhya-lila 20.402

Source

এই কৃষ্ণ — ব্রজে ‘পূর্ণতম’ ভগবান্ । আর সব স্বরূপ — ‘পূর্ণতর’ ‘পূর্ণ’ নাম ॥ ৪০২ ॥

ei kṛṣṇa — vraje ‘pūrṇatama’ bhagavān āra saba svarūpa — ‘pūrṇatara’ ‘pūrṇa’ nāma

English translation

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa is the most complete Supreme Personality of Godhead in Vṛndāvana. Elsewhere all His expansions are either complete or more complete.

Word meanings

ei kṛṣṇa — the same Kṛṣṇa ; vraje — Vṛndāvana ; pūrṇa - tama bhagavān — the most complete manifestation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; āra — other ; saba — all ; svarūpa — forms ; pūrṇa - tara — more complete ; pūrṇa — complete ; nāma — named .

Madhya-lila 20.403

Source

সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-বিচার । ‘অনন্ত’ কহিতে নারে ইহার বিস্তার ॥ ৪০৩ ॥

saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ kṛṣṇera svarūpa-vicāra ‘ananta’ kahite nāre ihāra vistāra

English translation

Translation

“Thus I have briefly described Kṛṣṇa’s manifestation of transcendental forms. This subject matter is so large that even Lord Ananta cannot describe it fully.

Word meanings

saṅkṣepe — in brief ; kahiluṅ — I have described ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svarūpa - vicāra — consideration of His different forms and features ; ananta — Lord Ananta ; kahite nāre — not able to describe ; ihāra — of this ; vistāra — the expanse .

Madhya-lila 20.404

Source

অনন্ত স্বরূপ কৃষ্ণের নাহিক গণন । শাখা-চন্দ্র-ন্যায়ে করি দিগ্দরশন ॥ ৪০৪ ॥

ananta svarūpa kṛṣṇera nāhika gaṇana śākhā-candra-nyāye kari dig-daraśana

English translation

Translation

“In this way Kṛṣṇa’s transcendental forms are expanded unlimitedly. No one can count them. Whatever I have explained is simply a little glimpse. It is like showing the moon through the branches of a tree.”

Word meanings

ananta — unlimited ; svarūpa — forms ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nāhika gaṇana — there is no counting ; śākhā - candra - nyāye — by the logic of showing the moon through the branches of a tree ; kari — I do ; dik - daraśana — only partial showing .

Madhya-lila 20.405

Source

ইহা যেই শুনে, পড়ে, সেই ভাগ্যবান্ । কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপতত্ত্বের হয় কিছু জ্ঞান ॥ ৪০৫ ॥

ihā yei śune, paḍe, sei bhāgyavān kṛṣṇera svarūpa-tattvera haya kichu jñāna

English translation

Translation

Whoever hears or recites these descriptions of the expansions of Kṛṣṇa’s body is certainly a very fortunate man. Although this is very difficult to understand, one can nonetheless acquire some knowledge about the different features of Kṛṣṇa’s body.

Word meanings

ihā — this narration ; yei śune — anyone who hears ; paḍe — or reads ; sei — such a person ; bhāgyavān — is most fortunate ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; svarūpa - tattvera — of personal bodily features ; haya — there is ; kichu — something ; jñāna — knowledge .

Madhya-lila 20.406

Source

শ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ । চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৪০৬ ॥

śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

English translation

Translation

Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Word meanings

śrī - rūpa — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī ; raghunātha — Śrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī ; pade — at the lotus feet ; yāra — whose ; āśa — expectation ; caitanya - caritāmṛta — the book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta ; kahe — describes ; kṛṣṇadāsa — Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī .

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, twentieth chapter, describing how Sanātana Gosvāmī met the Lord at Vārāṇasī and received knowledge of the Absolute Truth.